Audio

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

In this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90+ score on your Google Core Web Vitals (desktop and mobile) and achieve a sub 1 second load time for an eCommerce store even if you use a lot of plugins.

Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience and it’s important for SEO. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • What Are Google Core Vitals?
  • How To Fix Your Large Contentful Paint (LCP) And First Input Delay (FID) Problems
  • How To Achieve 1 Second Page Load Speeds
  • How To Lazy Load Your Javascript And CSS Code

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to address a question that I’ve been getting a lot and it has to do with page load speed and Google Core Web Vitals. Now, if you listen to my episode with Kurt Elster a couple of weeks back, we basically told people not to worry about page speed too much. But just mentioning page speed and Google Core Web Vitals actually made people panic and I’m beginning a ton of questions as a result. So in this episode.

00:30
I’m going to reveal to you how I achieve sub one second page load speeds and a 90 plus rating on Google core web vitals. And for you Asians out there that consider 90 % of filling grade, this is the one exception. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store. And it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

00:56
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. And Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which makes it extremely powerful. Let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce,

02:23
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:45
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode. And in this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90 plus score on your Google Core Web Vitals, both desktop and mobile, for an e-commerce store, even if you use a lot of Now when Google first released their Core Web Vitals assessment, many e-commerce store owners begin to panic. Now unlike a content site or a blog, your store is actually very image heavy and it requires many more functional elements to close a sale.

03:14
And every single thing that you add to your website actually slows down your site. So for example, if you have live chat on your store, it can take six to 10 seconds to load just by itself. Loading up basic email tracking with Klaviyo can take one to two seconds. Even adding the Facebook pixel can take 100 milliseconds to load. So it doesn’t matter whether your code uses deferred or asynchronous loading. I’m going to try not to get too technical in this episode. But basically every additional element on your site

03:40
is going to have a negative impact on your core web vitals. Now, right now, according to search metrics, 96 % of sites testing in the US fail Google’s core web vitals assessment for either desktop, mobile, or both. And the failure rate is actually even higher for e-commerce stores because of the required functionality to take transactions online. So once again, in this episode, I’m going to show you the exact steps that I took to achieve a 90 plus Google core web vitals rating

04:10
for my seven-figure e-commerce store website. Okay, so before we get off into the weeds, what are Google Core Web Vitals and why should you care? Well, Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience. And it consists of three components. Largest Contentful Paint, this is essentially how fast your page loads, and Google requires 2.5 seconds or less. This is basically a measure of how long it takes to see the largest piece of content

04:40
displayed on your screen. The next factor is called first input delay. Google requires 100 milliseconds or less. This is a measurement of your page’s responsiveness and usability. And specifically, Google is measuring the delay between a visitor clicking on an interactive feature and how quickly the page responds to that click. And then finally, there’s cumulative layout shift. Google requires a score of or less. This is basically a measurement of how stable your page is as it loads.

05:08
Like, does your content move up and down as the page is rendered? This is actually the only Google Core Web Vinyl metric that has nothing to do with page speed. And it’s also the hardest one to debug if you don’t know what you’re doing. All right, so from here on out, I’m gonna detail exactly how I fixed these three metrics for my e-commerce store to achieve a 90 plus score on both desktop and mobile. And why should you care? It’s because it affects your Google search rankings.

05:33
Now most of you listening to this are either on Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, or Shift4Shop, and all these strategies apply no matter what platform that you’re on. Now my store’s over at bumblebeelens.com. Feel free to run the Google Page Speed test in my store as you’re listening to see my results firsthand. Now first off, my store uses many of the latest e-commerce bells and whistles because I teach a course over at profitableonlinestore.com. And I treat my store like a lab to test new features as they come out.

06:01
and report about them on the blog. So here’s just a short list of things that I’m running on my shop for this case study. Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform, Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, Visery is my push notifications provider, ManyChat is my Facebook messenger marketing provider, Gorgias is my customer service software, Spindle and Popup, I had the Facebook pixel installed, Google Analytics, a notify slide up, a whole bunch of stuff that’s installed. And just for fun,

06:29
I ran my site without any optimizations and my site actually loaded in 18.7 seconds. But when I run with all the optimizations that I’m about to talk about in this episode, it loads in 1.2 seconds. All right, so how do you fix your largest Contentful Paint and First Input Delay problems? Now, usually it’s basically page speed, right? It’s basically cause when your site is slow. Now, if you can make your website faster,

06:58
then your Google Core Web Vitals, the LCP and the FID scores will just fix themselves. So for 99 % of the shops out there, your largest contentful paint problems are caused by loading JavaScript and CSS that blocks some rendering. And just by default, when you have your own site, without any optimization, JavaScript and CSS files are sequentially loaded, which can actually block the rendering of your page. So the best way to speed up your code is basically to lazy load your code

07:28
or to defer the rendering so it doesn’t block anything. Some shops load big photos and or videos and in general, the larger and the higher resolution your images are, the longer they’re gonna take to load. And in general, you should never load a larger image than what is being displayed on your site. Also, you should never load any image that is invisible on the screen either. And the final reason for a slow website is you might be on a slow server. Now in general, this isn’t gonna be a factor if you’re on Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop.

07:57
But if you happen to be on WooCommerce, then going with a faster host like a WP Engine could speed up your site dramatically. But in a nutshell, if you address these three issues, then you’re have lightning fast page speeds. All right, so here’s how you can achieve a sub one second page load speed. And here’s my complete list of speed optimizations. So what I’m gonna do now is I’m gonna tell you what all the speed optimizations are, and I’m gonna give it a rating of one to five, where five indicates that it will

08:25
it’s going to have the highest impact on speed. And in general, like in terms of priority, you should always focus on the fives and then implement the ones and twos only if you have time or if you’re super anal like myself. Okay, so the first factor is called enable browser caching. I give this a rating of one out of five. Basically browser caching tells the client browser to cache images and other elements of your website on their local machine to make browsing your website much faster after the initial page load.

08:54
Now, browser caching should always be turned on, but please note that browser caching will not affect your Google Core Web Vitals or your page speed. Google only cares about how your website is loaded from a completely cold state. The next way to speed up your site is to minimize CSS and JS files, and I give this a rating of one out of five, which means it’s trivial. Minimizing your CSS basically removes all the white space from your CSS and JavaScript files to save a couple of bytes here and there.

09:23
And in general, the minification of your CSS JS files is not going to dramatically improve your page speed. Basically perform this optimization if you’re trying to eke out every last millisecond of speed from your site. By the way, I just wanted to mention that I’m going from the least effective to the most effective in that order. The next thing you can do is combine HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files. I give this a rating of two out of five. Basically, you’re combining all the different files into fewer files because your server has to fetch less files.

09:53
But here’s the thing, with the latest web server technology like HTTP2, multiple files can actually be fetched at the same time in parallel, which mitigates this speed optimization dramatically. So I wouldn’t spend too much time on this. The next thing you can do is clean up your redirects. And I give this a rating of two out of five. If you’ve had your website for a long time, it’s basically constantly changing. And sometimes you might have redirects from certain images or pages to others. So for example, when I migrated all of my pages from

10:21
HTTP to HTTPS many years ago. What I did is I issued three or one redirects from certain pages and images to their secure counterparts as a quick fix. Every redirect on your page is going to slow down your site. So just make sure you use a tool like GTmetrics to detect any redirects on your page elements and remove them. You can also use a faster web host. I give this a rating of three out of five. If you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce or Magento, your first instinct might be to just throw money.

10:50
at a brand new server, but most of the time I’m going to say a faster server isn’t going to solve your speed problems. But if you’re currently using a cheap shared host, a VPS or a dedicated server could make a significant difference. Use a CDN. CDN stands for Content Delivery Network, and what it basically does is it stores your copies of your website and your images on multiple servers all over the world so that your content is delivered by the nearest geographically located server.

11:19
If you have customers worldwide and your site is very image heavy, then using a CDN might have a significant impact on your page speed. But for smaller sites of mine that mainly serve the US, using a CDN only has a marginal impact on your page speed.

11:35
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

12:03
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

12:33
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

12:44
All right, we’re getting the good stuff now. Preload larger images and scripts. Now metrics like largest contentful paint measure the speed of the largest element on your page. And as a result, it makes sense to preload the largest elements on your page by providing hints in your HTML. Preload hints are instructions in your code that tell a browser which resources are the most important for the page. So for example, if you have a large splash image, it makes sense to start loading this image first to improve your LCP.

13:11
Now, while preloading important elements of your site might help your scores, it won’t have an impact on your overall page speed. All right, you can shrink your images. I give this a four out of five. Most new e-commerce store owners use image sizes that are much larger than required. So if your theme uses 1000 by 1000 pixel images, then you should never upload an image larger than 1000 by If your website uses the same image on multiple pages in different sizes,

13:40
you should create a separate and smaller image for each version. So for example, a product image on my store is displayed in full size, 50 % size, 33 % and 25 % depending on the page. So as a result, I have four different image files, one for each size on my site, and I only display the smallest image required without loss of quality. In addition, you should obviously compress all of your JPEG files down to a maximum of 50 quality in Photoshop or whatever image program that you use.

14:09
Next up, you need to compress and cache your pages. And I give this a rating of four out of five, which makes it very important. If you’re on a fully hosted platform like Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop, your pages are probably already compressed and cached before they’re served. But if you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce, make sure you use a plugin like WP Rocket. WP Rocket will prerender all of your web pages so that your store will serve static pages that require little or no CPU usage. WP Rocket also compresses your webpage to about

14:39
90 % of its size. Okay, the next one, I give it a four out of five also, which is just to simply use less plugins that load external code. Remember what I said earlier, every plugin that you add to your site is going to slow it down. As a result, you should be extremely careful whenever you decide to install a new software tool. Seemingly innocuous features can sometimes dramatically slow down your site. So for example, adding a Facebook share button or a Pinterest pin it button can potentially cause a new piece of JavaScript code

15:09
to be downloaded from an external source. For buttons like Twitter, Facebook, or Pinterest, I always use non-code versions that don’t require externally loaded code. Now, if you want to add a Facebook share button to your site, there’s always a hyperlink version that requires no page speed delays. All right, finally, we’ve gotten to the most important part of page speed. Lazy load your images and your JavaScript code. This is the most important factor to page load speed.

15:38
So here’s what I mean by lazy loading. When it comes to improving your page load speed, you should only load elements of your site that are required or visible. So for example, if there’s an image buried five scrolls down in your page, you should not display that image until your customer makes it down far enough to see it. Similarly, for your code and your plugins, you should not load any functionality for your website until it actually needs to be loaded.

16:05
Lazy loading for images is already pretty straightforward, and a lot of themes already have image lazy loading built in. But what most people are not doing is lazy loading their JavaScript code. So how do you do that? Here’s the secret. For every page on my site, I load the visual elements of my site first. Then I only load the functional JavaScript code on my site once the user takes an action on the page.

16:33
So for example, if you were to go to Bumble Bee Lens right now, you’ll notice that my website loads super fast, sometimes under a second. But if you click on the page or move or scroll the mouse, only then does the live chat load along with the other shopping functionality in my shop. So in other words, I’m lazy loading the shopping cart functionality on my site only when the user starts taking an action or shopping in my store. And as a result, my page loads super fast.

17:00
because I’m only loading the graphical HTML and CSS elements of my site. From the user perspective, the shopping experience is perfect because every page loads lightning fast. Meanwhile, Google also sees a fast loading page as well. Okay, so how do you implement JavaScript lazy loading? You can just take this podcast episode and actually literally send it to your developer and just have them do what I say. But if you want to know how I did it, the first step required to lazy load your JavaScript

17:30
is to figure out what you can lazy load without breaking your site. Remember, you got to load all the essential code for your site so that your customer’s visual shopping experience is not affected. And as a result, you must load every piece of code that affects the rendering of the graphical elements of your site. Here’s how to figure out what’s essential. Go to gtmetrics.com and analyze your waterfall chart. Basically, your waterfall chart will tell you everything that’s loaded on your page and how long it takes to load.

18:00
Now, just as an example, Clavio’s code is actually taking almost a half second to load. And in addition, the CSS associated with Clavio is taking almost another half second. Now, if you guys don’t know who Clavio is, Clavio is my email marketing tool. And I know for a fact that Clavio does not affect the rendering of my site at all. So as a result, I can easily lazy load Clavio without affecting the visual elements of the page. And in fact,

18:27
removing the Clavio code will shave almost a full second off of my page speed. So what you should do is you should choose GT metrics, create a list of all the slow loading code that is not required to render the visual elements of your site, and then lazy load the code when any of the following events occur, mouse movement, page scroll, or a screen touch. Now, obviously, if you don’t know how to do this, just tell this to your developer and they’ll know exactly what to do. If you have problems, feel free to email me.

18:56
But once you implement this one step, you should be able to achieve sub one second page load speeds on both mobile and desktop. All right, let’s shift gears for a little bit and talk about cumulative layout shift. Now remember, that’s when your website shifts as it’s loading. Then 90 % of your CLS problems are going to be caused by one of two reasons. You are loading elements without dimensions.

19:21
Now, the image size parameters are what allow a web browser to know the size of the content as it loads. So for example, if you define the image dimensions in your HTML code, the browser will reserve space for your image so it loads so the page does not jump. However, if these size parameters are missing, no reservation takes place and the page will have to rearrange itself when the image finally loads. And the simple solution to this problem is just to specify dimensions of every element on your site.

19:48
Now, some Shopify plugins also use code to dynamically display features on your website. Sometimes this code loads late, which can push your page up and down. So for example, if you display ads on your site, your site might jump up and down as the ad loads. Now the best way to prevent this from happening is to just pre-allocate space on your page for the added content to be displayed. Now, doing this can be problematic for certain plugins, so if this happens to your site, just reach out to the plugin creator and tell them what’s going on.

20:18
All right, so that solves, I would say, 90 % of the problems. The remaining 10 % can be extremely difficult to figure out without using a specific set of tools. For my sites, it literally took me three weeks to fix my issues because the Google Page Speed Test is not reflective of the actual CLS scores measured in the field. So for example, my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com had perfect CLS scores on the test, but in the field, the test failed. I don’t want to get into it.

20:48
but Google makes things overly complicated for some reason. But basically what they’re doing is they have the browser installed on all these devices and they’re taking real user data, whereas the test that you run online is only local to your own machine. Now, when the two scores don’t match, basically the field versus your local test, it’s actually a pain to fix because Google doesn’t tell you what’s wrong. In fact, you can have a perfect score in the lab, but then completely fail in the field.

21:16
All right, so here’s what Google’s not telling you about cumulative layout shift. The page speed test only measures your CLS above the fold under ideal conditions. And in real life, a user is scrolling up and down on potentially a much slower internet connection. So in order to solve your CLS problems, you must emulate a slow connection and behave like a real human user. So this is how I do it. All right, I use the Chrome debugger. So if you guys don’t know how to bring up the…

21:46
Chrome debugger, you really just right click on anything and then select Inspect on the menu. And then on the Network tab, you want to throttle the page speed down to slow 3G. This basically slows the page down dramatically so you can detect little minute shifts in your website. Then, and this is really hard to explain on a podcast, but there’s this button that displays layout shifts. Once you have all that stuff turned on, refresh the page.

22:13
And then what will happen is your site’s going to flash in blue when there’s a layout shift. That’s it. All right, and then once you’re there, you can send that to your developer and they’ll fix it for you. Now, if you follow all the directions that I just outlined, you can actually get sub one second page load speeds and achieve a rating of 90 plus on your core web vitals for both mobile and desktop. And in general, this is my philosophy. You should always keep your website as simple as possible.

22:41
and avoid using plugins at all costs. Ask yourself if you absolutely need a certain feature before you decide to implement it. Then seek out solutions that do not require additional JavaScript code to your site. Now I’m super anal to an extreme. I actually examined the source code for every plugin I install in addition to the network calls that the plugin does. Once I blindly used a plugin that was literally sending my website information to several ad networks,

23:10
and selling my customer info without my knowledge. Now most PageSpeed issues are not caused by your theme, but by the plugins you install. So just be careful once again with what you choose to install and happy selling. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you have any questions about PageSpeed or how to implement anything that I talked about today, feel free to reach out to me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. It’s not rocket science. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 365.

23:40
And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

24:08
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

This episode is extra special because it’s about a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store course. Claire Carpenter runs a site called EasiFitEbikeKit.co.uk and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes.

What’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money to start yet she still managed to create a 6 figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at half a million bucks right now.

In fact, the main thing limiting her growth is raising enough capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit, and ingenuity.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to grow a 6 figure business within 10 months with no money
  • How Claire sourced her first products
  • How to start an e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is an extra special episode. Now I know I’ve said this about a bunch of episodes in the past, but I think this one is truly special because it’s about a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course that was in a bit of a financial pinch and really needed her business to work. Now this student’s name is Claire Conferter and she runs a site called easyfitebikekit.co.uk.

00:29
and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes. And I was actually so fascinated by her product that I bought one myself, installed it this past weekend and it’s incredible. In fact, I had a lot of problems getting my son off of this bike. Anyway, what’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money, but she managed to create a six figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at a half a million bucks right now. And the main thing that’s limiting her growth is the capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit and ingenuity.

00:59
Now before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people were not marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:28
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but any way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:55
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

02:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:58
Welcome to the My Wife, Quote Her Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have a student from my Creative Profitable Online Store course on the podcast, Claire Carpenter. And I remember Claire vividly because we hopped on a one-on-one consult immediately after she signed up and she barely had enough money to afford the course, let alone purchase her first product for sale. But we concocted a plan to start our e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay. And today she runs a multi six figure business selling e-bike kits online.

03:27
And Claire is a perfect example of how you can succeed with a little ingenuity, persistence, and the drive to succeed. And with that, welcome to the show, Claire. How are you doing today? Hi. Good. Thanks, Steve. It’s good to be here. I’m so glad that everything has worked out. And I think it was, it’s been a bit since we talked, right? Yeah, it’s been about 10 months. We’ve been trading 10 months and you’ve been, you talked to us right at the beginning. And yeah, I’m so glad it’s worked out as well because

03:55
We were in a bit of a precarious position when we started. We really, really needed it to work out. So things are quite good at the moment. Nice. So Claire, walk me through your journey on what led you to sell these e-bike kits in the first place. First of all, what are they? And then what led you to sell them? So it’s a kit that you install on your push bike and it converts it to an electric bike. So there are essentially three parts to it. There’s a motorized wheel.

04:24
So you would take your wheel off and put our motorized wheel on. There’s a battery and then there is a little controller that you fit to your handlebars. there are various settings and things that you can control the bike from on the handlebars. And that’s it. It’s a fairly simple kit. It sounds like a pretty complicated product for someone to tackle on their first try though, right? There’s a lot of moving parts. It’s electronics, things can break, there’s support.

04:54
I know, and actually that’s one of the reasons why I really wanted to speak to you when we first started because one of your first videos, in that video, you explain various guidelines about your first product. So for example, you say, try and keep it under $200 so that it’s classed as an impulse buy. Try and keep it like a shoe box size. Try and avoid electronics because it’s complicated and it can fail and it gets out of date and so on.

05:23
And we pretty much violated every one of your guidelines. So we were really, really nervous about going to this product in the first place. And that’s why they’re just guidelines. mean, so this is what I usually tell new people because it makes things easier. There’s less things that can go wrong. But in your case, I mean, these products were cool. And I remember when we talked, do you remember how much money you had when you first started like to launch this?

05:48
Oh, God, I mean, it was hardly any. I mean, we didn’t have a fixed amount. We didn’t have any savings or anything like that that we could use. But what happened was so we went into lockdown round about March last year because of the pandemic, of course, and the income that we had at that time, I’m a speechwriter. So I had two sources of income. I’m employed part time.

06:16
as a speechwriter and that’s about two thirds of my income and then about a third is freelance. And when we went into lockdown, my freelance dried up overnight, that was just gone, that income. And then my job didn’t go initially, but I was really nervous about whether or not I was gonna be able to keep that job because my work depends on the live events industry and there was no live events industry.

06:42
Right. Yeah, so I didn’t know if I was going to have that income. And then my partner Clive, he’s a mortgage advisor. And when we went into lockdown, the housing market just ground to a halt. And so the way that he’s paid, it’s 100 % commission, but it’s paid in arrears. So he would get paid about three months after he’s done the work. So when we went into lockdown, we still had an income, but

07:10
I knew that in about two or three months down the line, Clive would have zero income. And so we were literally looking at, we were facing a cliff edge with our income in about two to three months time. So when you say how much money did we have to start, we didn’t have any savings to start, but we did have that income for a couple of months. But then we would have virtually nothing after that. That is scary. Did that come out when we talked one on one? I don’t remember that part of the story. That’s scary.

07:40
Okay. Yeah. I mean, I was really, really frightened. But actually what happened is that in the event, I didn’t lose my job. They kept me on. that was really great. And actually, I’m still doing that job part time. So that was fantastic. But the situation that we were in, it was really terrifying. And I was really scared as well, because, you know, normally, if you’re in a normal circumstance, and you have to leave your job for one reason or whatever, then you can just go and find another job.

08:07
But our economy was just shutting down. I thought, well, you know, if Clive’s income is disappearing, then what on earth are we going to do? So it, it was really, really scary. So I just sat there and I Googled how to make money online and all sorts of rubbish comes up as you can imagine. amongst that rubbish was your course. And that really, really appealed to me, really appealed a lot. And, know, one of the reasons why it appealed to me was because

08:36
You were talking about selling products. Now I was used to selling myself as a speechwriter. You have to put in a lot of hard work to sell yourself as a speechwriter, but once you’ve done the selling, once you’ve got a sale, then you have to write the speech. So what you were saying was just, yes, you have to put in a lot of effort to sell a product, but once you’ve sold the product, then you’re done. You don’t have to do anything after that. So that really, really appealed to me.

09:05
as well as, you know, the things like staying at home and… You also said actually that you didn’t need a huge amount of startup and obviously that appealed to me as well. So to sell what you had to sell would normally require more startup, but then I really like how you actually launched your product. Actually, before we can get into the guts of, you know, how you launched, were there any other ideas you were considering at the time?

09:30
Yeah, we had no clue what product to sell. At that point, when we first started, I didn’t even know that this product existed. So I bought your course, and that was an investment. I just thought, God, we’ve got sort two or three months worth of income before our income stops. Do I really want to spend some of that money on a course? What if it doesn’t work? Right. But anyway, we decided, oh, go ahead. We went with the course.

09:58
And I just followed your steps. you know, using jungle scouts and I think there are a couple of other tools. can’t remember now how to find a product. And we, we just talked nonstop about what product could we sell? Every time we sat down for a meal with the kids, you know, we would ask them what products should we sell? We’re driving them mad. Driving ourselves mad.

10:24
But we put a deadline. remember putting a deadline. think what I said to myself is I would pay for one month’s worth of jungle scouts. And by the end of that month, we have to have a product. And I was looking at things. I was looking at things that I’m kind of interested in because I thought it would be easier to sell if it’s a product that I’m interested in. So I was looking at, you know, maybe fitness products and nutrition and was looking at like cooking.

10:52
things, you know, all sorts of things. I was looking at all sorts of things. Anyway, one day I was sitting there just going through the process, like it says on your course. And I came across this product and it’s the second I saw it, I just thought, oh my God, this is it. It is a very cool product. Yeah. And it’s expensive to source. So how did you get the capital necessary to start selling these? What was the process like?

11:21
Yeah, so we didn’t have enough money to buy the products to begin with. So we thought, well, we’re just going to have to build the website and try and get some orders. we built the website. I’d already built a website for my speech writing business. So I knew a guy on one of these freelance websites based over in India. So he built a very simple website for us on WooCommerce. And I thought, OK, we wrote a couple of

11:50
Google Ads and we thought we’ll just see how it goes. I’ve got no idea whether or not it was going to work. Right. But we switched the ads on and in the first 20 minutes we had three or four phone calls. So I thought, oh my God, we’re just not ready. It’s quick to switch it off again. We’re not ready. I’m not sure we didn’t. Yeah, we had actually

12:16
We’d found the product that we wanted to buy, but we hadn’t bought it at this point, nevermind tested it or anything else. So then at this point, then we sort of gathered our senses together. We really, really got to know the factory, you know, the manufacturers. We spoke to them a lot, or my partner Clive really, really spoke to them a lot to just get to grips with the product, how it worked so that he could answer any questions.

12:45
And this is before you even saw the product though, right? But did you say before we saw or before you touched the product? We hadn’t seen the product. hadn’t seen the product. Listen, this is one of the things that I found really difficult to begin with is that we didn’t have the time to get a test product sent to us. So we had to go on faith. Interesting. And that was really, really scary. Really scary. How did you, I remember

13:15
I remember talking about this with you. How did you find that supplier in the first place? We just looked on Alibaba. On Alibaba, okay. All right, so you ran ads, you got phone calls, and this is something I also wanted to emphasize. You actually talked to your customers via voice, right? Yeah, we talked to them a lot. So it’s quite an expensive product. And what we found is that the customers just maybe needed a little bit of a nudge or a hand holding, just…

13:44
just to make that final decision to buy. And that was fine, we were willing to do it. This is one thing I should say actually, when we were deciding that this was the product that we wanted to sell, I did have a look at the competition in the UK. And like you said, there were a lot of people selling complicated kits. I mean, really complicated. were like, you know, it looked like about 20 different parts, wires sticking out all over the place and, you know, it was really, complicated.

14:12
There was one other company in particular that I thought would be our main competition and they had a streamlined, relatively simple kit, which is what ours was. It’s not the exact same kit, but it’s similar. But on their website, although they had done loads of things really good, they looked quite slick. They’d been featured on national media several times, all sorts of things. If you looked at the reviews, people said their customer service was appalling.

14:42
and it was really difficult to get hold of them. They never answered their phones, never answered emails. And we thought, that’s our angle, that’s where we can really show a difference. That was our USP, is that our customer service was going to be good. And it’s one of Clive’s real bugbears, is that whenever you buy anything online, you just can’t get hold of anybody. And it really, really frustrates me. He’s quite old school. And he said, I don’t want to be that company. want to be, we’re people.

15:10
let’s put our phone number all over the website. And we do, and we answer the phone as well. I was just going to say that’s probably the wisest thing that you did. Because for an expensive product, were like, people want to talk to somebody. And also, whenever you’re shopping online, you should always have your phone number on there, just for peace of mind and trust, if anything. Like even if people don’t end up calling you, it’s good to just have that number up there.

15:35
I think so because it just is transparency, isn’t it? It just shows that you’re there, just that you’re a person. And actually, one of the things that I really love and makes me feel really good is that if you look at our reviews, and we’ve probably got about 140 reviews up there now, loads of them talk about our customer service. And in fact, a lot of them mention us by name. And that just makes me feel really good. I’m really pleased about that.

16:00
So you run Google AdWords, you get some phone calls. Can you walk me through what some of these initial conversations were like? Did you tell them you didn’t have the product or how did you sell them on it? Or pre-sell them, I should say. Well, we had to tell them we didn’t have the product in stock because they were going to have to wait eight weeks. Right. So pretend I’m calling you right now and say, I want one of these e-bike kits right now. And I have a whole bunch of questions. Were you just answering their questions? We were just answering their questions. A lot of their questions were just about the product.

16:29
I don’t think I was ever asked directly, have you used the product? Because I would have found that very difficult if I had. wouldn’t have lied. But I don’t think I was asked directly. I think we could just confidently say that the product was good and was going to work for them. we just had every fingers and toes crossed. Oh, but one thing Clive did do actually.

16:58
One thing that our supplier did, which he probably shouldn’t have done, was he did give us the name and phone number of another person in the UK who had bought a few of these kits, not many, but he’d bought a few. So Clive phoned that chap and just asked him about the kits. Didn’t say that we were planning on selling it ourselves, but just said, you know, how have you found it? Right. And he was very promising about it. So that gave us that gave us reassurance. And he

17:26
I mean, he, Clive talked a lot to these manufacturers, you know, every day, just a constant stream of techs back and forth to these guys. And so we kind of built up trust. I do remember one thing that you said in our conversation, Steve, you said, don’t trust anybody. But in those early days, we had to trust, we had no choice. You know, we just had to trust everybody.

17:51
So yeah, I mean, but it was scary. I’ll tell you something good did happen to us though. that is so fair. So we did take some back orders, we did, but even then, you know, there was like, let’s say we took three orders on the first day. That comes to about say $2,000. I mean, it’s in pounds, but I’m just sort of converting in my head. It was about $2,000.

18:16
Well, we can’t go to this manufacturer and say we want to buy $2,000 worth of kits. It’s not enough. So we had to wait time before our sales built up, before we were in a position. But of course, every day that goes by is another day that the customer is waiting for their kit. that was really difficult. But one thing, one stroke of luck we had was that the UK government brought out

18:44
some help, some financial help for small businesses because of coronavirus. So it was called the bounce back loan. And it was a loan that you could get. It was backed by the government, which meant they didn’t do all the usual, know, the usual due diligence that a bank would give you before lending. know, if you, if you want to go for it, if you want to get a loan from, from your bank, you need to, from, for a business loan, you need to be operating for two or three years usually.

19:13
And you need to have accounts, published accounts, all those kinds of things. Well, we didn’t have that. But I was eligible for the bounce back loan because because my speech write my freelance speech writing was a limited company in the UK. It meant I was eligible for this bounce back loan. And it wasn’t big, but it was enough combined with some of our pre orders that we could put in an order quite fairly early on. What was the minimum order quantity? I’m just kind of curious.

19:40
I think we ordered 20 kits at the beginning. 20 kits. Okay, wow. Okay, so that’s a decent amount of money, given how expensive they are. Yeah, and it’s also quite a lot of money when you haven’t even seen a kit. Right. Okay, so you bought 20 without even seeing a kit. Wow. Okay. Yes, that’s definitely not something I would have recommended in the class. I would have but hey, it worked out. So great power to you. Not only not only have we not seen a kit, we didn’t

20:08
get them quality controlled and we didn’t have any insurance. Okay, so real quick, when you pre-sold those first orders, did you just tell them upfront that the kits wouldn’t arrive for like another eight weeks? Oh yeah, we did, yeah, definitely. That was a really big thing is that we just wanted to be completely upfront and honest with them so that they knew. And what we had to do actually with those initial people, we gave them quite a big discount because what we said to them was, look,

20:36
You know that we’re a new company because there’s no reviews, there’s nothing on our website and you’re going to have to wait eight weeks for your kit. So you’re taking a real big leap of faith. So we’re going to give you a big discount. So we did. So we set up Klaviyo on our website and if they signed up, then the first email that we gave them was a hundred pounds off the kit.

21:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. Nice, nice. And that’s great. And you talk to these people on the phone so they feel comfortable ordering with you, Yeah, yeah, exactly. Anyway, if you guys are listening, anyone who’s listening to this, that’s very important. Like if you can establish any sort of relationship with your customer, especially for a big ticket item, that’s very important.

22:25
Okay, so let’s talk about this first shipment of 20 when you first got them. And it was sight unseen, right? So did you have any problems with any of those first 20? Oh, my God. We did. Oh, God. Right. So the shipment was a right was due to arrive, but the date kept being delayed and delayed and delayed. And we, we haven’t been on holiday for several years. But we decide because we’ve been getting these sales in, we had a little bit money, we’ve gone through this really, really stressful period.

22:54
And we thought, look, we’re just going to take the kids and have four or five days in really lovely part of the UK called Cornwall. It’s about 300 miles from our home. And we timed it so that it would be after the kits had arrived, so that we would have been able to deal with them, send them out to the customers. We could tell that it would be in a quiet lull in the business that we could go on this holiday. Well, then the shipment was delayed and delayed. we could tell.

23:24
Finally, we got the final date that it was going to arrive and it was right bang in the middle of our holiday. So we thought, that’s easy enough. We’ll just change the address and get them delivered. Clive went and found this third party fulfillment fairly close to us. And we thought we would just change the address. Well, it was an absolute nightmare getting through to UPS because of the pandemic. I don’t know why they just couldn’t take phone calls, but.

23:51
Anyway, it was hellish getting through. eventually got through and they said, okay, don’t worry. We’ll change the address. But they actually didn’t do it correctly. They put the new address label on, but they kind of put it on some of the kits. They put it on half, it half covered the label. So a lot of the kits went to…

24:14
our home address, of course we weren’t there, so then it went back to UPS and it just kept bouncing back and forth from the UPS to our home. But a few of the kits did go to the warehouse and we, to our third party fulfillment, and we asked them, can you ship one of the kits down to where we are in Cornwall? And so they did that and we went and we couldn’t take our own bikes to where we were on holiday. So we went and hired a bike and we installed the kit.

24:44
And it was, it was just horrendous. was just awful. Did the kit work? No. Oh, it didn’t work. Oh my goodness. Okay. It kind of worked, but it didn’t work properly. Like it didn’t fit properly. It was rubbing. It didn’t go smoothly. And it made this really high pitched noise when you were cycling and it just didn’t, you know, the power wasn’t kicking in properly when it was supposed to. And it was just horrendous. So, so then Clive had to uninstall the kit. We had to get the bike back to

25:13
to the place where, you know, the bike hire place. that night, I just remember that night so clearly with just the two of us were just lying there in bed, you know, in the pitch dark with our eyes wide open and sweat trickling down. no. Oh, it was horrific, Steve. It’s just horrendous because, you know, we’d spent two months by that point taking a lot of money, you know, a lot of orders. Right. And the money that we’d got was not in our bank account. would use that to buy more stock.

25:44
more of these kits that we thought didn’t work. It was just, was so, I just can’t tell you how stressful it was. But then we went home after the holiday and we put the kit onto our own bike and it worked absolutely perfectly. So I don’t know what happened now. I don’t know whether it was this rickety old bike that we’d hired or what it was. I don’t know. But by the time we got home and it worked on our kit, then I thought, okay, that’s not too bad.

26:13
And then we started getting phone calls from the guys, our customers who had got the kit saying, oh, it’s fantastic. We love it. And then we started, you know, the reviews started trickling in and we just started to breathe again and it was okay. And actually the product is fantastic. We just, don’t know what that was, whether it, I don’t know what it was, but that first one, but anyway, all’s well now. you, so all 20 units were fine that you got? All 20 units were fine. Yeah. Wow.

26:42
That’s amazing. Okay. So how soon did you deliver? Actually, I’ll tell you what, no, something did happen. You know, I said half the kits turned up and half of them didn’t. You know, the ones that didn’t turn up, they never did turn up ever. We never got there. And we chased down UPS, we chased down the forwarder that sent them, we chased down everybody. They never did turn up. And in the end, the manufacturer ended up swallowing the cost of that.

27:11
because we paid the manufacturer for shipment as well. So they were responsible for that. that means some of your customers didn’t get their product? They didn’t get the product when they were supposed to, but by that time we’d already ordered another shipment. like two or three weeks later, the next shipment came. But I do remember at the time, you know, we’d been promising the customers that they would get it on a certain day. And of course they, and it was, they’d waited a long time already. mean, two months is a long time to wait for a product.

27:41
and they were going to have to wait, I don’t know how much, maybe three weeks more or something like that. But I remember phoning everybody around personally and just explaining what it was. most people were okay about it. They didn’t love it, but I think they appreciated the phone call. Oh, absolutely. I would probably be fine if the company actually phoned me, which is very rare today, if you think about it, right?

28:07
It is, it is. I think it is rare. Yeah, but we were in a position where we could, you know, we weren’t talking about huge numbers here. Right. We could so we did. So did some of your customers get their product within two months? Yes. Yes. Okay. All right. So the product worked well. And this is a complicated thing, right? I’m looking at it in the installation process. Did you have any headaches there helping people even get their units installed? Yeah, we have had some some headaches. I mean, the reason why we chose this particular product and there are there are there are different

28:37
types of kits out there, but we chose this one because it probably is one of the easiest on the market to install. But even so, yes, there are, some people do have issues. Occasionally it doesn’t fit somebody’s bike, in which case we just pick it up from them and give them a full refund, that’s fine. But sometimes it just needs a bit of an extra helping hand. So what we did after a while was we clived.

29:00
installed a kit and we recorded him doing it and he spoke as well while he was doing it. Basically we made a step-by-step installation video and we send that around to everybody now and they really like that video, it’s really good for them. So that solved most issues. Occasionally we still have an issue and of course because it’s an electronic product, you do occasionally get faulty parts but very luckily Clive’s got an engineering background.

29:29
Okay. Okay. If we didn’t have that between us, then I think we’d, you know, we wouldn’t be able to do this, I don’t think. So I am curious, though, on the if someone wants to make a return, these are these are heavy units, aren’t they? Yes. So are they shipping it back? Or I mean, would you lose money if someone returned it? Yes, we do lose money. But but not too much. We one of the reasons why we went to this third party fulfillment is because they get a really good deal.

29:58
on using a courier, you know, they get it much cheaper, they almost pay for themselves because of the discount that they get on the shipping. So I think it costs costs us 10 pounds. So what’s that maybe 1314 dollars or something to collect a kit from somebody. That’s actually really inexpensive. Yeah. How heavy are these units? I’m just kind of curious. It’s got to be like over 10 pounds, right?

30:28
Yes. Seven kilograms. Seven kilograms. Okay. So about 15 something, 15 to 20 pounds, right? Yeah. Okay. Can we talk about the 3PL? I know this is Clive’s department here. How did you find someone that you wanted to work with? Was that a long process in itself? No, it wasn’t a long process. If it had been me finding it, it would have been a long process. that

30:52
it was Clive. he did think if it involves picking up a phone and speaking to people, then Clive will do it in a flash. I was thinking, I think it’d be a good idea if we use a fulfillment place because we haven’t really got the space and I just thought it was going to be a lot easier. And so I said to Clive, right, I’m going to go and watch Steve’s video. He’s got advice on there about how to find the right one.

31:20
all the rest of it. So I went off and did a few things and I came back and he said, found it. And he just, he just Googled third party fulfillment and just phoned about a dozen of them. And the one that he found was about maybe half an hour’s drive away from us. So that was really good. They were cheap. And on top of that, just by chance, the guy that run it is a bike enthusiast. Yeah. And that was really, really helpful because actually we did need him to do some stuff to the kits.

31:50
He does modify the kit slightly. And so he could do he does that. Yeah. So what do you actually get most of your sales today? Do you still have those AdWords ads running? Yes, we do. So I would say, well, I gonna say 100%. But it come from Google Ads, but it’s not 100 % anymore, because we do get quite a lot of referrals. Right. And then you also have email marketing, right? Oh, yeah, we have email marketing as well. Yeah. I am curious. It’s actually

32:18
kind of rare that you just turn on Google ads and they just start converting at a profit right away. What was your experience with it? Yeah, it just worked really, really well. I think it’s to do with the product, actually. I mean, it’s quite a specific product. And if somebody is typing in e-bike converter kits, you don’t get millions of

32:47
you get the same names coming up again and again. and, and, you know, I think we, we’ve got a really good proposition because like I said, these other people, for some reason, they just are not good at customer service. And when you’re spending that much money, people do like good customer service. Are you still answering all the phones yourself or do you have people to help you now? No, we do it all ourselves. Okay. So does the phone, is that how you spend a lot of the time then?

33:15
doing pre-sales or sales? I wouldn’t say we do it a lot of the time. I mean, we maybe get, I don’t know, I don’t know, maybe a dozen or two calls a day and emails, quite a lot of people prefer to email than call. Okay. So yeah, I maybe an hour or two on emails a day. I mean, I think at this point, you’re pretty established on, you have all those reviews, people probably feel more comfortable just buying without even talking to you, I would imagine, right? Yeah, definitely, definitely.

33:45
So are there any other hiccups that you can think of just selling like an electronic part with so many moving parts? Do you do quality control now or do you depend on the manufacturer? Like have you had any, what percentage of your units have any sort of flaw to them? Yeah, about 5 % I think. Okay. And actually Clive has started doing repairs now. So there’s a year warranty that the manufacturer gives and they’re pretty good at honoring that. You we haven’t had any…

34:14
problem with them. what happens is the next time we place an order with them, they just put in extras for us, or maybe they just lower the price slightly so it accounts for the faults. But there are some faults, like within the motor, for example, that it’s quite, I was going to say it’s easy to fix. I mean, it wouldn’t be easy for me or anyone without an engineering background to fix, but it is something that Clive can do.

34:42
let’s say something goes wrong with the motor, then we’ll pick up the wheel from a customer. Clive will just put a new rotor in it or whatever it is he does with his spanner and screw driver and then send it back out to the customer. And it’s a lot easier and quicker than, you know, having to wait for the next shipment of goods to come in. Right. Nice. So are you at this point, are you still taking pre-orders or

35:10
Do people, oh, you still taking pre-orders? So there’s still a two month lead time? No, it’s not two months. We’re better than that now. And there are there have been times when we’ve got kits in stock. And as soon as we do have them in stock, you know, they just they just fly out the door. but we probably place a new order once every two to three weeks. OK, yeah. Nice. We found we found it easier. We got some more funding. We use ClearBank.

35:39
for funding, which are really good because ClearBank, what they do is they don’t look at you as an individual, they don’t look at how long you’ve been trading, they don’t look at anything like that. All they do is they connect to the back end of your store. So they see the sales and then they give you an offer of how much they can lend to you.

36:01
Yeah, they’re quite expensive. It’s an expensive way to borrow money, but they’ve been good for us. And I like the way that you repay the loan as well. And that is that you literally do it by how many sales you make that day. So if you don’t make any sales in one day, then you don’t pay any money back to ClearBank. Right. Yeah. Yeah, there’s actually several of those companies out now. Yeah. And these are short term loans anyways, right? We’re talking like a couple months or whatnot, right?

36:27
Yeah, exactly. exactly. And that’s that’s helped us. It’s helped us get to a certain level where people don’t have to wait two months anymore. They may have to wait, I don’t know, maybe three or four weeks. Something like that. One thing I have found is that because we’re still new to this and because we haven’t done a full year of trading yet, we have been caught out sometimes. Like I was I know this sounds crazy, but we were caught out for Christmas. You know, I suddenly thought in October, the middle of October. Oh, gosh.

36:58
shouldn’t we have lots of stock for Christmas? You know, scrabble together to do that and, you know, to get an order in time for Christmas. And so we’ve been caught out a little bit, but at least now it’s not, we’re not at the point where we have to wait for somebody to order before we can place an order with the manufacturer. You know, we’re ahead of schedule a little bit. We’re just not at the point where.

37:26
we can hold lots of stock ourselves. Right. Let me ask you this. I mean, you basically learned a lot as you did things. What would you do differently today if you were to just start all over again? Well, that’s interesting, because what I would love to say is have the funds to buy the stock. But if you don’t have it, then you don’t have it. Right. So, you know, I mean, that’s that’s a sort of, you know,

37:55
very wand type situation. I could have the perfect ideal situation, then that’s what I would say have the money to buy stock upfront. Regardless of that, what would I do differently? Cloud might disagree with me here because it did all work out in the end, but I’m not sure it was worth the stress of not having insurance and not having a quality check. So that was just a monetary thing, right? At the time? Yeah.

38:24
Right, because if you had the money, you would have done all these things. that? Well, we yeah, we would have done all these things. mean, yeah, we Clive and I have got a slightly different risk profile. I’m definitely a lot more cautious, whereas he’s sort of, know, just trust it will work out. We would we would have addressed the balance a little bit, I think, if we could, you know, if we could have done. Let me ask you this. What would you say is the hardest part about getting started? Was it the tech?

38:53
Was it the sourcing? Was it getting customers? What were your struggles? It wasn’t getting customers because Google AdWords did that for us. So that worked really well. The tech, I did find the tech quite frustrating actually. And it’s funny watching your videos, you know, when you talk about getting hooked up, getting linked up with Klaviyo, getting that installed or, you know, getting a review platform installed. I mean, these things should take somebody half an hour to do. They would take me three or four days.

39:22
And so I really, really struggled with the tech. That was tricky. we did, I I outsourced, but even with outsourcing, I found it difficult because there’s still some things that you have to do yourself. Right. Like write the email sequences and that sort of thing. Yeah, the writing I didn’t find too bad. I mean, I write for a living. That’s true. So I thought that was OK. One thing that I did find was good was that I used to put fake deadlines in place.

39:53
because if you don’t do that, things just can take forever. So I would just put these deadlines and say, like for example, writing the email chain, I think I said to myself, you’ve got half a day to write 10 emails, something like that. And if I didn’t put the deadline in, I’d spend forever trying to refine them or make them extra perfect or find the…

40:22
find a better picture for it or anything, I don’t think it’s worth it because you can spend so much more time just to maybe get it 5 % better. And we weren’t at that stage, we just had to get money in. Remember we had this cliff edge facing us, know, Clive’s salary disappearing. that wasn’t a fake deadline, that was a real deadline. Can we talk about your email sequences? Do you get a lot of repeat business or is it?

40:49
just the primary unit that you sell? Because I noticed there’s accessories and stuff now on your website. Yeah, we do get some repeat business because let’s say somebody buys a kit, then not repeat business for them, because most people just put it on one bike. Once in a blue moon, I think we’ve had somebody who’s maybe got two bikes, they put it on, but very often they’ll come back and maybe somebody in their family, know, their partner, their wife, they say, you know,

41:18
I got a kit for my wife two months ago and it’s fantastic. And now I can’t keep up with her. I need one for my bike. So they’ll do that. Or we get people who are maybe part of a cycling club. So they get a kit on their bike and then suddenly you’ll get two or three referrals from there. Other people see them and like it. So we get that quite a lot, which is good. And I know it’s only been 10 months so far, but what are your plans for this year in terms of

41:48
making changes to make the business better. Well, then we’ve got a couple of things. One of them is I would like to get a YouTube channel going. We’ve got a couple of videos up there, but not very much at the moment, but that’s the channel that I would like to use to try and get some organic traffic going. Nice. Yeah. So that’s one thing I’d like to do. I would like to maybe look at getting some more accessories because I think once people have got that trust in you,

42:13
then they’re willing to buy other things. And with cycling, there are some quite nice accessories that you can get. People like to sort of spend money on that type of thing. So that’s another thing. And one thing that we are thinking of, I’m not sure we’re quite ready with this yet, but it’s seasonal. we definitely have noticed that our sales dropped in winter and they’ve picked up again now in spring, is the weather’s getting better. And so we’ve been looking at other countries.

42:42
to try and even out that sales, you know, the sort of graph of sales. And I quite like the look of maybe South Africa or Australia, something like that. Those countries, their summer is when our winter is. it could even out. We did think about America, but like I said, our insurance company, we’ve now got insurance, product insurance, and they will insure us everywhere in the world apart from America and Canada, because it’s…

43:11
That’s interesting that you can’t get insurance for this in America. I don’t know if it’s because you’re more litigious over there. Oh yeah, yeah, definitely. I mean, that’s the understatement of the century. Yeah. So for anyone who’s listening to this, who can’t find a product to sell or is having problems finding a product to sell, how long did that process take you? And when you were thinking about value props, what was going on through your head? Like how many products did you go through? Like how long was the process for you to just even figure out what to sell?

43:41
Well, it probably took about three weeks, but remember, we really, really had this big deadline. We had the deadline looming over anyway, three months down the line, most of our household income was going to stop. And then I imposed another sort of interim deadline that we had to have a product by a certain date. I think I gave myself a month to do it.

44:10
But we just thought about it nonstop, nonstop. We talked about so many different things. I just went through the process on your video. I wouldn’t have known what to do otherwise. And that was really, really good. But I think it’s important as well to look at the competition. Look what else is out there and see what angle can you. So you don’t want to be selling the same stuff that other people are doing. You have to come in with a

44:39
with a unique angle, I think. definitely. And so for us, seeing where seeing that other people were falling down on the customer service, well, that’s just an easy thing that you can do. And it sounds like something you excel in, quite frankly. thank you. Do you have any other advice for just people who are kind of waiting on the sidelines, kind of debating whether to get into business or not?

45:04
Yeah, buy your course and just follow your videos. Yeah, think, think, really, I mean, this, this, this just, it sounds like such a simple thing to say. And I know from experience, isn’t, but you just absolutely have to take action. You have, and if you set these deadlines for yourself, don’t let those deadlines slip, just follow them. If you give yourself a month to find a product, for example, then stick to that.

45:32
And even if it’s not the right product, at least you’re getting going, at least you’re doing something. So if this product hadn’t worked out for us, the entire process of designing the website for it, of writing the emails, getting connected up to Klaviyo, that’s just huge learning experience that you just don’t get when you’re just watching the videos. So you have to take that action and go for it. And we were just really, really lucky that it did work with this one product.

46:02
But if it hadn’t, the amount that we would have learned going through that process in the early months would have been invaluable. And I’ve got absolutely no doubt that eventually we would have come across the product that did work for us. So that’s what have to do. If you’re standing on the sidelines, get off the sidelines, get on the pitch and start playing. And I will say this is, you know, we had a chance to speak one-on-one via Zoom and there was something about you I can just tell from talking to people within like the first five minutes, like that drive.

46:32
or it could have been desperation, who knows, but that drive was there. And I had a good feeling about you as soon as we got off our conversation. So, and I’m very glad it all worked out for you. Oh, wow. That’s really good to hear. Thank you. Thank you, The vibe isn’t bad either. He’s not bad. He’s not bad. I really have to say a massive thank you to you because honestly, if this hadn’t worked, then I don’t know what would happen to us.

46:58
So thank you because it’s work because of you and what you’ve taught us. So thank you. Yours is one of those products that I think has broad-based appeal. Do you ship to the US also? Oh no, you don’t right now, right? Yeah, I’m too nervous without insurance. But if anyone is in the UK right now, can you just tell us what the URL of your website is? Yeah, it’s easyfitebikekits.co.uk

47:28
It’s a bit of a mouthful. Actually, that’s probably one thing we I’m not 100 % convinced we did the right thing because the URL is a mouthful actually. Actually, do you want to spell that because I know easy isn’t spelled as what you would expect, right? Yeah, so it’s easy with an I so it’s E-A-S-I-F-I-T-E-B-I-K-E-K-I-T.co.uk. Easy fit e-bike kit. Yep. It is a very cool product.

47:57
And I’ve actually, so we have these bikes around where we live where you can rent them and bike around. And I think it would just be amazing to just have one of these kits. And it’s reasonably priced. was just looking on the website. I encourage everyone who’s listening, especially if you’re in the UK. Do you ship anywhere outside the UK? Yes, we can ship anywhere outside the UK except for America and Canada. We’ll have to get that rectified because I actually definitely want one of these. So, okay. Cool.

48:26
But thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. It’s going to be inspiring to a whole bunch of people who are on the sidelines debating right now whether to start their business. You’re welcome. Thank you. Thank you so much.

48:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I know a lot of you out there love listening to stories about successful students in my course. So if you want to hear more, simply go to mywifequitterjob.com slash category slash podcast where I’ve organized every single episode for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 364. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

49:09
basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

49:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash div. Now when I talk about how I these tools on my blog, if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

363: How To Make Email Your #1 Revenue Source With Chase Dimond

363: How Email Can Generate 30% Of Your Sales With Chase Dimond

Today, I have my buddy Chase Dimond on the show. Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs which is a top email marketing agency with a focus on CBD companies.

Chase lives and breathes email, and he has helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails resulting in over 50 million in email revenue. If your email marketing is not driving at least 20% – 30% of your total revenue for your eCommerce store, then you’re leaving money on the table.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to run email marketing campaigns that generate 30% of your sales
  • How Chase started Boundless Labs and helped his clients secure 40% – 70% open rates
  • How to increase your email marketing open rates and run email marketing the right way for an online store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my buddy Chase Diamond on the show and Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs and he is an expert on email marketing. Chase is also going to be a speaker at Seller Summit 2022. Now, if email isn’t driving at least 20 % of your sales, then you are leaving money on the table and Chase is going to teach us how to do it for an e-commerce store.

00:27
But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store in exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:56
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:23
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and that is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have my buddy, Chase Diamond on the show. Now, Chase is someone who I met at Nick Shackelford’s Geek Out event, and he is the co-founder of Boundless Labs, which is a top email marketing agency with a special focus on CBD companies. Chase lives and breathes email, and he’s helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails, resulting in over 50 million in attributable email revenue. Now, if email marketing is not driving at least 20 to 30 % of your total revenue for your e-commerce store,

03:03
then you are probably leaving some money on the table. And what’s also amazing is that Chase has secured crazy results for his clients, like sending emails with a 40 to 70 % open rate. And today, Chase is going to teach us how to run email marketing campaigns specifically for an e-commerce store. What up, Chase? Steve, my man, how are you? I’m doing well, man. I’m glad we got a chance to catch up before we actually hit the record button. But before we start, give me the quick background.

03:31
how you got started with Boundless Labs and how did you get into email of all things? Yeah, absolutely. Thank you for having me. So really long-winded, I got actually started in marketing by accident when I was 14 years old. At the age of 13, I was diagnosed with Crohn’s disease and I was essentially sick for an entire year through lack of awareness and basically lack of a diagnosis for this disease. So as a 14 year old, I took it upon myself to do guerrilla marketing. At the time I didn’t know I was doing guerrilla marketing.

03:58
but I basically was taking out ads in the newspapers. I was calling my friends. I was doing walks and restaurant fundraisers, so on and so forth. So from 14 to 16, I dedicated my lives to raising awareness and fundraising for the Crohn’s and Cladis Foundation. And at 16, I actually became the youngest board member of CCFA and spent a six-year board term working with them. And in college, I had to help pay for my tuition. So I had to work.

04:26
random jobs and internships at one point in time. think I probably had two or three jobs and internships at a time while also playing college soccer, while also doing business clubs and fraternities. So through college, I really got into marketing. I did a bunch of different marketing from SEO to email, to pay acquisition, this, that, and the other. And email really was the thing that stuck with me as the thing that was really intimate and personal, but scalable. And what I really mean by that.

04:53
So within an email, right, if I can get you to open the email, it’s just me and you. And I have your attention for two seconds, 30 seconds a minute, dependent upon how great my content is. Whereas with something like social, you know, if you’re running an ad on, let’s say Facebook or Instagram, not that it’s not effective. Obviously it’s super effective, but you’ll see, you know, an ad and you also see a post from a friend, a family member, you know, boyfriend or girlfriend. So there are other descriptions on your screen. So for me, I really liked the fact that I could send an email to a thousand people.

05:22
100,000 people, a million people, but in a way that felt really personal for each person. So from there, I was basically building after college products that served college students documents. And I was building travel series and email was really the core at what I did. And I did it in the beginning of my career kind of on the cold email side. So I was building massive audiences with cold email, essentially aggregating data from Instagram, from SoundCloud, from forums and driving traffic to

05:51
know, newsletters and communities. So long-winded, did cold email for a couple of years. Nick and I have been close friends for about 15 years and he hit me up and he’s like, dude, the stuff that you’re doing on cold email is so cool. However, you know, I foresee a day in the future, we’re going to probably be on the wrong side of the law. This was before like GDPR and California privacy and all these things. Why don’t you come join me in e-commerce? So I’ve now been doing e-commerce for about three, three and a half years. Thanks to Nick. So long-winded, that’s kind of my story of how it got to

06:21
you know, boundless labs and in our structure. Right? Yeah, you guys merged, right? Yes. So about a year ago, we merged. So we were doing exclusively ecommerce, email marketing, Nick’s company was doing exclusively paid social, we’ve kind of come together. So all in, about 45 to 50 employees, and we offer email paid and content. This is random. But did you guys meet through soccer? Because I remember Nick was almost pro, right? Yes. So we actually met through our brothers playing soccer. So

06:49
I played soccer my whole life, Nick played soccer his whole life, our little brothers played soccer together, so that’s how I met Nick initially. And Nick did play, he had a stint with the LA Galaxy, so he played in college and then he went pro for think a year or two. Yeah, I thought there was some connection there. So hey, so Chase, what are some of the companies that we might have heard of, e-commerce companies that you’ve helped in the past, and what are some of your biggest wins in terms of sales when helping these companies?

07:14
Yeah, so one that was really cool for me growing up, I was a big fan of the Chive, like the men’s millennial kind of newsletter site. And they have an e-commerce brand called the Chivory, which is an eight figure e-commerce brand. So I had the opportunity to consult for them on their email program for about a year and a half to two years. I actually only had stopped because I had my daughter and I kind of was cutting back a little bit on the consulting, but I worked with them for a while and I think we increased their revenue year over year by like 50%. So that was pretty significant for a brand that was doing

07:43
you know, a couple million dollars already from email. So that was a cool one. We currently actually work with a brand called Poopery, which is the spray for the bathroom. Yeah, I’ve seen the commercials. look really good. Maybe I saw them from Nick’s feed actually. Yeah, Poopery is awesome. I mean, that’s like a household name that’s in a bunch of stores. Never thought we’d land them. Happened to get them as a client. So that was really cool. And then like one or two others. We previously worked with a protein company called Orgain.

08:13
They’re sold in a lot of you know, grocery stores, Amazon, so on and so forth. So we work with, you know, a couple really big household names like that, but a lot of our brands typically do between about one to about $20 million in annual revenue. Um, so they’re kind of smaller, fast growing, you know, seven to eight figure brands that not as many people know, but they’re doing a really great job. Those are brands kind of like nugs, which is like the chicken nugget alternative, you know, a brand called hydrant, which is like a, you know,

08:42
kind of like a electrolyte replenishment for your drink, your water, and so on and so forth. Sweet, which actually is the actual target demographic with this podcast, so it’s perfect. So let’s start from the beginning, because you can’t really do a lot of the techniques unless you actually have an email list. So what are your recommendations on building your email list as quickly as possible? So what we do, so we kind of are middle to bottom of the funnel. So we are completely dependent on top of the funnel traffic.

09:12
that brands drive. So typically that is Facebook and Instagram. Outside that is the other platforms like Google, Snap, Pinterest, et cetera. There may be some SEO, maybe some affiliate, maybe some influencers. So once traffic hits the page, that’s kind where we come in. And we basically leverage forms to collect emails. So whether that’s a pop-up, a fly out, an embedded subscription, we leverage forms and we kind of optimize these forms to collect as much traffic as possible. I

09:41
my own kind of research and also through some of the research that I have from privy, basically having like some kind of call to action of just sign up, there’s no discount, there’s no incentive, you can expect that to convert between one to 2 % of the traffic. So for every 100 people that visit your website, if you just have sign up for our newsletter to get our content, you can expect about one to two people to give you their email. If you have an incentive, whether it’s 5%, 10%, 15 % off, you can expect about five to 10 % of those people to give you their emails, right? So

10:10
every 100 visits, if you have some kind of discount or incentive, you can expect five to 10 people to give you their email. And what’s kind of interesting is the whole giveaway type thing. So enter your email to have a chance to be entered into our weekly giveaway or monthly giveaway, whatever it might be, some kind of like enter to win. We’re actually seeing that converting in the low teens in terms of people giving us their email. So 10 out of every 100, 12 out of every 100, so on.

10:36
That’s how we’re typically collecting emails is through the traffic that’s coming onto the website. All right. That’s one. Two. Um, there’s not a lot of control that we necessarily have on this one, but other ways that we collect email is when someone starts checkout and whether they purchased or not, as long as they’ve entered their email, their phone number, their address and click next, we will collect their email. And then outside of that, we’re leveraging, you know, giveaways, um, and ambassador programs and referral programs to try to grow the list. So what is the top converting?

11:06
email form that you guys have seen with the clients? Is it the giveaways? Yeah, so it’s, it’s interesting, right? So the giveaways gets you the most number of emails. It’s a little bit longer tail in terms of actually seeing like what that conversion looks like just because, you know, if you’re doing a weekly or monthly giveaway, someone signs up and then you have to wait a week and then you have to announce whether they want or not. And then, you know, some people convert other people don’t. So giveaway helps you collect the most email, the conversion on it’s pretty decent, but the

11:34
The interesting thing is like the incentive or the offer, that’s actually like the most immediate in terms of conversion, in terms of actually someone purchasing, even though it’s only five to 10 % and it’s less people giving their email than the other, you see the ROI there the quickest just because when someone enters their email to get a discount code, they’re typically gonna buy as soon as that discount code either shows them on the pop-up itself after they submitted the form or directly within the email. So that’s kind of like the interesting thing. So it kind of depends.

12:02
And we’re still trying to track an attribute, someone coming in through a giveaway and then converting and how they converted just since attribution is a whole thing in and of itself. Yeah. The reason why I’m asking you this question is because traditionally when I’ve done some giveaways in the past, the email quality isn’t as good, but the way I’ve been running them is like, I hate having to remember to like give out the prize after a week. So I use, I started using messenger to just give out a prize every single day automatically through the bot. And then that way I’m collecting emails, but the quality of those emails aren’t nearly as good as my

12:32
standard coupon pop-up form. So I was just curious, since you work with a lot more companies. Yeah, that makes sense. And that’s really cool and interesting about the daily messenger thing. OK, so you get your emails. How many emails should you be sending per week? Like, how do you figure out the frequency? And what is the right frequency? Yeah, so there’s two different types of emails that we’re focused on. And there’s actually three types of emails in general. So I’ll talk about the three types in general, and then I’ll talk about what each one are and kind of the cadence. So there’s campaigns.

13:02
There’s flows, flows is synonymous with email automation, and then there’s transactional emails. So a campaign is a one-time send to a group of contacts. Think about like a Black Friday sale, a new product launch, a holiday offer. Right? Those are all campaigns. And I’ll talk about kind of the cadence in one sec. The flows is an email automation. These are emails that are triggered off of an event or behavior. So someone enters their email into a pop-up that then triggers the welcome series for non-buyers, so long as they have not converted already. And then the transactional emails, I don’t talk about as much about those.

13:32
Those are very important, but the reason I don’t talk about it as much is they’re typically set up by default within your Shopify or, you know, WooCommerce, so on and so forth. are things like shipping confirmation, order confirmation. So it is definitely important to kind of edit and make those look on brand and do what you can just because those inherently have a really high open rate. Um, but I mainly talk about the campaigns and flow. So on the campaign side, the way that I think about sending, you know, numbers of emails per week or per month is you start with one per week, right? Send one per week.

14:01
Look at that open rates, look at the click through rates. Those are like the positive engagements, right? Look at the conversion and then look at the negative things, right? The unsubscribe, the market spam, the bounces. If all of those are solid, right? So if the open rate is North or at around 20%, you know, if the click through, obviously it’s going to vary depending on the kind of content you’re sending. Is it plain text? it designed? Is it an offer? Is it content? You know, the click through will obviously vary also varies by industry, but as long as those metrics look healthy and solid based off what you’re at and what your industry is at, cool.

14:31
And if the unsubscribes and mark a spam, the balances are all low. Great. Can you provide a guideline? Like what number is considered low? Yeah. So it depends. like, for example, like mark a spam, that one’s really important to keep extremely low. So I believe it’s one out of 1000 people can mark as spam. think anything over that is considered a little bit high. Right. On the unsubscribed side, typically about like half percent or lower is what you want to be. You know, if you’re at like 1 % or 2 % or 3 % unsubscribes, it’s

15:01
a little bit higher depending on the ESP, the email service provider that you’re using. For example, I Klaviyo recently rolled out benchmarks that you can kind of see based off other stores using Klaviyo in your industry, like what they’re pacing out. So I think that part is really solid just to be able to see great, we’re average at the open rates, we’re below average on click through, you know, so on and so forth. So you look at all these metrics, right? And then if they all look good, send a second email per week, right?

15:28
Second email, right, there’s not an increase in customer support tickets saying, oh my God, you send me two emails per week, what are you doing? Right, send a third email per week. And at that third email per week, if you notice like after you send one more in the fourth email, there’s friction. You know that there’s the optimal number of emails you probably want to send is two to three emails per week, right? So again, like you’re trying to straddle on between maximizing the number of times you got to send because that’s, you know, going to maximize the opportunity to hopefully drive revenue. But you also want to minimize the churn, right? You want to minimize people.

15:58
unsubscribing by sending them too many emails. And the way that you can send more emails per week, which I’ll happen to annoy one person four times or five times or six times is by leveraging segmentation, right? So with some of our brands, we actually will send four or five, six times a week, but one person might only receive two or three of those emails. Sure. that making sense? Yeah, it does. I’m just wondering though, let’s say you are sending these people three emails a week. Would you be concerned if each one of those sends resulted in a 0.5 % unsubscribe rate?

16:27
which were within your guidelines, but at the same time, you’re still shedding a bunch of people. Yeah. Yeah. I think it depends on like how much revenue we’re driving, right? Like if we’re selling these and we’re driving a lot of revenue, um, and then we can go acquire new customers for, you know, profitable, right? So I think it really depends on like the, the unit economics of like how a brand and what their LTV is, whatnot. think, know, about half a percent, I’m doing that, I’m making a lot of money. I’m probably okay with it. Um,

16:55
Again, a lot of the list size that we work with are fairly large, right? So not that half a percent isn’t a big deal. Obviously, the larger the list, the more people that is. But we’re focused like really on trying to drive A, the conversion and B, like the repeat purchase and that relationship. So I’m not super concerned if it’s a few emails per week at like half a percent. If it goes to like 1%, 2%, I would be more concerned. Okay. And then you mentioned segmentation. How do you manage that?

17:24
We were just talking about acquisition forms initially where you give out a coupon or something. How do you know which buckets to put your people in? Yeah, so for us, there’s a couple of main ways that we segment people and everything revolves typically around, you know, an engaged segment. So either an engaged segment by itself. So, you know, 30, 60, 90, 120. So people have opened or clicked over the past 30, 60 days, past 90 days, 120 days, whatever it might be. The way that we pick these segments is we want to be able to get that 20 % open rate on a campaign.

17:53
So if you’re getting like a 30 or 40 % open rate and you’re only hitting a 30 day engage, you’re probably being a little bit too strict. You probably can open that up to like a 45, a 60, a 75. And the reason that we want to get a 20 % open rate on campaigns is that allows us to have good deliverability, right? That means, you know, people are open to emails. Hopefully it’s in the inbox, potentially it’s in the promo. When you’re hitting like a 5 % or 10 % open rate consistently, that’s really bad for your domain reputation. That’s really bad for your deliverability.

18:22
So everything that I’ve done, everything that I’ve heard from any ESP, 20 % of that benchmark. So we picked the segment that allows us to hit that. And then other segments that we’ll hit is an engaged plus gender based, right? So within Klaviyo, they have predictive analytics where they can tell you someone’s likely male or likely female, right? So for males, we might show the content for men first and then for females second. And for females, we’ll show maybe the content for females first and male second, right? And just by having like the switch in that cadence.

18:51
does increase engagement from what we’ve seen because it’s more relevant right when they open the email. So that’s one thing we might do for gender. Another segment that we might hit is geography, right? So two examples there. I live in California on the West Coast, right? And it’s like 75 degrees out right now. Someone can send me an email, say an apparel company sends me an email with flip flops and shorts. I would probably buy that right now. Whereas on the East Coast, right? Maybe in New York right now, you would have to send like a

19:20
a beanie, a sweatshirt, and sweatpants because no one else is going to buy flip-flop thread if they’re not in great weather right now. That’s one way we think about geography. Another way we think about geo, a lot of our brands have both domestic and international customers. Say, for example, in the US, we have free shipping. We might segment the US people and send them a free shipping offer while internationally, wouldn’t. That geography is another.

19:49
previous buyers, someone’s purchased product A that’s complementary with product B. So they’ve bought item A, they haven’t purchased B, right? That might be another segment. So those are kind of some of the segments that we focus on most often. And then we could kind of get more granular from their VIPs and so on. So can we talk about the open rate of 20 % as your benchmark? So let’s say your 120 list, meaning it’s opened within the last 120 days, doesn’t hit that threshold. What do you do with those people?

20:18
Do you continue to send to them or like, let’s say you’re reaching like a 10 % open rate on a particular time-based segment. What do you do? Yeah. So there, there’s a couple of things that we do. So one thing that we’ll do is we’ll have a special segment set up for people that typically shop during Black Friday, Cyber Monday, right? And we’ll kind of protect these people. We won’t necessarily send to them too frequently. We’ll send to them maybe let’s say once a quarter and then during Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

20:47
be pretty aggressive because what we’ve noticed is there are just people that are on our list that have shopped last one or two years of a Black Friday, seven Monday around the holidays, but they don’t do anything around the rest of the year. we’ll kind of protect these people and keep them in a segment that will exclude from ongoing campaigns. we also want to keep them protected where we don’t suppress or delete them. that’s kind of one thing that we’ll do. But the main thing that we’ll really do outside that small sliver of people is we’ll find, so for example, depending on how many times you send per week and whatnot,

21:17
So I’ll give a couple of examples. So say you send once a week, you want to give people probably at least 10, 15 chances to open. So once a week, that’s four month. So at about, let’s say, three to four month mark, we’ll want to have those people that have not opened all those emails automatically go into a sunset unengaged. So that’s basically a fancy way of saying a breakup series. So we want to find that window of time where we’ve given people enough chances and they haven’t opened, where they’re likely never to open.

21:47
So we’ll drop them through kind of like a last chance, you here’s an offer, you know, do you want to hear from us? If you do great, if you don’t, you know, we’re going to get rid of you. So we’ll send them through a sunset unengaged, they’ll automatically have a property that says unengaged equals true, if you’re using Klaviyo. And then we’ll go through on like a monthly basis and suppress those people. So that way we’re not paying more money for them. That way we’re not accidentally sending to them and causing potential issues.

22:13
Yeah, I’m just wondering what you do for the borderline folks though. Do you just reduce the frequency for those? So for example, let’s say you have them segmented by month, right? Open the last month, open the last two months, three months, four months. Let’s say within your four to five month people, or sorry, like three to four month people, they’re at a percentage that is low, but it’s lower than 20%. Do you continue sending to that segment? So we would, yeah, we would, to your point, we would drop the frequency and we would

22:41
lump that in with like the overall sense. So what I see some people do, right, is they’ll send to like they’re engaged and that’ll get like a 30 % of rain. And then they’ll send their unengaged, which gets like a 2%, right? Like that looks really, really bad. I don’t hear many people talking about this, but like, I believe in a process of blending the data. So that way, you know, ESPs don’t actually know what’s happening. And that sounds kind of like sneaky, but like, it’s just a way to go about it where I’d rather have, let’s say, you know, a 15 % open rate, um, sending to.

23:08
So that looped in group or even the 10 % open rate that you mentioned versus having a 30 % on one and like a 2 % on the other, right? It looks really, really bad. But yeah, I would probably send to them if you’re three times a week, four times a week, maybe once a week, once every other week. And then from there, as those people kind of expand and they don’t open, then they’ll hopefully fall into that unengaged segment, which will then trigger the breakup series. Okay. That’s actually instantly what I do. I was just kind of curious what you do, mainly because Klavia actually sends you a nasty email.

23:39
if your open rate drops below a certain amount. Exactly. And, you know, this might be going too much back into my gray hat days with like the cold email stuff. But what I learned back then and no ESP would ever admit this or agree with this, which is fine. But we basically used to send tons of high quality outbound cold email. Like we were sending millions and millions of emails. And what we actually noticed is like these ESPs and people

24:06
They don’t actually care whether someone’s opted in or not, right? They say that they do, and they said that they don’t tolerate purchase lists. And I’m not telling anyone to go do this, right? This is something that worked a long time ago and you have to be very careful. But what we notice is say we had a hundred thousand people opt in into our newsletter. We could merge, let’s say 5,000 of these people that were completely cold in with this hundred thousand person list. And the ESPs would never know that those people were added and uploaded because the good people would mirror the metrics of the bad people. So I’ve known for a long time,

24:34
blending and the mirroring of the data is something that was really kind of interesting. But anyways, that’s kind of like something I figured out before. And that’s kind of why I still do that practice today. But all the people today are opted in all white hat, you know, none of this gross stuff. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens.

25:02
Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs,

25:32
policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergcouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

25:57
I’ve also heard of ESPs putting you on a worse IP or a lower quality IP as well. Like if you send too many emails with a lower open rate, just kind of behind the scenes. Yeah, so you have either like a shared IP or a shared pool or kind of like a dedicated IP or a dedicated pool, right? So they typically group people together based off of size of a list and also engagement and behavior, right? So the great thing about a shared thing is if you’re starting out, you get a

26:27
leverage to some degree, like the shared pool and the benefits that being said at the end of the day, like, you know, one rotten egg really spoils the bunch. So if you’re on a pool where someone is really, you know, doing things that are, you know, I don’t want to say illegal, but doing things that are not best practices, right? It really can hurt you. Right. So a good practice and recommended practice for people is to move to like a dedicated thing. So that way you control your own destiny. But again, it’s, it’s, it’s a little bit more to it than that, but to your point, like,

26:54
Yeah, that’s definitely something that can happen. So you do have to be careful and mindful. If you’re following best practices and you’re getting in trouble, it could be worth looking into, you know, asking who else is on the shared pool. What does that look like? Is there ability to move to a different or better pool? And sometimes too, depending on how much you’re paying the ESP, right? You might be on a preferred pool. you recommend going dedicated IP as soon as you can then? So

27:20
I want to say yes. I, all my own personal stuff, like my personal newsletter and everything that I do, I do do a dedicated one. That being said, like a lot of people that are going to hear this and listen to this probably aren’t following all the best practices, aren’t probably being religious about cleaning the last and doing these things. So I would hate to say yes and get people in trouble. Like if you’re not sure what you’re doing or you’re kind of doing email, even if you’re doing it well, but you don’t know all the things that you don’t know, I think a shared is probably safer. Okay.

27:49
Well, we’ve been talking about open rates for a while. What are some of these things that you do to get these crazy open rates that I’ve seen you get? Yeah, so it’s a couple of things, right? Well, on the automation side, right? Like the open rates there inherently are going to be higher. So on a welcome series for non-buyers, email one, you should be seeing 40, 60, 70%, right? Like the open rates on these automation emails should be really, really high. So you have to take advantage of it. The abandoned cards to customer thank yous.

28:18
So on the automation side, just because someone has taken an action that will then trigger an email, that relevance is what I think allows some of those emails to be super high and engaging. But on the campaign side, again, it’s picking the right segment, leveraging the right content. So basically, talking about the open rates, just going back to that really quickly, there’s four main factors that determine whether someone’s going to open your email. One that you have some control over, but not really, is where your email lands.

28:46
the inbox, is it in the promotion, is it in the spams? You have every power in your hand to stay out of the spam by following best practices. Whether you’re in the inbox or the promotions, it’s really kind of a coin toss. It really just depends. The more things that you do that are personalized, having live text and plain text involved with your emails, the better. Again, that’s not a guarantee. There’s no silver bullet. So where your email lands will have an impact on your open rate. Next is from left to right in your email, you have the from name.

29:16
the subject line in the preview text, right? The from name. So if it’s my newsletter, it’s Chase Diamond, right? If it’s your newsletter, it’s Steve or whatever it might be. My wife quit my job. Right. Do the people, are they familiar with it? Do they recognize it? Are they interested in the content that you sent previously? If yes, great. Then the open rate. think the open rate is the most important thing that you can control is the, or sorry, sorry. The subject line is the most important thing that you can control for the open rate. Is the subject line something that’s interesting, intriguing? it personalized? Is it witty?

29:45
but also has to be related to the content. And then the preview text is that text that you see to the right of the subject line. That’s almost like a second subject line. So you have to use the two hand in hand to make people really have enough info, but also leaves them wanting a little bit more that they do open. So those are kind of like the four levers that you can kind of pull. You have to be running A-B tests on the subject line. After you’ve tested subject lines, you have to be running A-B tests on the preview text, things like that. So those are the things that impact kind of the open rate. Does that make sense?

30:15
Yeah. So how do you run your AB test? Do you just send to a very small segment your, your test? then once you find out the winner, then you send the rest out. Yeah. And it depends on the list size, right? Like we want to make sure that there’s enough significance on the test that is worthy of being, you know, statistically significant. So depending on your list size, right? Like some of the lists that we work with are a million people big, right? So we could send to 10 % of that list, right? Version A and version B, and we have ample amount of data.

30:45
However, if your list is really small, you might need to send to a larger percentage on the testing just to have significance. So if you have a 10,000 person list that you’re sending to, you might need to hit 20 or 30 % of the list in a test. So that way you have at least thousand or 1500 people receiving each variation. But typically, right, a fair split for most clients we work with is a 20, 80. So 20 % of people receive the test and then the 80 % of the people will receive the winning variation.

31:14
And there’s two ways that we run tests. You can only one one away at a time. If we’re running something that tries to get people to open it, say a subject line, we’ll run a test on the open rate. So depending on which open rate has the highest percentage, we’ll then select that subject line. Or if we’re running a content test, we’re only going to have one subject line. The subject lines will be the same, but instead we’re going to be testing the content. So we’ll want to have that test run off the click through, right? So whichever click through has the highest percentage, we’ll send that version. Do you run an A-B test on every single send?

31:44
for the companies you work with? Nine out 10 times we do. The one out of 10 times that we go is when something is so last minute and so urgent that needs to go out that we forgot about, or there’s an emergency, right? So, say there was like a weather or something that affected fulfillment, right? And we needed to send an email out to everyone that’s purchased over the last week or something. And we would just send that out ASAP with our best guess and our best judgment because that’s really time sensitive. So when we have a little bit more time, you know,

32:12
And typically we’ll run an A-B test for anywhere on like two to four hours if we can, right? So two is typically the shortest amount of time that we’ll recommend and then four is probably the longest. Anything past that you’re maybe kind of missing out on kind of optimal send times. So nine out 10 times A-B test, you know, we do. What is, can you give me an example subject line that just kind of killed it for an e-commerce store that had a really high open rate? Just to get, people an idea of what like a good subject line is.

32:41
Yeah. So for, let’s say like a welcome series for non buyers, right? You know, we honestly keep that pretty simple. Um, let’s something like, you know, welcome to whatever, or, know, here’s your 15 % offer or congrats your end, you know, welcome to the family. So, so like, we kind of keep it somewhat simple, like on the welcome series, know, but other emails, you know, we might leverage, let’s say like something in brackets, right? Like let’s say for example, like new in kind of brackets, and then we might have like,

33:11
new, you you don’t want to miss this or something like, so we’re kind of leveraging things like more based on FOMO, like you don’t want to miss this or last chance or going fast or something around time. we’re leveraging like countdown timers within emails. In my weekly newsletter, actually every single Monday that I send, I actually break down the subject line of the week that we send. And I also break down like what the open rate and the click through was. And, you know, even saying that I can’t even remember what the last one was that I sent two days ago, right? Sure. Yeah.

33:41
Yeah. What is your view on single versus double opt-in? Because I know all the ESPs want you to use double, but realistically, I don’t know any e-commerce store that uses double. And so I’m just kind of curious what your opinion is. Yeah, I’d say again, nine out 10 times we’re using single opt-in. The ESP is right. They say that’s best practice. They always push you to do that. Within Klaviyo by default, they actually have double opt-in set up and you actually have to ping their customer service saying, hey, can you please

34:08
unlock the ability for me to go to a single opt-in, they’ll unlock it. Then you have to go in for each list and click that you don’t want it. Right. So not that they make the process impossible, but they do add some barrier and then you add some friction because they want you to leverage it. say for example, like you have a hundred people that enter their email into your pop-up and you have a double opt-in, you you might only get 50 to 70 % of those people actually go into the email and clicking confirm, right? Maybe even less. So you’re missing out on a lot of people that.

34:36
might’ve just missed that first email that could be engaged. So yeah, nine out of 10 times we use single opt-in. The one out of 10 time that we’ve known is if someone has a lot of bounced emails, I don’t know if they got hit with something that’s spam or maybe they have like a spin to win, right? One of those wheel of things and people just keep entering random emails cause they want the best code. Maybe if you’re running Facebook lead ads, right? And you’re not having people, you know, manually enter their email and it’s defaulting their email from when they’re in college, right? That they don’t have access to.

35:03
So in rare cases where like the bounce rate is really high on like a first email, then we’ll switch to a double opt-in for a period of time just to see if that kind of changes it. But yeah, I’m a big believer in single opt-in just because I follow the best practices and I’d rather have more people on my list. And then I’d rather filter them out later by myself versus Clay deal not allowing me to send emails that don’t confirm. Yeah, I I found cases where the double opt-in email doesn’t even get delivered. So you actually have no chance of getting them on your list in some cases.

35:33
Right, that would suck. And I could definitely see that happening, Email is definitely not like a perfect thing. Sometimes emails that are supposed to go to the inbox go to the promotion spam and vice versa. So we talked about some of the default segments that apply to most stores like demographics and opens. What are some of the specialized ones that you create for customers? So one kind of cool thing that we do within Claviy in particular, I’m not sure if you can do this in other ESPs or not. Hopefully you can.

36:02
But within Quavio, you have the ability to create custom tracking links. So I’ll give you kind of two examples. So most companies have like a product navigation, a product header, right? We’ll say something like, men’s, women’s, children’s, sale, right? All these different buttons that you can click. We’ll actually tag each of those buttons. That way when someone clicks on one of them, we’ll automatically add a property to their profile saying, Steve clicked on the males category, right? And Chase clicked on the males category.

36:29
and our wives clicked on the females or the kids category. So we’ll tag the product navigation within these emails. So that way we know not only if people have purchased what they’re interested in, but also basically just off of intent and browse and viewing something, what people are interested in. So that’s one thing that we’ll do. So we’ll have a specific flow or specific segment for someone that’s clicked on the category of men’s. And then we’ll run that against Klaviyo’s predictive analytics of whether they think they’re likely male. We now have two points that say,

36:57
their gender and they’re interested in this, right? So I never talked about gender before, but that’s one thing that we do on that. The other thing that we do is, for example, with the child, the child breed, they sell tons of apparel, they have tons of different categories. It’s almost impossible to know what interests people have unless they’ve viewed or added something to cart. So what we’ll basically do in their welcome series is we’ll pick the top nine categories. We’ll show them in the email, like, hey, here are our top nine categories. Here are funny t-shirts, drinking t-shirts, sports t-shirts, et cetera.

37:27
And we’ll have each of those links and those buttons tagged for when someone clicks on it. So, you know, I like sports. So if I click on the welcome to your email of the sports category, that will automatically update my profile saying, is interested in sports. Then we’ll start sending campaigns to you about sports t-shirts and whatnot. Right. So we’re using like these links to track these different types of things. You also could do a survey within an email, right? Of like, you know, Hey, what are your thoughts on, you know, this versus that? Do you like buying things one time or subscriptions?

37:56
So if we’re working with a brand, Hydrate, that has a one-time purchase or a subscription purchase and someone clicks, hey, I like to buy things one time, all the discounts and campaigns we’re going to run, it’s going be promoting one-off products. However, if someone clicks that they’re interested in subscriptions because they want to bundle and save and not have to remember every month to order, we’ll start sending people offers about subscriptions. So those are some other things that we do that I think are a little bit more advanced that people aren’t really talking about.

38:24
So someone might only get an email two or three times a week, but you have all these segments in there, which really means that you’re doing a lot more sends, right? So you’re doing a lot more sends to different segments. how do you, how do you work out like the amount of work involved in sending to so many segments with, you know, the amount of sales and the segmentation that you can do? Does that make sense? Yeah, 100%. And again, I think we’re at a little different like revenue stage and list size. We’re like,

38:53
some of these slivers of segments are still pretty big, right? We’re working with hundreds of thousands or millions of people list. So for us, like we basically plan all campaigns a month out and we basically build like three, four or five different kind of master templates that we’re going to use for the month. So a lot of this is more like modular, right? So in the case of sending a campaign to men and a campaign to women, it’s more or less the same thing, just the order of swapped, right? So it’s just a matter of putting, you know, women’s first for women.

39:23
and men second, then for men’s, know, men’s first, women’s second, right? So in theory, it sounds like a lot of work, but in something like that, where we’re going to send two different campaigns in a week to gender, it’s pretty easy. In some of these other cases, right? We have a lot of building blocks from other clients, from the same clients that we’ll send three months ago, right? So if we’re to send a UGC email, right? User-generated content email this week, of harping on social proof and kind of just showing people different.

39:52
styles and diversity. We can pull elements that we did from the UGC campaign from last quarter. So we’re really focused on efficiency. And a lot of times because these lists are so big and because they’re so segmented, the ROI and the engagements there, and also too, we’re an agency. So we are getting paid based on the number of emails that we send. Obviously the emails have to be profitable for our clients. it’s kind of like the synergy for us at least. But I think for a smaller store that’s doing it in-house, that has limited resources,

40:22
I think just sending two or three emails a week to an engaged segment, that is better than not sending any emails at all. Sometimes good enough gets the job done. I’m sure people that are listening to this are going to be $100,000 a month, they’re going to be a million dollars a month, they’re going to be $50 million a month. You do have to make sure that the juice is worth the squeeze. I think a lot of people get caught up with not sending enough emails per week. That’s how I would err on anyone listening that is thinking this is so overwhelming is create templates.

40:51
Start trying to plan out a couple of weeks or a month in advance. Leverage as much of the same assets as you can. Just swap in new graphics, maybe new call to actions, but leverage the templates you have. Don’t custom code every single email if you don’t have to. In that example that you gave where you were tagging people based on which links they clicked, what do you do with the people that open but don’t click at all? Are you just dealing with those people who clicked in a separate segment and you’re still sending emails to the people who didn’t click anything separately?

41:20
Yeah, exactly. So the people that open, if they don’t click anything, they’ll just be getting a little bit more like, you know, generic emails since we’re not specific to like what their interests are. They’ll kind of be like in the, the engaged bucket, right. Or like the gender bucket or the geo bucket versus like, you know, the engaged male that like sports, right. So obviously we prefer to be super targeted in laser focus because obviously that’s going to increase open rates, cook through rates, conversion rates. But, but truthfully, a lot of people don’t do those types of things. Right. So.

41:50
I don’t have an exact percentage, right? But for every person that’s opening the email out of every 10, we’re probably only getting like one or two people, potentially three people to give us these kind of interests or these questions or these behaviors. And again, they don’t know that they’re doing this, right? There’s no incentive for them to do it. This is the thing that we’re collecting on the backend. So from what I understand, if you can have a tighter segment, you’ll send specific emails to that segment. Otherwise, they go to this general pool that you’re already sending to people who are engaged with your list overall.

42:19
That’s correct. And also too, think one thing that I should have mentioned before is it really depends on like what you’re selling, right? For example, with the brand Hydrant, they sell basically two different main products and they have different flavors of each. So one product is just like a hydration kind of supplement packet by itself. The other one is hydration plus, was basically just electrolytes plus caffeine, right? They have two different products and then they have different flavors of each. So with them, we can only do so much, right? We can try to learn about someone’s

42:47
behavior in terms of, again, the subscription versus one-time purchase, um, flavor preferences through like a quiz, et cetera. But we can’t do like the gender. We could do geo to some extent, right? Like if it’s really a hot day, we might come up with a last minute sentence saying, Hey, you know, you’re in, you’re in California and make sure that you’re hydrated today. It’s going to be 90 degrees. Um, so it really also just depends on like the number of skews in the category that you’re in things like, you know, apparel and home goods and some of these other categories.

43:15
really lend themselves to doing a lot more of these things where other companies that are a single product store or just a few product stores, you have to be a little bit more crafty and there’s less things that you can do. Right. What is your best advice on escaping the promotions tab? Yeah, the best, again, there’s definitely no silver bullets. I don’t want this to come across like that, but the best thing that you could do is leverage personalization in the subject line and then also in the content. And then basically leveraging as much

43:44
live text as possible. And basically what I mean, right, is there’s plain text, right? A lot of times companies just have plain text that looks like text, but it’s actually an image. Actually having text that you type out within the email provider itself, that’s not behind an image. Having live text is, I think, really important. So I think those are kind of good things.

44:06
The earlier on that you can get people to click an email, the earlier on you can get people to reply to your email, the earlier on that you can get people to hopefully drag your email into the inbox. Those are all other things that you could do, but again, those don’t guarantee hitting the primary. Since you just touched on this, text or HTML based emails? Man, I know there’s such an ongoing debate about the two. And again, I don’t mean to be that guy, but I’m really somewhere in the middle. I think it depends on the brand, it depends on the email.

44:35
A lot of the brands we work with are really obsessed with brand and that’s everything to them. So they come in wanting to err on the side of being more designed and more branded because that’s them. And we’ll slowly start pushing them away from like 100 % design to like 75 % not design, 25 % kind of plain text. So a couple of use cases of plain text that I think you have to test. The first email after someone purchased, customer, thank you email.

45:00
typically coming from like the founder or the community manager, whoever it kind of is, the evangelist of the brand, you know, just sending a thank you and their gratitude, I plain text, maybe even having a signature at the bottom. I think that feels like a good one. Say you’re sending three abandoned cart emails, having that third abandoned cart email basically be like, hey, I my team sent you two emails this week, wanted to check in to see if you had any questions, let us know if there’s anything we could do with you. think that’s a great candidate for a plain text email. I even think sometimes, you know,

45:29
certain campaigns, like whether it’s like, you hey, quick heads up, we’re dropping something new tomorrow, stay tuned. Even a simple plain text email like that, I think is great. So I think it depends on like your audience. think it depends on, but we do send a lot of branded kind of HTML emails for our clients just because we happen to work with a lot of brands that are focused on how they are perceived. sounds like anytime you want to come across as more personal, you might want to go plain text based on your examples that you just gave. Yes. Right. Okay.

45:59
All right, last question. What are some of the coolest things that you were doing in email marketing today right now that most people are not doing yet? Yeah, I think a couple of things. I think one goes back to like the custom tracking, right? The link and learning more about behavior. think that’s one. Two, this is actually something I’ve never talked about, I think on a podcast, but basically what we’re doing. So because we have clients that have such a list and again, because churn is inevitable, people are going to unsubscribe. No one’s really taking advantage of that unsubscribe window, right? So

46:27
happens is you click on subscribe, you say, want to unsubscribe, then you basically get an unsubscribe confirmation on the page. We’re taking advantage of that real estate that says, hey, Steve, you’ve been unsubscribed, but by the way, in the next 24 hours, if you do want to make a purchase, here’s a custom discount code. So we’re actually showing someone a discount code when they unsubscribe on that window because we’ve lost them anyways. We might as well take a last chance to get them to convert. And I wouldn’t say the conversion is high as a percentage, but in terms of the number of people opting out,

46:56
it since that’s so big number of people that are actually converting is pretty large. I wish I could remember the exact numbers, but one of our brands, a bigger brand, I don’t know, they highly had, let’s say 50,000 people unsubscribe over the course of, I don’t know, eight months or 10 months or a year, I don’t remember the exact number. We ended up converting of like the 50,000 people. think we have like 500 or 700 people actually convert. That’s really good actually. Which isn’t huge, right? As a percentage.

47:23
But like that was pretty significant in terms of like 500 sales that were like free money. So again, because it’s so much volume, we’re getting a lot other stores, right? Maybe, maybe it’s lower, but any sale you get, even if you get one sale, 10 sales, 20 sales on people that aren’t subscribing, that’s free money to you. So that’s one thing that we’re doing that I’ve never really seen anyone else do that I’ve never really ever talked about out loud. that’s another.

47:49
One thing that we’re testing, I can’t really talk about it a whole lot yet since I don’t have a lot of ample data, but we’re testing AMP, which is basically accelerated mobile pages, which makes emails behave a lot more like landing pages. So it’ll make emails a little bit more interactive around being able to do like a product carousel. So just like you’re on a website, you can click between product images. You can do that same type of thing within an email. They have this thing called the accordion where you could click on a category and it can expand it out.

48:16
So basically what we’re trying to build is like an FAQ within an email at the very bottom. Now, what’s your return policy? How long is shipping going to take? And it’s kind of all stacked together unless people click it. So those are kind of the things that we’re testing. There are certain barriers, like you have to get approved by the ESP, you have to get approved by Google, you have to be highly technical. So it has proved to be a little bit challenging to kind of roll out for clients, but I’m kind of starting to test this a little bit just on like on my own.

48:45
personal newsletter. So hopefully we’ll be able to send something like that out over the coming months. What about the use of GIFs or animated images in the emails? Do you guys do a lot of that? We do a lot of GIFs. So right now, at least within Klaviyo, they don’t support the ability to show videos the way that you have to be able to, if you want to link out to a video, you either have to do a screenshot of like, you know, the video with a play button, or you can kind of do a, you know, a GIF or whatnot to try to get people to do it.

49:12
So that’s kind of one thing that we do to get people to go to a video if we’re going to do it. We also use GIFs a lot to kind of get around the whole AMP thing, right? If we want to do like a product carousel or kind of like a UGC where we’re shutting off people, we kind of leverage GIFs. I think, you know, we’re probably sending for clients, we work with 50 clients on the email side right now. You know, we’re probably sending, I don’t know, hundreds of emails a week, conservatively. I’d say probably like at least a quarter of those have a GIF. Nice. So Jayce, we’ve been chatting for a while.

49:41
Time has kind of flown. I wanted to give everyone out there the opportunity to find you in case they need your services or they have any questions for you just about email in general. Yeah. So for me, the two places that I’m posting a lot of content in, and they’re both free, is on Twitter. So my handle is Ecom Chase Diamond. There’s no way in diamond. So it’s Ecom Chase, and then last name is D-I-M-O-N-D. So Ecom Chase Diamond, tons of free e-commerce email marketing tips.

50:09
And then on there, you’ll be able to find my free weekly newsletter. Every single Monday, I send a interview, a guide, a tip of things that are working for our clients. So those are my two free resources that I think people will get a lot of value from. And if they need your consulting, I don’t know what the minimum company size that you work with us, but if you wouldn’t mind just mentioning it in case people are looking for those email marketing services. Yeah, on the email side, we’re typically working with brands that are on Klaviyo.

50:37
They have a list size of at least 10 to 15,000 people at minimum, and they’re doing north of a million dollars in terms of annual e-com revenue. Okay. And then also the, I guess the sister side, I shouldn’t call Nick a sister, I guess, but he does the like Facebook ads and paid social essentially, right? Yeah. Client size is pretty typical. They’re around the million dollars or more in terms of annual revenue. So basically we’re focused on paid social, primarily Facebook and Instagram, and then

51:07
We also do have a content studio where we’re a videography and photography for social and also email. Cool. Hey, well, Chase, I appreciate you coming on, man. I’m sure the audience learned a ton about email and we talk about a lot of things that a lot of people aren’t doing. So that’s great. Thanks a lot. Yeah, thanks so much, man. Appreciate it.

51:29
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you aren’t sending out emails on a regular basis and segmenting your audience properly, then you are leaving a lot of money on the table. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 363. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D-U. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

52:28
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Many years ago, Andrew Youderian sold his dropshipping business, Right Channel Radios to Pat. And since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

In this episode, Pat teaches us what he did to grow his sales and how he’s improved the business dramatically since Andrew owned it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Pat purchased Right Channel Radios
  • How Pat turned Right Channel Radios into a 7 figure dropshipping business
  • Pat’s primary strategy for growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Pat Haggerty on the show. Now most of you know who Andrew Udarian is of e-commerce fuel. Where several years ago, Andrew sold his drop shipping business, Right Channel Radios, to his friend Pat Haggerty. And since the sale, Pat has grown the site tremendously. And in this episode, Pat is gonna teach us exactly how he’s grown the store.

00:28
And Andrew, if you’re listening to this episode, let me know what you think. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:55
It’s an inexpensive solution converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire are the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:24
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. And to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you own your

01:54
growth, visit claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K L A V I Y O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:35
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Now I’ve been looking forward to this interview for a very long time and we’re all gonna have a good time together today. Now I’m not sure if you remember the very first interview I ever conducted with Andrew Udarian from Ecommerce Fuel when he sold his business, Right Channel Radios. Well, Andrew sold his drop shipping business to Pat towards the middle of 2016 and since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

03:05
And his business selling CB radios continues to thrive today, especially during COVID. So today, we’re gonna have Pat teach us what he did over the years to grow his sales and make Andrew totally regret selling his business. And with that, welcome to show. Pat, how are you doing today? My wife quit her job podcast. What’s up, Steve? Oh, it’s good to catch up with you, man. I had a really good time when I went out to Montana that one time. I really want to go back actually, whenever I can travel again. Yeah, yeah, you got to get out here.

03:35
You gotta get out here with it’s a better place with you here, Steve. That’s for sure. You know what’s funny? A lot of my buddies are moving out there right now. They’re probably driving at the cost of property out there as we speak. Yeah, they’re the worst. We don’t. don’t like your buddies. One that you can come, but the rest of those jerks keep them out of here. It’s thing. I mean, I just talked to actually one of the guys who works dual plane, dual planes, drop shipping software. Yeah. But one of the like my main rep over there.

04:06
He’s coming out here and he’s like, hey, we just sold our place and we’re looking for a place in Bozeman, but it’s really hard to find a home. And I’m like, yeah, it’s your fault. And all the other folks just like you. No, it’s true though. It’s tough to find a home here. Property values have skyrocketed. So I guess my home’s worth a lot more, so that’s fun. But we’re also trying to buy another place and it’s really hard to do that. Yeah, I wouldn’t be surprised if it becomes the next Bay Area over there.

04:33
Oh, don’t say that. anyway. Catch us up. Okay, so let’s go back to 2016. When did you acquire Right Channel and what was the multiple? Do you remember? So yep, closed on the sale of Right Channel radio’s May 31st, 2016. And the multiple is just over three. I think it was like 3.1 something. Which basically means that within three years, provided you didn’t even go at all, you would have gotten your money back, right? Yep.

05:03
And are you still the sole owner of the business? You know, I’m not the sole owner. I do have a couple very minority partners. When it came time to get financing for the business, one of my partners is my parents, which I’m actually thrilled to have them a part of it. But essentially, when I went finance the business, I needed a couple co-signers on the loan that had more assets than I did.

05:30
And then I think back in the day, it was just you and maybe one VA. Is that right? That’s correct. Okay. And then now do you have more employees? Oh, man, it’s been a wild ride. Yes, I do have more employees. And since I’m on the business, I started off with the same model me myself one VA, I’ve moved to I’ve moved to using some contractors in the business. And now I have two stateside employees. these full time employees? Not not full time, not full time to

05:57
part-time employees doing phones and customer service responsibilities. And then I have a contractor who does a bunch of project management along with myself. And so it is the four of us who are kind of deeply ingrained in the business at this point. Yep. Nice. And what is the business model of the store? Has it changed? Is it still pure drop shipping for the most part? We are drop shippers, drop shipping for the win, my friend. Nice. Yeah, the model’s been great. yeah, we…

06:27
Yeah, so nothing’s really changed. We inventory a very, very small amount of product, but not enough to call us anything other than a dropshipper, that’s for sure. Have there been any plans to like private label anything under your own brand or is it, are you planning on still sticking with the dropship model? We will primarily stick with the dropship model until it doesn’t make sense to do so any longer. Yes, I’m going to, the plan is now to just take some very vehicle specific mounts and try to.

06:56
when new vehicles come on the market. Because one of the things we sell for the folks who don’t know, so we sell radio equipment, you need to have put an antenna on your vehicle for a lot of the equipment we sell. And so you need a mount that’s specific to whatever make model of vehicle you have. Sometimes the manufacturing companies for these mounts sort of lag behind with new vehicle, like new vehicle body styles and things like that come out. So we just want to be on the, I guess more on the forefront of building those mounts and labeling those. And so that’s the plan and that’s

07:25
That’s what we’re gonna be moving towards on the latter part of this year. You know what I really like about this interview here is I get a lot of questions just on drop shipping in general, which I’m hoping you could answer as part of running a successful drop ship store. So first of all, a lot of people are worried about the margins. Would you mind commenting on like what your average margins are? Yeah, so I try to keep our margins at 30%. Okay. 30 % or higher. Yeah, it can be tough. There’s definitely times.

07:53
It’s a dip below that. fact, in December, I was closer to that 25 % and we’ve had to bump it up. Shipping has become a real issue. I think that’s been the toughest thing because both because of the amount of volume we’ve done, especially this year, not not we, but I’m talking about us as a whole, like, let’s say America, the amount of packages America’s ordered has caused both UPS and USPS and other shipping companies to increase their rates and do increase their rates, reduce their promises.

08:23
and generally do a worse job of delivering packages. Yeah, that’s for sure. Yeah, no kidding. That was this last year, especially towards the latter part of the year, the thing that has been squeezing our margins the most. yeah, mean, it’s a very, if you’re drop shipping, for anybody who wants to get into it, you want to find a product that you can really add some value to, right? What we don’t do is we don’t just throw a bunch of products up on a page and expect that.

08:50
somebody’s gonna buy them. You have to be able to provide some sort of tangible value to your customer, whether you’re a dropshipping business or any other business, whether that’s with your product, whether that’s with your service. I mean, at the end of the day, you just have to bring value to the customer and that’s why they’re gonna choose to buy Actually, what is your primary value add? More technical knowledge, product technical knowledge, installation advice, the products that we carry.

09:18
aren’t as straightforward, like a lot of them aren’t plug and play per se. So it requires some specific knowledge to know, what parts do I need for this complete radio system for my Jeep? Let’s say they just brought a brand new 2020 Gladiator and they want to, you know, outfit it with a CB system or GMRS radio system. And they’re wondering, okay, what mounts do I need? What kind of cable do I need to go from the mount, you know, to the radio? What antenna is right? And then once this stuff is installed, you know, for CB, you actually have to like,

09:47
you have to tune the antenna. It’s hard in a day where everything is plug and play, right, to imagine that there’s some equipment out there that you actually still have to install and then tune for it to work properly. And so because there’s a lot of complexities around our product, we’re able to answer the questions around those in a way that drives sales and gives customers great experiences. So in terms of pricing then, presumably there’s other people that sell this exact same products that you carry, right? absolutely.

10:16
Would you say you’re on the higher end of pricing or in the middle or low? I try to be on the higher end. However, it’s interesting competing with marketplaces because I was just alerted yesterday by a customer that one of our top selling antennas they said oh man, you’re you’re cheaper than Amazon and I thought to myself I need to raise the price of that You know, I’m like I’m definitely selling it for two less. Yeah, we we try to be on the higher end right because we we bring value

10:45
in ways that a third party marketplace can’t. Or a marketplace can’t. So yeah, we try to be on the higher end. So let me ask you this then, what if I call you up and I get all this advice and then I go and buy it from somewhere cheap? Is there some service contracts that you provide that make me want to buy from you or is it just goodwill? Oh yeah, just goodwill. Presumably you’d want to be a humane person.

11:12
and you wouldn’t do that to somebody. No, I’m just giving you a hard time. I was like, of myself, oh, would I do that to you, Would I do that to you? No, I mean, it happens from time to time. But the truth is, most folks care to buy from somebody who knows the product. the thing is, Steve, it’s not like we’re that much more expensive. talking maybe we’re $10 more, right?

11:40
For a lot of people, it’s worth $10 to do it. Now, if we were $50 more, that would probably start to create some real problems. But I’m talking like, yeah, we’re like maybe $10 over what somebody might be able to piece something together for on their own, but then maybe they miss a part, right? And they have to order it again. That costs time and delays. then if they order from us, if they have issues or if they have questions, they can actually call and talk to a person about it who knows something about it. I mean, you can’t call, you couldn’t call Amazon about.

12:10
You know, Yeah, definitely. mean, what kind of I mean or or anything else by that, you know, so there you go. So that implies then that everyone on your support staff is very knowledgeable about the products that sounds really hard to find, actually. You know, it the products that we have are complex in some ways, but, know, I’m actually just currently training, training a new hire. And this was his third week, and I’d say he’s very close.

12:40
I mean, he’s already had customers comment and say, hey, his name’s Paul. they said, hey, Paul is super helpful. Really appreciated his product knowledge and expertise and just patience to talk me through the process. That happened just a couple of days ago. So, wow, yes, it’s technical in nature. And there are some things that I will always know that maybe my support staff isn’t going to be able to communicate. They’ll be able to communicate 95 % of it, no problem and help.

13:09
99 % of problems. So it works. Do you get a lot of sales over the phone then?

13:17
Good question about. I’m trying to think of what our percentages were last year. It was less than 10 % phone sales. I want to say it was closer to seven, which is pretty actually, which is pretty weak for us. The year before we did more last year, we did just a ton more volume though. We did did also some a fair amount of work on on CR on some conversion rate optimization tactics, creating our.

13:46
making our website a little bit more mobile friendly to bolster our conversion rate a little bit. So I think that that’s also pushed that percentage down a little bit. However, I do feel like we have a handful of touch points with customers when they call us or email us and then they go self-serve purchase online. Okay. And the last time I interviewed you, Darian, about his business, it was obviously before you’d acquired it. I remember him telling me that it was pretty manual.

14:11
I think he said like at the end of the day, he had spreadsheets that he sent off to distributors to have things shipped. Is it more automated now? Much more automated. You know, since that time, you know, there’s there’s been soft drop shipping software developed. And truthfully, one of the things I’m working, spending a lot of time on now is just really getting getting our drop shipping software set up to so so everything is is very automated. It’s very intelligent. I mean, we used to have to back in the day, you know,

14:39
we would have to manually, we were manually inputting tracking numbers. That was one of our VA’s primary jobs. You we would get an invoice, the tracking number, they would go on the website and literally copy and paste it in there. But now obviously all that information is automatically uploaded into Shopify from the drop shipping software we use called Duoplane, which is great. They have a great team over there. Is that Sanaki’s friends company? Yeah, yeah, Sanaki’s former partner, CINNA. I can’t remember CINNA’s last name, but yeah.

15:08
Can you just describe briefly what the software does so that it does it apply to most dropship vendors or do they have to have a tie into it as well? So they they can tie it in. So a couple of my vendors are very low tech and so they have some. Some kind of pretty old data feeds and inventory systems. All that to say what the system does is you know orders come in through us. You know.

15:36
through my website, through Shopify, those upload into Dualplane. Dualplane looks at the orders and looks at the, you know, take a look at the SKUs on the orders. And then the way that we have it set up is it will then route that order, send that order to the distributor that is closest to, that has the product in stock and is closest to the customer to reduce shipping costs and all that good stuff. And then it will ship out. If there’s an issue, then our customers or our vendors would say, hey, you know, we don’t have this part.

16:05
maybe let’s say if there’s something wrong with the inventory feed and, and it shows they had the part and they didn’t, they would communicate that back to us and we would just route it to another supplier. You can split ship, you can create, you know, some different, different rules within, within dual plane, how you want your orders shipped. And you could just choose the lowest cost supplier and have it go that way all the time too. Like I said, we, we choose to go closest to the customer for the quickest, you know, quickest shipment and, uh, you know, quickest delivery time.

16:36
by low tech, let’s say your distributors really low tech, like how would you expect them to connect to Duo Plane? is it like, how do you set, like to your lowest tech distributor, how do you send the order? Or how does Duo Plane do it, I guess? Yeah, so, so Duo Plane sends the order in an email format to them and then they either upload it, if they have an inventory system, then they would upload it via CSV into their inventory system and they would send a file and Duo Plane would.

17:03
grab the information on the CSV, or I even have one distributor where it legitimately pulls the tracking number out of the text of an email. So, an email. they send us the- I mean, it’s, yeah, there’s some real challenges, but if you have some higher tech distributors, it makes it lot easier. So. I see. Okay. So dual planes like glue, essentially. Like however your distributor wants the data or the order, that’s what dual plane does essentially. Yep. And they have a team over there that works to see that.

17:32
you get the information you need. We have had some cases where, you know, they’ve said, we can’t, you know, pull data out of this, this kind of report. But, you just try to work around that and problem solve. Yep. How does the inventory work then for the low tech guys? Do they give you a real time feed of how much stuff’s left? They all have feeds. So they at least have that much, right? So if you have any kind of inventory system, you should have some kind of FTP where you actually

18:02
show what you have. I mean, they’re not only paper. They’re not that low tech where they’re writing everything on paper all the time, but it is still pretty low tech. Yeah. it real time though? Like, you check it before? Like, is it updated in real time on your site or does it sometimes happen where you actually sell something that’s accidentally out of stock? No, I accidentally sell some things that are out of stock. I actually don’t have it set up where it necessarily manipulates the number.

18:30
on Shopify on our inventory numbers. The parts that we carry, Steve, I generally don’t carry things that, well, first off, I have distributors that have very overlapping inventory. So it’s very rare for them to be out of some products. When they are out of those products, we’ll manually list them out of stock because it’s something that we’ll know about. it’s, you know, and also we’re not talking like, I don’t have tens of thousands of SKUs either. You know, I run on around like 500-ish SKUs.

19:00
So it’s not an over. Yeah, yeah, but it’s not an overwhelming amount where you where you lose track of the product that you sell. If I had 20,000 SKUs, you know, it would be different. It’d be different game, right? So sure. Okay. And then if someone orders from different distributors, they might still get different packages or their order broken up into multiple packages, right? Once in a while we do that. We try to avoid doing that. But I’m just trying to get it happens.

19:28
of like when you’re charging someone for shipping, that’s based on weight or dollar amount or? We do free shipping on orders over $75 and then I have essentially like three different shipping tiers for different weights of products. Okay. And then it’s up to Duoplane to route it to the cheapest place or all to one distributor preferably, right? Yeah, what it does is it just tries to first route it all to one distributor and then the distributor

19:58
closest. So whoever has the product and whoever is closest to the customer is how the logic works. ahead. I was going say, you have overlapping distributors for almost all of your products so that there is a way for, so Dualplane actually does some routing. Okay. Exactly. Nice. Okay. Let’s talk about your day to day. I remember before you were working four hours a day on this, this is way back in the day. What are your

20:26
duties now running the store on a day-to-day basis? Oh, good question. Well, I am still way more involved in the business as far as like daily operations than I would like to be. Over the years, you know, we because of the products we sell and what I was sharing before, the kind of nature of our business where we are, you know, are a little bit higher touch. I’ve just, you know, really taken.

20:53
taking pride in making sure that we provide really, really great customer service. Now it’s looked different over the years. When we first started, it was me and a VA and I was doing probably way more than I should. And I contracted some folks out to help specifically with phone calls and some email quotes and things like that. That worked for a little while, but now I’ve just decided I think the best way to do it is to have state-side employees who understand the product, who are happy to talk on the phone and you know.

21:22
answer customer questions and emails. Right now we have two customer service reps, and then I can fill in for like really kind of the higher level questions. And yeah, that’s that’s what it looks like now. I’m currently working on getting another VA hopefully, hopefully I’ll hear back tomorrow about new a new prospect for a VA so we can have whoever that person is, you know, help a little bit with customer service, but also some data and reports and things like that, that we’re trying to generate daily as well.

21:52
Here’s what I got a little bit. I feel like I got a little bit lost in the question. Now would you go ahead? What I was trying to get at is it sounds like a lot of it is automated now, whereas it wasn’t before. So outside of customer support, what work left is there?

22:08
Not a ton. The only other thing is we do have situations like right now we’re dealing with some shortages in raw materials. So we have some popular products that have now become out of stock because, for instance, one of our main products is a fiberglass antenna. Well, the company that makes this antenna ran out of fiberglass. And so we’re really starting to feel some of the

22:35
some of the effects of sort of like the interruption in the supply chain system due to COVID now. And so we’ve had to be a little bit more creative about solving like, you know, when we have like a primary product that’s in a lot of our packages come out of stock, you know, solving, you know, what are we going to, what are we going to substitute in here? How are we going to communicate it to the customer? How are we going to, you know, work with different distributors and how are we going to find some more of these antennas?

23:04
things like that. I’ve been doing more of that. beyond that, mean, that’s about what it is other than, you know, just, I guess, planning, creating more content. you know, but by and large, that’s kind of the precipice I’m sort of on right now, Steve, is I finally have the hands to start taking care of the customer service where I was just really involved with that more. And so I’m really just kind of extracting out of my, I’m in the process of really extracting myself from that world.

23:36
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:04
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:34
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So it sounds like you’re kind of looking for new products. That’s like one of your primary duties. Let me ask you a question then. What is stopping you from just carrying a whole bunch of stuff since you don’t have to carry inventory?

24:59
You mentioned you only have 500 SKUs, right? Why not carry a thousand? Good question. I think you just really want to be focused on what makes sense for your niche. If there are products that make sense for us to carry, and we are expanding out into some, I hope to have maybe a thousand SKUs maybe a few years down the line, but they will all be around high quality radio equipment, coax cables, things like that. We’ve branched out in the past and sold

25:27
You know, some like LED headlights, like high-end LED headlights and other products like that. And they just haven’t done well because that’s not what folks are coming to our website for. know, all of our traffic for the most part is organic. You know, we do really do well with, you know, long tail search, things like that. And so when folks are landing on our page, they’re not necessarily looking for LED headlights, you know, they’re looking for radio specific equipment. So I suppose we could, and I could, you know, litter the site with a bunch of coax, you know, connectors and

25:56
all this other stuff and maybe to be profitable but also sometimes carrying those more obscure products creates a lot more questions than it does profit. And then you spend time trying to work with hobbyists to figure out some random system than you do just kind of focusing on the bread and butter and what really makes money. Yeah, that makes sense. If the support costs exceed the potential profit, then it makes sense not to carry.

26:23
Yeah, but there isn’t a lot of stuff we’re saying no to. A lot of the products we sell, I mean, we sell very much, you know, we sell, we sell CB radios, you know, and so it’s a very mature product. There’s not a whole lot of new ones coming onto the market, you know? And so on some level, it doesn’t make sense to add a bunch more, but we, but recently we have expanded into, you know, other frequency radios. I’d mentioned GMRS.

26:48
mobile radios that that’s something that’s become really popular. So we’ve expanded probably 30 skews into that and we’ll be creating some more and we’re building content around that this spring as well. So, okay. mean, we’ll grow in that direction and in some hand equipment as well. But yeah, that’s what it looks like. Also, I think that you want to know your products well. So just littering the catalog with too many things, I think can be a little bit of a

27:17
Right, dilutes your expertise in a way too. I see. It could. It really can. Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about what changes you made with Right Channel now that you didn’t have you, Darien, weighing you down. I mean, that guy probably weighed you down like a ton of bricks, right? Oh man, the burden was lifted. You know, I think once I bought the business, it became the only thing we were doing, right?

27:46
I was working half a day on Right Channel Radios before I bought it. And then I just went into, we just made ourselves a lot more available to our customers in virtually every way, more available on the phone, via email. When you turn the switch, and I love Andrew and I loved working for him when I did, but when you flip the switch and you start seeing that money go from

28:15
or we start seeing the money from your sales come directly into your bank account, that definitely in my mind at least flipped a switch and man, I was doing anything I could to get anybody who called or emailed us, I was working as hard as I could to get, convert any of those sales. That’s funny how that happens. It’s the truth, know, it’s the ultimate, it’s just the ultimate ownership, you know, when you start seeing that come when you do pay also.

28:42
I also took out a huge loan and so that’s motivating. So I want to make sure my kids get to eat. So there you go. give us some numbers, Pat. Like how much has it grown? And let’s talk about your most recent years growth also. So how much has it grown since you bought it? uh, yep. Just did the calculation here. So it’s 47 % up. So we’ve grown 47 % since I purchased this, purchased it, uh, 2016 almost five years at this point, just under five years. Yep.

29:10
You made your money back after three and these past couple years plus the growth has all been gravy. So sounds like it’s a win win all across the board for you. Yeah, that and I mean, we’re doing because we’re doing significantly more revenue as well. I mean, I think that if we ever did want to sell down the line that both bolsters the multiple quite a bit. And so it’s been it’s been quite nice. It’s obviously had some some challenges, but yeah, 40 percent, seven percent up. And then we just closed the

29:39
The books on our biggest month ever in January, were, yeah, we did. I don’t know, Eudarian Mike. Do we want to make Eudarian jealous? You don’t have to say if you don’t want to. I think we just got to say, so we did, we just did our first month over 200K in January. Oh baby, I can’t, I couldn’t believe it. Congratulations, man. Yeah, thank you. And I am just thrilled and it’s been a wild ride. It’s been great to you.

30:08
I know you, Darren, have never seen that kind of money before. No, sorry, sorry, friend. mean, you know, that’s why I had to move from Bozeman to Tucson. So there you go. So let’s talk about what you did after the acquisition that grew the sales actually.

30:24
After the acquisition, like I think the main thing Steve was really just focusing on that customer experience and bringing a lot more value to the customer that that came in that did a that did a handful of things. I saw our return customer rate go up pretty, pretty significantly. You know, did to boost that. I think I think honestly, it was just as simple as being more available to the customer, being very responsive to.

30:54
You know chats. Well, we we added chat. I don’t think we we I think we might have done it there for a little bit But anyway added did everything from adding live chat to the website Which is funny to talk about or even think that we didn’t have that at one time But I guess five years somewhat on some level. It’s kind of a long time ago I don’t remember you expanding your phone hours, too Yeah, Yeah, because we only we only did you know, we’re only available half the day, which is kind of weird, you know when it

31:23
business is only available on the phone for four to five hours a day as opposed to eight to nine. So yeah, we absolutely expanded all that. And then we’re just more responsive the email. And I think I mean, that that was about as simple as it was was just being more available to the customer. There was no secret sauce or anything like that or anything that that we did that was super strategic. So how do you most of your sales today? Is it still the same as it was?

31:51
No, well, I mean, we drive a lot of organic traffic. However, we’re significantly more active with our email marketing. We send emails every single week. We’ve, we’ve developed a lot more, um, a lot more customer flows for different customer segments, you know, between like, you know, win back campaigns, retention campaigns. And I think that our content overall is just better, but we send very, very regular emails to our customers. So we’re communicating with them a lot more. You guys using PlayView? Yeah.

32:21
Oh yeah, sweet. I it’s, yeah, it’s the thing to use. Was Andrew using Klaviyo back then? I’m trying to think. That was a long time ago. Was he? Oh yeah. Yeah, man. You know what? I used to have, this is when Klaviyo first launched. We used to use Skype or not Skype. No, we used to use Skype. Yeah. We used to use Skype to talk with each other. And I had Ed, what is it? Ed Halen? Oh yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Ed Halen and Ed Edward.

32:48
Had them on Skype and I would call them up if I was having an issue way back in the day No jokes, and we were like really early adapters to clay vo I still have the same account still using it. So nice. Yeah, we never use we never use anything else at this point can’t understand Yeah, why why we would ever ever go but so it’s been great I remember clay view at the very beginning and when they’re you know templates weren’t really that great, but now they’re awesome And and I don’t make any of the emails myself. So it’s even better

33:17
So there you go. So you mentioned a lot of your traffic is still organic. that imply that you’re constantly, cause you’re getting new products in all the time, right? So does that imply you’re constantly churning out more content or updating the existing one? Yeah. So we are creating more content in the way of technical resources and blogs and things like that. But it’s, it’s far less than you would think. I think that we’ve just done a good job creating content in the past. You know, most of our project pages.

33:47
product pages have very in-depth descriptions. We have video content. We have our own photo content, things that just really set us apart from the competition who’s selling the same products that we have. But recently, man, we published this blog about just CB frequencies. I talked about what frequencies CB radio uses and what those frequencies are typically used or what those channels are typically used for. it’s, man, that thing’s been

34:17
You know, that thing is blown up. It’s it’s it. think last month had more hits than our SWR tuning article, which was our, you know, or our intended tuning article, which was our, highest performing articles. And now, you know, we just launched this new piece of content and yeah. Also recently the, the, uh, recent Google algorithm updates, the one in, I think it was December 3rd and the other on January 7th and eight have both been very kind to us. And so I think that.

34:47
As we’ve created content over the years, we’ve created content for humans primarily while obviously putting, using some keyword, you know, targeted keywords in our product, just made a descriptions and tags and things like that. Anyway, I’d like to say it’s been, it’s really paid off. remember that was Euderian strategy. That was one thing that you guys did really well back when he owned it. And it’s nice to see that.

35:15
I mean, a lot of this stuff takes time, right? So it’s great that, you know, finally it’s just decide to explode, like Google decided to explode the traffic. So you did a good job laying the foundation. Yeah. know what? He, you know what he did. Way to go, Andrew. Yeah. Let’s give him some credit for that. Hey, there you go. Give him a pat on the back. Yeah, he did. And I think, you know, from the beginning, uh, I think he even explained it in a way to me about how, how he went about creating content that

35:45
really sunk in. Yeah, we’ve never tried to game the search engine by any way, shape or form, you know, by keyword stuffing or anything like that. And so we’ve just always written for humans and it’s working out now. That’s for sure. Cool. And then are you doing anything paid at all? Or is it the reason why I asked that is because I know the margins are lower for dropshipping. mentioned you try to maintain 25 to 30, which is kind of borderline, I think, for advertising. So yeah, just kind of curious.

36:15
Yeah, so I do very, very little paid traffic and I probably should do more. Right now I have an AdWords budget that is embarrassingly low at around like $500 a month, it yielded, I should probably, I’ll just say that it yielded enough in sales. I should probably look at scaling that up a little bit. Yes, it costs to bring that traffic in, but when you’re spending as little as I am on that paid stuff, I should probably start.

36:45
Hey, there’s, I mean, you only have certain amount of things to focus on, right? Sounds like content’s working for you guys and you’re just putting the pedal down on content. So. Well, that’s, that’s, that’s every entrepreneur’s thing, right? Is there are a hundred other things that I could be, you know, focusing on or, man, this should really require some attention. It’s like, yes, at the end of the day, it’s about like, what’s your capacity to do that? You can’t do everything, you know? So, and you can’t also manage.

37:12
a thousand contractors doing everything for you either then you just end up in the hole. So there you go. Can we talk a little bit about your lifestyle and what this running this business is like? That’s kind of why I was getting that earlier on what your day to day was like. Is your lifestyle pretty free? It it has ebbed and flowed. So yes. In the in early days, I would say, you know, it’s very focused. And then I got these contractors and they were

37:40
you know, doing a great job on the phone. And then my lifestyle became very free. And I really wasn’t, I wasn’t really needed at the office a lot. And the thing is though, I, so I had these contractors and they were, were doing a pretty good job on the phone. And then I had this VA and she had been with us for a really long time at the beginning. She was awesome, but things started to not go quite as well. And details started getting missed and, it was about December of 2019. And I just,

38:08
I was just really getting this sinking feeling that, you know, I had a very free lifestyle, but it just felt like I wasn’t present enough in the business. And it seemed like, what’s the word that I’m trying to say? Disconnected? I no, I just maybe disconnected the word. just felt like we were doing about 80 % as good of a job as we could have been doing. Like we’re doing a good job. not doing a great job, you know?

38:36
And the thing is in our niche, we exist to just provide like the best recommendations, the best experience. And so I made a change. I let the contractors go, the phone contractors, let them move on. I let my VA move on somewhere else. so this, this was, this was a, well, you know, it was what it was, but for a while there, I was just kind of like setting the groundwork for what the business was going to look like next, getting ready to bring some more people on.

39:05
man and then COVID hit and then our business exploded and it was just me for, no joke Steve, like six months. And so yeah, from about March of last year until August, had, mean, what was my life? My lifestyle was not great. I still got out and I biked and I speeded with the kids and stuff like that. But man, I worked more in 2020 than I have in quite a few years. So I’ll just say it.

39:34
I feel like the lifestyle thing ebbs and flows. Generally speaking, I’ve kept like a pretty good lifestyle and a very nice lifestyle of the business. I’m out biking quite a bit, know, multiple days a week in the winter. You know, like I was telling you, you know, before we started this, I’m taking these kids up to Bridger bowl. We’ll get up there about three days a week. And so it’s, it’s been good. I’m not very, very rich lifestyle, but there was a solid six months there where I didn’t really have much of a life at all. I was in the worst shape. I’d been in, a long time.

40:03
and I was just working like a dog every day. I mean, when the sales are exploding like that due to COVID, man, that’s, I mean, that’s, it’s a good thing. So, well, yeah, it’s a good thing. I mean, you were packing boxes at one time. remember. Oh yeah, I do that. I mean, it was bad for us because we couldn’t hire anyone because we didn’t want to interview anyone. Yeah. Right. So I was in there packing every day during the holidays. Yeah. I remember that. I remember seeing, I remember seeing that. Yup. Got to do what you got to do. it’s your business at the end of the day, man.

40:31
If you, you know, at some point, if you don’t go into it, it’s not going to get done. So there you go. was going to ask you, what do you do about returns? Do they get sent straight back to the manufacturer? Do they come back to you? I try to have them know I have them all sent back to the distributor. Okay. And so yeah, I, I, our return policy could use some love, but the way that I have it now is if anybody receives a defective product, we just immediately replace it, send them a return label and get the other one back.

41:01
Very hassle free the thing is that they want to return a like brand new product. You know we have an ra system in place It’s on them to ship it back to us I am working on a system where they can get they can essentially pay for a label to toss it on there That would be a lot more customer friendly so working on that now But that’s what it looks like and then it goes we we we get an ra on one of my distributors I can generate my own ra the other one we need to get an authorization, but it normally only takes a couple hours and

41:29
We try turn those around pretty quick. Okay. So you don’t actually handle the return product for them. I don’t. Okay. No, I just remember back in the day, I think you guys had a lot of product returned directly to you. I think that’s changed, right? Yeah, that’s changed. That’s changed quite a bit. Yeah. We’ve cut down on that. I’ve one of the ways that you cut down on a product just showing up at your house is you just try to make sure that your address isn’t anywhere that your actual address. So I’ll have like Bozeman, Montana.

41:58
listed but I will not have the street address listed. I must say really, really dig for it. But all that to say, I mean, I have a solid, probably like $2,500 to $3,000 worth of CB gear in my garage if anybody wants to come buy some. There you go, come on over. So are you worried about Amazon at all? Just kind of, because in theory, a lot of this stuff can be found on Amazon for cheaper. You mentioned a couple cases where it wasn’t, but.

42:26
Are you worried at all about Amazon kind of undercutting you on price? You know, that that’s always that’s always a concern. Yeah, it’s definitely something to be cognizant of. The edge we have over Amazon is that when somebody wants to order the products that we sell, they don’t need just one thing. Typically, they need a variety of things, and it can be confusing and hard to find them all and know that they’re all going to be compatible with each other.

42:55
And so when you look at ordering via Amazon, which I’m sure they’re, I’m sure they’re selling more revenue and TV equipment than we are. mean, that’s to go, it goes without, goes without saying, but am I worried about Amazon? I mean, at some level, after all the nightmare stories that I’ve heard, you know, from our other customers or from other resellers being on Amazon, it makes me really happy that, that we don’t depend on any marketplace. I hope.

43:23
Well, I don’t know. I think it would be really hard for Amazon to get to a point where they can really compete with us in the realm of service. But, you know, don’t underestimate those guys for the time being. think we definitely edge them out in a lot of ways. Maybe somebody can find something a little bit cheaper over there. And if they want to do that, fine, that’s not a customer though. So I think after talking to you now, I think in a lot of ways your product is

43:50
pretty ideal for drop chipping. It’s kind of complicated. There’s a lot of moving parts that might be incompatible with each other. So I’d feel much more comfortable. I would just go up to you and say, hey, this is what I want to do. Just tell me what to buy, right? Exactly, exactly. And that’s what we have customers do all day every day is they just, call up and they say, hey, I’m a newbie at this. We just need some help. Show us what to buy. And the truth is most of the time when they say that we already have a pre-existing kit for what they need, they just.

44:19
Maybe they weren’t able to find it on the website. But the truth is a lot of times people just want to call and they just want that reassurance that this is the actual right thing that they need. know, right. So the million dollar question, I guess then is, would you recommend dropshipping as a model to other people? I think if you’re going to drop ship, you have to have just like, just like any business, you need to understand how you’re going to bring value to your customer, throwing up a website and putting products on it.

44:49
You know, and just, that’s not gonna work. Or at least I think it would be very hard to make that work. You have to have some specific value that you can bring your customer. And as long as you are bringing value to your customer, then I think you’re gonna do fine, whether you’re dropshipping, whether you’re selling a branded product. At the end of the day, I don’t think that matters quite as much. Now, obviously, if you have your own product and brand, you can enjoy some margins, but.

45:19
Yeah, I mean, what I recommend drop shipping. If you were in my shoes, if you are in my shoes, the same shoes I was in when I bought the business from Andrew when I was working for him, where, you he wants to sell this business and we have all these super happy customers. I’m getting emails every single day where folks are saying, wow, we love you guys so much. You were so helpful to us. Absolutely. I would not discourage you from buying a business just because it’s a drop shipper.

45:47
because that’s already evidence that you’re bringing value. If you’re just starting up from scratch, I think it’s gonna be significantly harder, but I do think it can be done if you can bring value to the end customer, no doubt about it. I’m just wondering if like the traffic from your content just all of sudden dried up. What is like the backup plan? Good question. I mean, you your email lists obviously, right?

46:12
Yeah, yeah, no, we have our we have our email list. We have paid traffic. We get a lot of direct traffic to Steve. So even if let’s say, let’s say we stopped getting organic traffic tomorrow, about I want to say like 20 to 25 % of our traffic right now has been for last month was direct. And so that’s just people typing in for those that don’t know that just people typing in right channel reviews.com and coming coming direct to our business past customers. We would you know, we leverage up our email really high.

46:42
Come to think of it, you said 25%. 20, maybe it’s closer to 20 Steve. No, mean, it’s still really high. That’s pretty good. Yeah. Yeah. That’s not bad. It’s because on some level we have built a brand for ourselves over the last handful of years. you know, we’ve been, this is our 13th year in business. Andrew started the business in 2008. So, you know, we’ve been around for a minute. I would really do something that I probably should be doing right now.

47:11
is I would really start reaching out and doing sales calls to people who I could see being larger corporate clients like, you know, mines and construction companies and other commercial companies that use our equipment. And then I would start writing a lot more content. That’s the other thing. I would just turn on the content creation, or turn the content creation switch. I’d probably recreate content that we created in the past, create more video content.

47:41
do some more, you know, product photography, the things that I believe really turn, you know, or really move the needle. And, you know, it would take a while to recover. There’s no doubt about that. But at the end of the day, you know, the nice thing about dropshipping is I don’t have like, this, you know, exorbitant amount of inventory that I’m sitting on, or I have, you know, most of my fixed costs are all in, you know, SaaS products, things like that.

48:08
So it’s not as crippling. And if it all dried up, that’s one thing about a business like this, right? It typically doesn’t just go to zero. If things get slower, I mean, that can definitely happen. Margins are getting squeezed, but it would be very unlikely for us to go from where we’re at now to just go to zero. That would be quite unlikely. I mean, I think it only has to go up at this point, actually, given the interest in that particular area.

48:35
Maybe next time when you hit eight figures, we’ll have you back and make you dare and feel really bad. Man, I just feel good. I feel good to be on such a distinguished podcast. I’ve been on e-commerce fuel a couple of times, but it’s not, you know, my wife quit her job is just, yeah, I know it’s not the same. Yeah. You know, I mean, I’ll be daring the other day. Give him a hard time. I mean,

48:58
last two podcasts have just been him monologuing. He’s having a hard time getting people to come on the thing. you know? you have any thought on this or what? He’s having problems getting guests these days, you know? So he’s forced to do those long drawn out monologues now. Just a long drawn out monologue. was like, man, what’s going on over there, buddy? Just joking, Andrew. We love you, bud. Yeah. So Pat, just in case, know CB radios are really popular now, especially post COVID.

49:25
Where can people find you, your store, and if they have any questions about that area at all, where can they find you? Yeah, so you can find us, of course, on our website, rightchannelradios.com. We have a Facebook page for Right Channel, of course. We have an Instagram, Right Channel Radios. You can find us there. And then we have a pretty cool Facebook group that we started called Overland Coms. And we’re just about to hit the thousand member mark over there. That’s been kind of a cool thing that we did start up in the midst of.

49:53
all the craziness of COVID, they started that Facebook group for people who are into this and have assigned a couple just interested members as moderators and they’ve just been doing a great job. yeah, Overland comms Facebook group. And then of course our website, rightchannelradios.com, all our contact information is there if they want to check that out. And then we have the same for Instagram and Facebook. They want to look us up on either of those channels. Nice. know those social channels are new since you, Darren also, I don’t remember him having any social channels back in the day.

50:22
We had a Facebook page, but we put not very much into it to save lives. Cool man, hey Pat, appreciate you coming on. I had a great time. I’ve been looking forward to this interview for quite some time. Thanks Steve. It’s great to talk to you and I just appreciate you having me on. Thank you very I can’t wait to head out to Bozeman again. Maybe during the summer, right? That’s the best time to go I think.

50:50
Freezing negative eight today. I’m in the office I had to come to office because trying to do a podcast in my house when I have five kids running around Isn’t the quietest environment so I’m at the office and man. It’s nighttime and the temperatures are just dropping I’m feeling every every degree go down. Oh man, you know We might who knows we might try to get a property out there and drive your property prices further higher

51:16
Please do. Yeah. I’ll start sending you some of the listings I’m looking at. If you guys could start bidding on them, really appreciate that. I’m like, Pat, isn’t this your address? Yeah, isn’t this your address? you should send some returns this way too, all right? Cool, Pat. I appreciate you coming on. And take care, man.

51:37
Hope you enjoy that episode. And if you ever see Andrew, ask him about this episode with Pat. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 362. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

52:05
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

52:33
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

361: How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It’s Not Financial Freedom) With Steve Chou

How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It's Not Financial Freedom)

It’s been a solid 5 years since I resigned from my day job so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about happiness in the context of your career, your business, and your life and what it takes to feel fulfilled.

What You’ll Learn

  • The patterns I’ve discovered with successful entrepreneurs
  • Why great success comes at a sacrifice
  • How to achieve work life balance

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m going solo to talk about business, family, wealth, fulfillment, and the delicate balance between them all. You’ll learn about my philosophies on happiness and specifically the factors that contribute to happiness and my reflections on life after quitting my job many years ago. But before we begin, I want to thank Cleovia for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and they depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who’s purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:55
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Now, Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:22
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it how it is in a raw, entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife Clutter Job podcast. In this episode, we’re gonna talk about happiness and fulfillment in the context of your career, your business, and your life. Now it’s actually been a solid five years now since I resigned from my day job, so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy. And here’s the thing, most people have this rosy vision of quitting their job and being their own boss, but personally, my transition when I first quit was not entirely smooth.

03:05
And for those of you who think financial freedom is the answer to all of your problems, you might want to think again. And in fact, at one point, I considered taking on another day job at a startup because I had this void in my life. But one major positive about quitting is that it has had a profound effect on my business success. Because I have a lot more time to spend on work, I’ve been able to make numerous improvements to both my e-commerce store and my blog. So for example, in the last five years, my businesses have grown dramatically.

03:34
I’ve tweaked my tablet and mobile sites to drastically improve my conversion rates. I redesigned my e-commerce store. I rewrote four months worth of email autoresponder sequences to convert customers on autopilot. I started doing SMS marketing. I started creating Facebook messenger bots. I created a YouTube channel. I have an Instagram profile. I’m tweeting three times a day and hell, I’m even on TikTok right now. Now for my blog, I’ve been putting out longer, more comprehensive posts, which have done exceptionally well. And the same goes with YouTube.

04:04
but even though I’ve been cranking on the business front, I’ve also been struggling with a couple of things that I’m gonna talk about in this episode. So first off, here’s my take on happiness, success, and stress. Now, whenever I speak at conferences, and it’s been a while now due to COVID-19, a lot of people are always amazed at how lean I run my businesses. Now, I don’t have a staff, nor do I have any desire to build a large team. Now, for mywifequitterjob.com, I basically have one assistant

04:34
who helps me edit podcasts and my videos, but that’s pretty much it. I handle my online store course all by myself. I answer all my own emails and I basically help all the students on a personal level. I write all of my own posts from my blog and I produce all the content from my podcasts and my videos and my TikToks as well. Now, a while back, I actually spoke at FinCon with my buddy Noah Kagan and after my speech on how to make 60K in 90 minutes with an online webinar,

05:02
Noah Kagan asked me, he said, Steve, why don’t you up your game? Why aren’t you scaling your businesses to maximize your profit? Why don’t you hire more people to handle all of your stuff? And my simple answer to him was, I just don’t want the added stress. Both of my businesses each exceed seven figures. And if you look at my lifestyle, I barely spend any money at all and I have tons of free time. And outside of the kids, I have very few expenses. So in short, my businesses generate

05:31
way more money than I need to live. So with scaling my businesses generate me a lot more money, hell yeah. But would it make me any happier? I’m not so sure. And here’s something that I’ve come to discover. I’ve come to discover that great success comes at a huge sacrifice. Now ever since I started my podcast, I’ve actually met and hung out with many successful entrepreneurs, but I consistently get this feeling that the more successful you are, the lonelier

06:01
and the unhappier that you actually get. In fact, most of my uber successful friends have been forced to sacrifice their social and their family lives to grow their businesses. And believe me, I’ve thought a lot about pressing down hard on the gas pedal in the past. As an undergrad at Stanford, I was a member of a special group called the Mayfield Fellows. Now only 12 students are selected per year and you are provided with special resources and access to venture capitalist mentors to start your own company. And over the years,

06:30
many of my Mayfield fellows have had eight, nine, and even 10-figure exits. For example, Kevin Systrom of Instagram is perhaps the most successful Mayfield alumni. And another Mayfield fellow friend of mine, Steph Hannon, was the CTO for Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign. Now, when you put a bunch of driven people together, the pressure to succeed is intense. Anyway, whenever we have our annual retreats, I often feel inferior

06:58
Because while I’m out there selling hankies and digital courses, everyone else is creating life and world-changing companies. Now, I know it’s probably not the right way to think about it, but my ego wants to start and scale to a much larger company. And I often have to remind myself of the costs. Is the prestige worth it? Are the sacrifices justified? Will creating a large company actually make me happy? Which always leads me to think about achieving balance.

07:27
Now for me, I know that there’s four aspects of my life that I must maintain in order to feel fulfilled and happy. So number one, my basic needs must be met. Can I afford to buy whatever I need to buy and can I support my family? Do I have enough money to kick back and do what I want? Two, my mind also needs to be stimulated. Do I find what I’m working on interesting and fulfilling? And am I using my brain to its fullest capacity and potential? I also have to feel close to my family.

07:55
Am I spending enough time with my wife and kids? And am I involved enough to be an integral part of my kids’ lives? I also require social stimulation. Am I interacting with interesting people who share my goals and ideals? And do I have peers that are constantly challenging me to do better? Now, over the years, I’ve actually discovered that once a minimum threshold has been met for a given category, the categories that I just mentioned, further gains have diminishing returns.

08:23
So for example, if I go out with my friends two or three times a week, that’s generally good enough to satisfy my social needs. Going out any more often than that isn’t going to improve my social satisfaction, and the same goes for all the other categories that I just mentioned. Now, the secret to happiness in my mind lies in achieving the appropriate balance that matches your specific personality. But how do you figure out your need thresholds for each category? Well, here’s what my current situation looks like, and you can figure this out

08:52
for yourself. And just a quick note, my life is not entirely balanced yet, but I’m actively working on

09:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

09:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

09:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

10:09
So here’s aspect number one, which I call wealth, and I give myself a 4.5 out of five. Now first off, I don’t actually consider myself rich, but I do have more than enough money to do whatever I want. If I feel like going out to eat at nice restaurant, I don’t blink an eye. If I want to take an extended vacation on a cruise ship in a two-story suite, not a problem. If I want to attend a couple of NBA finals games, no sweat. As long as I don’t do anything stupid or spend my money recklessly,

10:39
I can easily generate enough income to cover my basic expenses and anything that I want to do. So back when Noah asked me why I haven’t tried to blow up my businesses, two immediate thoughts popped up in my head. One, scaling any business requires hiring a team. And managing team members always makes things more complicated. Now at Bumblebee Linens, we have three employees. And while they’ve generally been pretty good, dealing with different personalities and keeping everyone motivated

11:07
has caused a good amount of stress. And then two, life is always much simpler when your business is small. And right now I can actually take care of almost everything by myself. And in the worst case, I could keep everything running on my own and not have to worry about juggling a bunch of different moving parts. And finally, there are diminishing returns in the money department. Would I welcome more money in my life? Of course, but would money make me happier? Probably not. So right now I think I’m pretty good in the wealth department.

11:37
and I will continue to grow my businesses at a steady pace. Aspect number two, mental stimulation. I give myself a four out of five in this department. And I’ve mentioned this many times in the past, but my mind requires constant stimulation. And one of the main reasons I worked as a hardware engineering director for so long is because designing microprocessors requires a decent amount of brain power. And at my day job, I had the pleasure of working with brilliant people from MIT, Stanford, and Cal.

12:06
Actually Cal sucks, I don’t count Cal as one of those colleges. But anyway, there was one point early on in the company where 80 % of the employees had advanced degrees from the top five colleges in the nation and it made me appreciate working with people so much smarter than myself. And unfortunately for me, selling hankies, blogging, podcasting, YouTubing, teaching my class isn’t really enough to satisfy my intellectual needs. So when I quit my job, I actually tried to fill the void

12:36
with a couple of software projects that I silently worked on in the background. And that’s how I covered myself in this department. And today I write all my own plugins and that sort of thing. And that’s done a pretty good job of keeping me satisfied and mentally stimulated. Okay, aspect number three, family. I give this a five out of five and family is the main reason why I decided to quit my job. My kids are at an age right now where they still adore me and they actually want to hang out.

13:04
So instead of sitting behind a computer in an office all day working for the man, I made the decision to sacrifice a little mental stimulation for an active role in their lives. And here’s the thing about my kids, while I love them to death, I’m not the type of dad that can spend every minute with them because they drive me nuts. So instead my goal has been to simply be present in their lives. So for example, I make sure I’m around to help them with their homework. I make sure I’m around to play with them if they want to play.

13:32
and then make sure I’m around to attend their soccer, volleyball, basketball games, whatever they want to do. And I might not be hanging out with them every single minute of the day, but I’m there if they need me. Aspect number four, social stimulation. I give myself a three out of five, and this is actually one aspect of my life that I’m currently struggling with, and it might have something to do with COVID, but right now in my life, there is a lack of social stimulation. Whereas when I was working on my day job,

14:01
I was in constant contact with brilliant people every single day. And these people would challenge me to do better because I knew that they were smarter than me. But once I quit, this interaction abruptly stopped. And after quitting my job, I found myself sitting in front of my computer alone. In fact, the lack of interaction with smart and driven people is one of the main reasons why I considered joining another startup company shortly after quitting. But I knew deep down going back to work wasn’t the right choice. And today,

14:29
I have to make an active effort to meet up with other like-minded entrepreneurs in my area. I also try to attend as many relevant conferences as I can. Heck, I even started my own conference over at Solo Summit to help fill this void. But overall, I think that I’m in a pretty good place, and meeting three out of four of my happiness attributes isn’t bad at all. And currently, I would have to say that my biggest struggle is keeping my ego in check.

14:56
I know deep down that I could achieve much greater things in life and business if I were to just put the pedal down to the metal. And part of me always wants to be wildly successful and to be known for accomplishing amazing and impactful things, kind of like my mom who has discovered a cure for a rare disease. But at this point, I’ve got a decent handle on what makes me happy. And it’s just a matter of executing on that plan. But I am curious for anyone who is listening to this episode.

15:25
What are your minimum requirements for happiness? I would love to hear your thoughts and how you rate your four happiness parameters right now. Hope you enjoyed that episode and I was serious about wanting to know your thoughts on this episode and how you rank these factors in your life. So please leave a comment below this episode or just email me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 361. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.

15:53
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

16:20
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

360: Idiotic Mistakes We’ve All Made As Ecommerce Entrepreneurs With Kurt Elster

360: The 6 Most Common Mistakes That Ecommerce Entrepreneurs Make With Kurt Elster

Today I have my friend Kurt Elster back on the show. Kurt runs the Unofficial Shopify Podcast which is one of the few e-commerce podcasts that I listen to.

In this episode, both Kurt and I discuss the 6 most common mistakes that we’ve all made as ecommerce entrepreneurs. We talk about the stuff that almost everyone gets wrong when first starting out including myself!

What You’ll Learn

  • Steve’s list of boneheaded mistakes
  • Kurt’s running list of blunders
  • How to avoid making these same mistakes with your store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Kurt Elster back on the show and Kurt runs the Unofficial Shopify podcast, which is actually one of the few e-commerce podcasts that I actually listen to. If you run an e-commerce store, especially on Shopify, you should definitely check out his podcast on your favorite podcast app. Anyway, today, both Kurt and I are gonna talk about these six most common mistakes that e-commerce store owners make.

00:29
And between the two of us, we’ve seen a lot of mistakes, believe me. So enjoy the episode and be sure to check out the unofficial Shopify podcast. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text message provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10X bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce.

00:58
and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klavia who is also a sponsor of the show. Now are you working around the clock to build the business you always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it?

01:26
companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion.

01:56
To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:23
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcasts on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:37
Kurt Elster, what is going on? It’s been a while since I’ve spoken to you. It’s been a bit and I regret that. That’s my fault. I should really be following up with someone as fabulous as Steve Chow. Well, it’s funny. Last time we hung out was at the Klaviyo conference and we recorded one of these podcasts. Awesome. It a lot of fun. I was going to say, as soon as you said the last time we hung out was at Klaviyo and the first thing that popped in my head was that was so much fun. Like when I think about that conference, that’s really the memory I have is

03:06
recording with you and you Darian and Tony in that like cool and but weird little recording booth set up they had. It was a ton of fun. And what I remember is you guys like busted on me the entire episode and yet I still publish that one. You know sometimes you just have to speak truth to power. All right so Kurt today’s a really exciting episode we’re going to be talking about common mistakes that store owners make and

03:34
Let’s start out with your number one pet peeve. What is that? Obsessing over page speed and now as of today, Core Web Vitals. Yes. So actually, can you talk about Core Web Vitals first and what they are even just in case the listeners don’t even have any idea what that is? Okay. So originally we, Google said, Hey, you got to look at your page speed. And they had like this arbitrary. What I feel is a largely arbitrary metric that much to its detriment.

04:03
gives you a score, grade, it grades your website. And it’s based on what I think is fairly flawed data. And the implication was always, if it doesn’t perform well, at some point, you’re not gonna rank on Google if you can’t get a good score. And the reality is like that, that is an overstatement of what is really happening. It’s a reason, as of now, coming out a Google update is around the corner or maybe like about to publish.

04:33
in which they’re going to take into consideration three metrics from the larger Google PageSpeed score called Core Web Vitals. And probably the most important one there is first content paint. So really it’s like, long does it take? Not necessarily like how long does the entire website take to load? How long until I could see it and use it is really what Core Web Vitals looks at to like simplify it. Right. Because you could be on a website, it starts loading and you can start using it and scrolling.

05:01
before it’s finished, like stuff can load in the background, that’s fine. They don’t actually care about that part. It’s how long until I can use the darn thing? And so people naturally freaked out. And the reality is when they, what’s really going on is if you look at like the fine print of the description of what Google’s saying they’re gonna do, it’s, they’re saying, hey, if we have two sites that rank for the same placement, the one with the better Core Web Vital rating will take priority.

05:30
We’re going to use it as a tiebreaker. OK, so speed is important, but it is not the be all end all lose sleep over it thing that I think it’s being presented as and people are treating it. And really, my issue is I’m so sick of the anxiety and the hair tearing out that’s occurring with merchants needlessly because of page speed. That’s my problem. You know what the problem with it is? It gives you a letter grade.

06:00
zero to a hundred and agents everywhere are trying to get a freaking hundred percent and it really can’t be done without jumping through a lot of hoops and I think I think it was was it your podcast or one post on Facebook where you actually looked at some of the top Shopify stores and all of them had page speed scores under 20. Yes, yeah, yes, yeah. Shopify is making effort in trying to get people to make to have more performant websites and as part of that

06:28
They said, hey, you could see in your store, like here’s a page speed grade. And it’s a little better than like the regular page speed grade because it’s an average of like a homepage, a product page, a collection page. It’s a little more accurate. And then in my partner portal in Shopify where I could see like these are the stores I have access to. These are my client stores. I could rank, just sort them all and see what the scores are. And what’s interesting is very few people get above 30.

06:57
And the stores I have that get above 60, they’re stores that we built like five to 10 years ago and then really haven’t changed. They just worked and that was the end of it. And so I thought that was interesting. So I know part of the issue here is like, is app JavaScript. We’ve done the research here and discovered largely it’s JavaScript, it’s apps, and it’s not deferring the load on that JavaScript that creates the problem. in our like our seven, eight, a couple nine figure stores, all of them.

07:27
are in the low double digits, like 12 is a pretty typical score. And Shopify will tell you like, oh, you score the same as similar stores. So we know for the highest performers, the teens, so like F minus minus if we’re applying a letter grade is the typical average score. You know what’s frustrating about this is that since I teach e-commerce and teach SEO,

07:53
Like I felt like I had to do it for myself. So all my sites are in the nineties now across the board, but it took me three weeks to do that. And I had to jump through hoops and get into the code in order to do that. And I can’t expect a non-technical person to possibly do that, which is ridiculous. Like Google cannot expect you to do this stuff. Right. Would you agree? Yes. No. And the, I just don’t understand. I don’t understand the initiative. I don’t understand the why this has become a priority all of sudden.

08:23
Like I would love to know internally at Google, what is going on here? Is it some altruistic desire to make the internet more accessible to slower devices? It’s got to do with ads. Probably not. Yeah. Yeah. Like I wonder what the real objective is here. Well, here’s my take on that. You know, one of the core web bottles is cumulative layout shift, which is basically whether your website shifts up and down when it’s loading, right?

08:49
Have you ever gone on one of those sites where like you’re trying to click on the next button, but then the ads all of a sudden appears with a next button and you click on an ad by accident. Yep. I think they’re trying to reduce that and click fraud. That’s their motivation. Oh, wow. I like that theory. Never would have occurred to me. And that’s pretty brilliant. Like if you look at how they generate their revenue, that makes a lot of sense. And also this page speed, like if it loads faster,

09:19
That’s more ad clicks. Oh man, you cracked the case. So that’s what I really think this is for. And so they’re trying to automatically algorithmically take out those people who are just trying to scan the system for AdSense. Hmm. This is really good. That’s my take. That’s my take. All right. I love it. So I think the other interesting thing is Brian Dean from Backlinko published data yesterday where they looked at something. It was like 200,000 sites, something nuts.

09:46
And he said there was very little correlation, if any, between UX metrics, which I think they measured. It sounded like they measured in page views and Core Web Vital scores. So obviously, stuff that was way screwed up, it would correlate. But for the most part, it really did not have an impact on UX. I don’t think the rollout has fully happened here. I think they delayed it till like next month, I believe. So we’ll see what happens. But I suspect you’re right. It’s probably not going to happen.

10:16
of effect. It’ll have a similar effect as to what PageSpeed did when it first got announced. So tell me sir, what PageSpeed is clearly the thing that makes me crazy. That’s my big one is every time someone brings up the ghost of PageSpeed I’m like oh here we go. What drives Steve Chow nuts? Okay you know what drives me crazy is when someone comes up to me and says I tried Facebook ads and Google ads and it didn’t work and then I go over to their site to take a look

10:46
and they’re driving paid traffic to a site that just isn’t ready. And we can expand upon this, because I know this is part of your pet peeves too, but how many times has someone said that to you? You go over their site and it’s just terrible. But yeah, but then Facebook ads gets blamed. You can’t blame the traffic store because your site doesn’t convert. Right. And they spend all their time on the copy and all this stuff where they’re just driving it to something that has poor copy. It actually doesn’t even make sense to me.

11:16
Yeah, often the disconnect there is frustrating. really, how often have I been on, or have you been on, I like Instagram, I’m a millennial I suppose. So I like Instagram, I go through my Instagram stories, and then I’ll see an ad for something that looks interesting, I’ll swipe up on it, and I just end up on, either they send me to the homepage, in which case I’m just clicking out, heaven forbid, do not send anyone to your homepage, or,

11:44
I just end up on like an entirely standard unoptimized product detail page with like a one line description. And I’m like, what did you think was going to happen here? And of course it just bounds. Well, you know what my pet peeve is since we’re talking about product descriptions. My biggest pet peeve is when I see a product that has zero likes, zero shares, zero everything, zero reviews, and they didn’t even take the time to hide the zero part. Cause when I see zero, that indicates to me that

12:11
no one’s buying anything and it’s a brand new site. social proof is what you just advertised. Exactly. That’s negative social proof. It is. It actually causes me to leave because that means no one’s bought that product before, And that’s, funny that product reviews apps don’t know to hide themselves, especially like the review stars widget, if there are zero stars. And that’s for most of these apps, that’s a pretty easy customization that we have to go implement. It’s not hard.

12:39
that should just be an option built into them. Because yeah, zero reviews is just like a red flag. If I’m a brand new visitor. Actually, you know, that’s really interesting. So you actually have to muck with the code to fix that? Yeah. Interesting. And then same goes with social proof, right? Like Facebook likes and shares and that sort of thing you you physically go in. I almost don’t you know what I

13:03
almost always scrub those social share buttons because what are the chances that you actually get someone to share a product page to their Facebook feed? That’s a tough sell. agree with you, actually. I had considered removing those altogether because I know from my own site very few people click on those. However, I will say that people do click on the Pinterest button though, since I guess since I’m in the wedding industry. What have you will say, yeah, for some industries, the pin it button, that’s a win.

13:33
But you need to be in the right niche, and Wedding is perfect for that. But beyond that, like, oh, a product page, I’m gonna share this to my timeline. No one’s doing that, it’s just not gonna happen. Interesting, so do you take away those social buttons, actually, for your clients? I do, yeah. At this point, I just strip them out, and then if there’s pushback on it, I say, well, we can heat map it or split test it. I said, but if I heat map your best-selling product,

14:03
you will get flip a coin one or zero clicks. And sure enough, that’s what happens every time. And it was so consistent that I don’t even think about it anymore. I just strip them out, unless it’s in a wedding, in which case, just give me a pin it button and that’s the end of it. What’s tricky about this is the default Facebook buttons always have the number next to it, right? So unless you know how to manipulate the code a little bit, it’s actually kind of hard. I had to code up my own button to do that, to remove the Oh really? Yeah.

14:32
Yeah, most of the time it’s yeah, it’s just like Facebook share and it doesn’t have the numbers. I mean, if people are actually sharing it more social proof, that’s always going to be my priority. If the question is, should we add more social proof? The answer is yes. I don’t think you could do enough. And here’s like an obvious pet peeve. Like it’s intuitive to me, but sometimes I’ll land on the site and I’ll have no idea what the heck they’re selling or why I should buy from them at all. Oh, the story.

15:02
and the description and the positioning and those are the fundamentals. swear to God, all of the fundamentals are in copywriting and that’s including the social proof. Like you got to nail those before you worry about design and page speed. I think that’s my other issue is like, you know, sites with one line descriptions that in no reviews and like we’re worried about our page speed score. You got bigger problems. Actually, you know, I’m actually curious since you work with a lot of clients, what is your hierarchy of

15:32
priority when you land on a site or what you work on. Okay, so a hundred percent. Number one, it needs to be clear. The positioning or the tagline needs to be clear. Cause you said like, I land on a site, I got no idea what they’re doing, why I’m here. That’s a big problem. And if like you saw it, everybody else did too. So when I land on a site, need within seconds, I need to know

15:57
what they sell, why, or at least you’ve been able to spark my curiosity. know, like I land on doglawyer.com and they’re like, oh, that’s not a real site. But certainly like a name like that, I gotta know more. So like sometimes you get lucky and you can get away with not having more of a story initially. But for the most part, like you gotta have a tagline, a headline. You need something to orient me as to like why the heck I just got dropped in here and what I’m supposed to do next. And so I really like the absolute.

16:25
cornerstone of everything is knowing and nailing and communicating that positioning statement. And that needs to be above the Yes, usually it’s like, all right, I want your logo and can we put a three to five word tagline underneath it? Oftentimes, that’s a great way to do it. Maybe you get lucky and the brand name has what you sell and it is obvious. Like, Harney and Sons Fine Tea Company. I’ll give you a guess what they sell, right? So that one, you get lucky. But yeah, I want a

16:54
a tagline, want a headline, I want something that’s gonna make it really clear to me above the fold what you sell. Alright, and then that makes it easy for me as a visitor, as a customer, to go, alright, I wanna know more. Or this isn’t for me, one of the two. But either way, we’re separating the wheat from the chaff. And then from there, okay, tell me a story. I like stories, tell me a story! I want that brand story. And it’s even like in a product description, you still wanna be able to tell a story.

17:22
on an about page you’re telling a story, on the home page you’re telling a story. If you’re not storytelling throughout this journey, you’re leaving money on the table. Like that is the next fundamental. And that really comes down to, right, all of this falls under copywriting. We’re not talking about design or development. This is just, you gotta type on the keyboard and make it make the click clack noise, right? Nobody wants to do it. It feels like homework. So it gets pushed to the bottom. So our mutual friend, think Michael Jammon, he runs Twirly Girl.

17:51
And they sell kids I love Michael Jammin. Girls dresses, very commonplace, very saturated. But their story is so amazing. It was about how his wife was abused as a child and she just wants to express all the… Of course I’m not doing a good job of explaining this. But she wanted to create these dresses to make girls really happy. And he has just really clever videos on his site that clearly express this amazing story. I’m not doing it justice. And that video makes almost all of their sales.

18:20
It’s on the about page, it’s on the front page, it’s an amazing story. Every time I watch it, I want to go buy a dress. They have, well, there’s quite an unfair advantage there in that Michael Jammin is a actual honest to goodness Hollywood screenwriter who wrote for King of the Hill and Beavis at Butthead. mean, guy, it’s just brilliant and hilarious. And he applied, he knew what Hollywood storytelling worked, like what that looked like, what that process was and when it worked. And he turned around.

18:49
and just applied it to copywriting on this website. And the results are million dollar videos. For most humans though, like you should work on your About Us page a little bit. Tell a story, just something about yourself that’s a little bit more personal. Because you don’t want to appear as like a big faceless, big large company, right? You want to be, you want to play off the mom and pop aspect because people want to shop from mom and pop stores. Well, yes. And especially now the, I think in

19:17
the last two years we’ve really seen the rise of conscious consumerism where people want to know who’s getting their dollars and why. Like why should I care? I have at this point I now have what feels like infinite options for just about anything I want to buy. So being able to tell that story that’s the competitive advantage against Walmart, against Amazon. They can’t compete with that. They’re not a person. They’re, you know, Jeff Bezos richest man in the world.

19:45
going to sp- like the guy feels like a super villain at this point, right? You’re not, you’re a person, you could be their neighbor. If they can relate to you and relate to their story, your story, then you are going to get those dollars. People are gonna vote with their dollars and say believe in what you’re doing. And if you keep your mouth shut and never share your story, you guarantee that that’s never gonna happen.

20:10
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:38
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:08
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So a common misconception is that people don’t even look at your About Us page, but I guarantee you, and this is for our store, the About Us page is probably the second or third most trafficked page on the site. Because when you’re shopping at an unknown boutique, people actually want to know the people behind the store. Yes. Yeah. Well, think about it. It’s like…

21:36
If somebody jumped out of a parking lot, hey, give me your credit card number. I’ve got these t-shirts. You want to buy them? Give me your credit card. That’s insane. But that’s functionally what a lot of online direct-to-consumer stores do. And so I need to know who it is who’s asking for my credit card number. And that’s why that About Us page is so important. And if you run screen recordings on a site, it’ll probably be true for just about everybody’s. As you’ll see, a fair number of people will add to cart and then go check the About page.

22:05
and then you can see whether or not they’ve made a purchase decision on if they go back to the cart and proceed to checkout. Here’s what I actually like to do. So usually when you ask your friends for an opinion on your site, they’re your friends, right? So they’re going to say, oh, it’s great. It’s great. It’s going to do great. But they’re probably lying to you because they don’t want to hurt your feelings. So what I like to do is I’ll use a service like PickFu. It’s basically like a polling service. You can get 50 responses within like 15 minutes. And I did it with my site maybe a year ago and

22:35
You’ll get real unbiased comments like, Hey, I hate the pop-up. I hate this. I hate this. Hello. No, I would not shop there. You just ask a simple question. Like if you landed on this site for the first time, assuming you like the products, would you buy from here? Simple question like that. And you’ll get a lot of answers. How do you spell pick food? P I C K F U. Um, maybe in the show notes, I actually have a 50 % off coupon off of that. Say if you want to try it, it’ll be the best 25 bucks you’ll ever spend. I guarantee you. Sweet.

23:05
No, I know this works because we’ve used, I’m not familiar with PickFu, but I’ve used Hotjar, which will let you do, they call them incoming surveys. Same concept. There’s a lot of companies that do similar things. Yeah. Yeah. lot of like, I don’t use it, but I know a lot of Shopify merchants like Lucky Orange. I think it can do it. Oh really? Okay. I’m not sure. You know what? I shouldn’t say that. I really have no idea. Well, so the students in my class, I have them do it before they submit, before they asked me to critique their site, basically I asked them to do it.

23:35
Ah, and it’s eye opening. It’s eye opening. Well, so this brings me to one of my other pet peeves, not talking to your customers. Yes. Nobody talks to their customers. It’s like, well, in oftentimes you ask, like, oh, why do your customers buy? And they’ll have an answer. And then I’ll say, how do you know? Oh, we just know. So what you just know. That means you that means it’s a best guess and that you might be right. But until you ask, it’s still just a best guess. And that’s what I love about talking to your customers. And one of the best ways to talk to your customers and pick up the phone.

24:05
Call your customer, use phone.app, it’s the best app. Call your customers on the phone and talk to them. And be like, hey, why’d you buy? What’d you hope to get out of this? Tell me about the experience. mean, just talking to a few people’s really enlightening. know, the same, it will have a similar effect to asking your friends. They’re not gonna tell you your face, like, well, it kinda sucked. They might, but they’re less likely. Whereas that instantaneous pop-up, like you’re getting that immediate reaction unfiltered.

24:35
Man, people will tell you the craziest stuff in those pop-ups. But it’s so, it’s incredibly helpful, especially when it’s like, all right, I got a few weirdos, but eight people all kind of said the same thing was their initial impression and it wasn’t great. Oh, all right, so now you know that’s a thing you need to address. You know what I do every time I release a new product? And it’s actually driving my wife crazy. I have an abandoned cart script on my site where if they abandon, like I get emailed saying, hey, this person with this phone number abandoned.

25:04
and I’ll call them up and I’ll say, hey, we just noticed that you tried to check out but you didn’t complete the process. Was there anything wrong and is there anything that I can help you with? And more often than not, they’re actually willing to talk to you and tell you what’s wrong. And then usually what I’ll do is at the end, I’ll give them a big coupon or sometimes I’ll just give them the product for free after that to just compensate them for their time.

25:30
It’s really hard to do this. It’s really hard to cold call. It’s technically not cold calling, right? Because they were on your site and they gave you their It’s not cold calling, but no, okay. But it’s awkward. Who wants to pick up the phone and call a stranger and be like, you tried to buy from my website and you bounced and I want to talk to you about that. Like the first several times you do that, I’m sure was nerve wracking. It is actually, you know what, if you want to make it a little bit more comfortable, what you can do is you can lead to the offer. You can just sit, you can lead with the offer and say, hey, you know,

25:59
We noticed you didn’t check out and don’t worry, I’m gonna compensate with your time with a big coupon or give you the product for free. But I just like some honest feedback on why you didn’t make the purchase the first time. And do you represent yourself as like, I run this site with my wife. Like, do you make it very personal? say, hey, I’m the owner of this business. I run it with my wife and we just launched this product and we just noticed that you tried to check out but you didn’t finish it. And we’re just wondering if you’d give us some feedback on the process. Something very straightforward like that.

26:29
I would say seven times out of 10, someone will probably be willing to talk to you. Interesting. And so, oh, I love this idea. And so when you call them, what kind of objections do you typically hear? They’re like, well, because they’re going to tell you’re essentially saying like, why didn’t you buy? And so that you can then bust that objection for other people in the future. And then you seal the deal with, hey, I’ll give you the thing for free. And now you’ve got a customer for life or like, here’s 50 % off. I’ll just give it to you at cost.

26:58
Right. So I can tell you this because maybe a couple of years ago we launched like a new apron line and sometimes you’ll get a question, you’ll get an answer like, hey, I was on my mobile phone and it just wasn’t convenient to check out, which could be a problem in itself, right? Like maybe you need a better mobile payment system so you don’t have to enter in all that stuff. Like you’re not using PayPal OneTouch or, or. I was going to say, like you need, if you, if you hear that objection and you don’t have an express payment option, now you know what the solution is. Right.

27:27
But so in this particular case with the apron, what ended up happening was the woman was like, know, I, so we sell a mother daughter apron set just to kind of give you some background and there’s sizing for the adult and then for the kids, we just have an age range like two, I can’t remember what the age range is now two to four and six to 10 or something two to six or six to 10. Anyway, the problem was, was that the person wasn’t clear what the size, the exact sizing was for their child because they have,

27:56
like a child who’s larger percentile wise and they weren’t sure that the apron was gonna fit. And we didn’t do a good job of conveying that. And so after talking with her, I was like, hey, so what information would you need? Because we actually have the measurements there, right? We had the measurements in the product description, but what she would have liked to see was like, if my daughter is five foot six or something like that, like a height scale. And so that was something that- Yeah, they want like a table. Exactly.

28:26
Yeah, based on height, not necessarily age because age is ambiguous. Yeah, I don’t like age. You know, like all of my children are tall, but my daughter is in the 98th percentile for height at age four. So people are always like, she’s four. Well, when sizing stuff is based on age, it’s really hard. I found for all of my kids, like just add, you know, plus one or plus two, depending when they use those age sizes.

28:51
And this might be common sense for apparel, but this was the first apparel item that we actually ever carry in our store. So we didn’t know, right? I was okay, because I was gonna say with apparel, the number one objection by far is sizing. Yep. Like will this thing fit me? And then the follow-up objection is, well, if I buy it and it doesn’t fit because this sizing is ambiguous. So I really, a lot of people feel like I’m gambling when I buy apparel online. Still to this day.

29:16
And then so you need to be really upfront with here’s the returns and exchange process if this doesn’t fit. And I flat out like put it in there as what happens if it doesn’t fit? Hey, we’ll pay for the return shipping and we’ll send you a different song. Here’s the rub on this though. So we do personalized aprons. So you can’t return them, which was a further objection. I mean, these are all things that we learned and this might be common sense to people to sell apparel, but we weren’t experienced in that. So these are all things that we learned just from cold calling people.

29:46
Yeah, no, like you, you know, no matter what you do, you don’t know what you don’t know. Yeah. Yeah. And that’s, and that’s why we’re hammering on. You have to talk to people because otherwise you don’t know. All right. Is it my turn or your turn? Was that yours or mine? I feel like we had the same peeves pet peeves. I have no, I don’t know anymore. All right. Well, so we, made some app recommendations and that leads me to the other issue that I see. And this is like, especially with Shopify stores.

30:16
is people, I call this app roulette and you know, the number, regardless of what platform you’re on, there are apps, plugins and scripts and like tools and there is no end to the amount of really cool stuff you can use on your site. And these are shiny toys and I call it app roulette because it’s like, well, if I just get the right combo of tools, if I have the right tool stack, you know, my conversions will explode. My average order value explode. I’ll make more money. I totally get what’s going on here, but

30:45
I mean, it just becomes detrimental where you end up, you could see the sites that are doing this when you land on it and A, the site takes a while to load. So like, you know that page speed score is tanked. And then it’s like, all right, spin to win, punch the monkey, enter your email. Like I see someone who is familiar with punch the monkey from the 90s. Those 90s flash banner ads, really ages me. And you know that’s what’s going on. Is there like, well, if I could just, you know, more.

31:14
throw more widgets at it, more shiny toys, we’ll fix it. And it isn’t the case, you know, it just, it looks cluttered, it’s confusing. And then, you know, and then on top of it, when they go to exit, my hot jar exit intent survey pops up and they’re like, not another effing pop-up. That’s a real thing that I see when I run those on sites that have a lot of stuff. They’re like, why there’s so many pop-ups? So you probably see this a lot more than I do, but sometimes I’ll open up a student site and I’ll see like 40 apps installed and some of them don’t do

31:43
anything except like install like a small piece of code in there because they don’t want to like touch their theme files and whatnot. Like it literally just inserts a piece of JavaScript. Yeah. Yeah. I edit my theme. Oh my gosh. That’s, know, you may as well it’s like pop the hood and adjust the timing on your distributor. Like it’s a scary thing if you don’t know what it means. So I get why those apps exist. There’s a lot that’s just like, you’re right. It’s just, it, jacks one line of JavaScript code and now you’re paying $8 a month for the rest of forever.

32:10
I do want to say something that I’ve seen and maybe you have more experience in this since you work with a lot of clients, but I’ve seen people uninstall apps thinking that it was clean, but in fact they leave a piece of JavaScript in there and whenever you have a piece of JavaScript in there, they can literally track everything about your site if they want to do that. Right? Have you seen that? Yeah, if they’re in cities. right. So Shopify specifically, when you have an app installed, when you click delete on that app,

32:40
or I think it used to say uninstall, I think it says delete now, but either way it’s a misnomer. Really what it does is it just immediately severs the app developer’s connection to your store. And it’s a security thing, that’s all right, you want these guys out, they’re out, the end of it. And the problem with that is depending on how the app works, some add theme code to the theme. I have four apps and all of them, we just put theme code in the theme. And we do it because

33:09
That’s the most performant option. But as soon as you delete the app, guess what? All that stuff’s still there. we’ll get, our solution is we fire off, immediately we fire off an email, a transactional email to the merchant that says, hey, we saw you uninstalled our app. A, tell us why. So we’re looking for that objection. And then B, okay, if you didn’t remove the theme code, here’s exactly how to do it and you have to do it. And if you don’t want to do it, just hit reply, we’ll do it for you. Like I just, you I don’t,

33:39
want to be part of the problem when it comes to performance. And so we do that. But so you have seen this. You don’t know what your certain apps. Oh, OK. Yeah. Oh, nonstop. And so like when people are called my site slow, former CTO of Shopify, JML said websites get slow slowly. And it’s because of exactly what you described. It’s cruft. It’s barnacles to a ship. It’s this code just accumulates over time. And even though it’s not doing anything.

34:06
You know, the web server’s not smart enough to figure that out, and the browser’s not smart enough, and so it just like, every new site load has to load all this old garbage that you’ve like completely forgot about from two years ago. So let me ask you this, I have students that, like I’ll see this in students’ sites, is there an easy way for them to do it themselves without actually having me step in? Yes and no. you, almost all of this stuff is gonna be sitting either in the

34:35
the beginning or the end of theme.liquid. This is specific to Shopify. So it’s like, I’m just looking for the header and footer that loads in every page and that’s gonna be in theme.liquid. And most of these apps, there’s either gonna be a comment on it or it will be evident from the name what it is. It’s like, well, I installed Acme Widget Popup Builder. And you’ll see a line that says include, single quote,

35:02
Acme widget pop-up builder single quotes. So you know like, oh, okay, that’s that app I don’t have anymore. And so you just safely comment that out or delete the line. A lot of people have theme editing phobia though. They do. But knowing just a little, like you don’t have to be a theme developer, but if you know enough to be dangerous, and that’s the camp I put myself into. So you just know like basic HTML, which is not complicated, and maybe like a little bit of liquid in theme structure.

35:31
you immediately are way better off. There is just so much more you can do that you didn’t realize, especially for like day to day stuff like, you know, add and remove tracking code, verification codes. Like a lot of people recently had to verify their domain with Facebook. So suddenly like you that’s the kind of thing that you would be very comfortable and confident with. Yeah. And there’s plenty of free classes out there like Skillshare has got a ton of stuff you can learn. Just like here’s the basics of how a theme is set up.

36:00
and like I could go learn basic HTML and CSS and you will be in such a better position. Like think about it. You’re a web professional. Think if you are a merchant, whether you want to think of yourself that way or not. And your theme is very much like the face of your business. It’s your full-time salesperson and you want to be able to speak its language. And so if you learn those things, that’ll like, you’ll be able to do this stuff yourself and you’ll be able to talk, uh, have better relationships.

36:27
communication with any theme developer you may hire. You can’t be an online professional without being willing to learn something about the internet or websites. That’s my philosophy. 100%. And like, whether you like it or not, you’ll end up figuring some of this will sink in over time. All Here’s my biggest pet peeve. Going for revenue over profit.

36:52
I once had this student show me their Facebook ads account and they were generating sales, but the return on ad spend was terrible, but they were getting the sales, which was making them happy. But it wasn’t return. Has it happened to any of your clients? I don’t know. Yes, but I think they were more, when it’s happened, they’re more aware of it. They’re like, okay, we got it this far where it’s like, this is a loss leader and we’re gonna make it up on subsequent sales.

37:21
Right? Like, we’ve acquired them as a customer at a loss, which is what like the big DTC brands do, because they’re spending other people’s money. You know, they’re not bootstrapping it. And then, all right, on subsequent sales, we’ll make it up. Or like drop shipping businesses where margins are razor thin and they’re like, well, just revise, revise. We’ll keep iterating. We’ll dial it in. But it’s like, well, all right, how much time do you give it? And I don’t know what the answer is. Well, I think I’ll just tell you story from my store.

37:49
So we’re in the wedding industry, so you would think that we wouldn’t have that much repeat business, right? But 12 % of our repeat business, 12 % of our sales is repeat business, but it actually makes up 30 % of our sales. But here’s the kicker. So our average order value is about 60 bucks, and 50 % of our customers spend less than half of our AOV. But they represent the bulk of our customers. Whereas I think only 10 % of our customers spend 2X of our AOV.

38:19
but they actually make up 50 % of our revenues. So we’re a small business, we’re very small. We have a couple of employees, my wife and I. So where should we be focusing our time? We focus now on those big, we call them the whales. And it turns out that after doing some analysis, that a lot of our cheapie customers were coming from Facebook and we only have a little bit of finite amount of time. So we now focus actually on the big repeat customers that we have in our

38:48
It just made life a lot easier for us. So you’re applying the 80-20 rule, Pareto’s principle there, right? Yes. It’s not quite 80-20 though, but yeah. Right. a similar idea. I love that you’re doing this. I think you could apply that same thinking to all manners and areas of your life. But tell me, when you’re doing that customer analysis where you’re segmenting them, and it sounds like maybe you’re getting to RFM model,

39:18
How do you do that analysis? How are you identifying these customer segments? So we, I can’t remember exactly how we came up with the idea with half the AOV, but we started with the average order value, right? What our average order value was. And then for our business, actually, a good portion of that 12 % that I mentioned are event and wedding planners, right? And as soon as you said we had like 12 % a repeat with a higher AOV, immediately in my head I I bet they’re wedding professionals. And so what ended up happening is,

39:47
We start now looking for anomalies in our sales, and then we pick up the phone, like you said, and we’ll call them up and we’ll say, hey, we noticed that you ordered a lot. Are you a planner? Are you going to order in bulk? I tell you what we’ll do is we’ll give you a special coupon code and a representative from our company that will handle all of your transactions and make sure they arrive at the destination on time. We’ll give you a hand holding, essentially. And after that call, once we have established face

40:16
some rapport, they continue to order from us over and over and over again. And they’re basically a customer for life that orders in bulk. They don’t complain about anything. It’s like the best customer ever. essentially, this is brilliant. So what some people do, they say, all right, I want those wholesale accounts because they have high AOVs. And so they’ll set up a wholesale program, but it’s just like a link on the site and they expect people to go sign up for it. You are proactive about it.

40:41
you’re identifying these people that are wedding professionals. And these are your like, really, these are your ideal customers who have the biggest lifetime value. so, and then, so once you identify them, you call them up and say, Hey, we, we see you and we want to help you. So here’s your lifetime discount code. And we’re going to really like their big fear is a wedding is a mission critical event. So you’re saying, Hey, we’re going to make sure you get yourself. We’re going to look out for you.

41:08
And then as soon as you do that and you were so proactive, I imagine that you just have customers for life with them. The phone call is actually pretty important in this case. Again, real contact. It’s that phone call. it’s like you’re no longer, it’s no longer a brand. It’s, it’s Steve. Steve’s helping me out. Another pet peeve is making a guess at who your real customer is and then writing all your copy to.

41:36
account for that imaginary person when you don’t have any data. I don’t know if that happens. It’s usually like they’re thinking about themselves. Most people, their first customer, they are their own best first customer. And so they’re writing to themselves. The only reason I can talk about all this stuff is because I made all these same mistakes, just to be clear for anyone who’s listening. Yeah, I’m sure we’ve both done some boneheaded things I got an example on this line too. I assume that all our customers are wedding customers.

42:06
The reason I found this out is I was looking at my Facebook demographic data and I noticed that a lot of our customers were over the age of 55. And I’m like, there can’t be people over the age of 55 getting married, like a whole bunch, right? Yeah, this was an outlier. This was an outlier. But it turns out like a lot of those repeat customers are people who just like to collect handkerchiefs, believe it or not. Oh, what? Yes, right? Just like you like to collect old cars. I do.

42:34
Kurt just got a Volkswagen Beetle, 79 Beetle, which is pretty sweet. There’s people who collect handkerchiefs, or they’re crafters, and these tend to be older women who do these things. Huh. And so you had this customer segment that you were not aware of. Did you, once you knew that, was there any like actionable info there? Well. Or anything that you like, you changed? Yes, actually. So in the old days, every single page was about weddings.

43:03
Every landing page was about weddings. And so now we have a special section for weddings now, but the rest of it is just talking about either embroidered blanks for crafting or some of these older ladies who like to collect them. Like the copy has changed, basically. Okay. And so initially, well, we talked about, like you said, the big pet peeve is people just assume they know what the customer’s like, and then they write to that customer.

43:30
What’s the correct method? What should they be doing instead? The correct method is you’re not going to know from the beginning. So you can start with some assumptions. But again, you have to, as you said before, talk to the customer. We have a survey in our post-purchase sequence that asks them what they’re using it for and that sort of thing. And then based on the survey data, we make adjustments. We actually don’t call those customers. I guess it would be just too many. We only call the whales. But yeah, we’re constantly trying to get data about our customers so we can

43:59
do things appropriately. So for SMS, for example, sometimes we’ll ask, what would you like us to carry in our store and what would you use it for? Something like that. And what would you use it for? think that’s the critical question. you like, hey, you’re trolling for product suggestions. Hey, what do you want us to sell? But then like, what, why is really, is the, I think the follow-up question that most people miss. You need to scratch a little bit deeper and figure out what the intent is.

44:28
because that really adds so much, so much info and tone to why they’re making that request. A perfect example of this is my buddy Neville, he used to run an e-commerce store a long time ago and he used to sell rave supplies. So there’s this one product that he sold which were fingertip lights and I don’t really go raving, but supposedly like you twirl these around and you know, whatever. But yeah, I know what you’re talking about. I can picture this. He found that plumbers were buying this.

44:57
these fingertip lights. they could, you know, when they’re under the sink, they have lights on their fingertips. So it’s convenient and they can see what they’re doing. That’s pretty smart. So he wrote, he started writing copy to plumbers and it ended up converting really well, stuff like that. That’s great. Yeah. Oftentimes like there’s things don’t necessarily have to stick to their original purpose. Like you mentioned, oh, Kurt’s got a 79 beetle.

45:24
I have been using, trying to find the perfect mirror to fit behind in this like tight, hard to reach place where I’m adjusting a carburetor. And you know, I bought an automotive mirror, like from an auto parts store, didn’t work. The mirror I found that worked, I’d be using my wife’s compact. I have stolen her compact and that’s actually a much better mirror, it’s much more useful. So that’s like, that’s clearly not the intended use there, but that’s what ended up working.

45:52
Not that I’m gonna go like remarket compacts, like automotive, know, looky-loo mirrors. So you said post purchase survey. What are some of your favorite post purchase survey questions? I’m trying to think. Well, mainly what they’re using it for. then here’s the kicker for ours. This is specific to our business. We asked them if they are a professional in this business. are they buying it for business or pleasure or as a gift? And if they say business,

46:22
then we call those people. That’s actually our primary They have raised their hand as a whale. That’s actually our primary purpose for the survey, actually, for our store. That’s pretty bright. Everyone else has different uses, obviously. But yeah. So I guess sometimes we’ll ask them if they like the product, and if so, we’ll ask them for a review or a testimonial, or have them take photos for social and that sort of thing. That’s what we mainly use it for. Do you do any split testing? No, actually, I was going to talk about that.

46:52
don’t do a whole lot of split testing, mainly because split testing takes forever. It mostly fails. It’s mostly inconclusive. So I’m curious to see what you have to say about that actually. Okay, so you’re right about both things. Any test, like minimum, needs to run two weeks. And that’s a frustratingly long time to wait. And during that time, you know, you’re like sitting there refreshing it, checking it, and you’re…

47:19
your probability to be best just keeps flipping back and forth between the two. So for a lot of stuff, that’s true. really, turns out, I think the conclusion with split testing is for many split tests, design is way less important than we think. The copy and the content and the offer and the quality of traffic, those really are the much more important factors to conversion. And with split testing, I think a lot of people just use it to split test design changes. And that’s why they end up with inconclusive results.

47:49
or either they’re calling it too early or they’re starting them too early where like you just don’t have enough traffic. So one of things that we do is like, I’ll usually use revenue as my primary goal as opposed to conversion. Cause at least now I’m factoring in average order value and conversion by doing that. And I think I’m getting a better signal to noise ratio by using that. I think that helps. Let it run long enough, like two weeks.

48:14
and really try to limit the number of tests you run at once or like the number of variants. Otherwise then the thing really takes forever to get anything conclusive. But for the most part, I think a lot of stuff, you know, really is just like very subjective and that it doesn’t have, you’re just, you need to use common sense on it. But for other things like, man, should we do this? Is this a good idea? Like one phenomenal split testing thing we’ve done is

48:42
figure out what your free shipping threshold should be. And this is a tough one to do. I found an app that’ll do it called Ship Scout and you have to be on Shopify Plus to do it. So it kind of limits who can do this. But it’s really cool where like you’ll, the banner across the top offering free shipping, that threshold will change. And then once you’re in the checkout, the shipping rates will change. And so you could figure out through data, okay,

49:11
Here’s like whether or not you’re leaving money on the table with your free shipping threshold. So like stuff like that, absolutely split test those offers. Cause that’s going to have a real, real difference in revenue on the business. How much traffic would you recommend to even think about split testing? Personally? So our, our sake, I think it’s about 50,000 visits a month. I don’t even think that’s enough to complete a split test unless I do a whole site wide split test in a couple of weeks. Yeah, it’s gotta be, um,

49:39
Well, think the traffic is an issue. And then on top of it, you also need the conversion. So if it’s like a high, moderately traffic site with low conversions, you’re probably not a good candidate. like, yeah, once you get to 100,000 visits a month with at least a 1 % conversion rate. All right, now we’re cooking with gas. And you should be able to split test just fine at that point. I can see the free shipping offer working because that’s like a generic conversion.

50:07
But if I was trying to test some UI change on one page, that one page would have to get a lot of traffic, right? Right, and that’s the issue we get into. I’m running some split tests now, and even on a site that gets, that’s in the 1 % of websites as far as traffic goes, running a split test on an individual product page, it’s never gonna get, it’s never gonna happen. It will be years before I have a statistically significant result. So even on these huge sites, if you make the test too specific,

50:37
you run into issues. So I would say, and you can agree with me or disagree with me here, if you’re running a smaller site, think something like PickFoo is probably better than running a real split. You’ll get results in 15 minutes from people, from random people. 100%. I also find heat mapping. Yes. Where it’s like heat map, scroll map, click map, not click map, movement map, where you can see like where their mouse goes on desktop. Those are very valuable, even on sites that have less traffic.

51:05
Like that, there you go, that’s a heuristics analysis tool you can use way before split testing starts to make sense. And here’s an example of just something, why heat maps and scroll maps are useful. There’s this one student I had which was dead set on keeping their sidebar. Dead set, even though it didn’t look good and it was like compressing like the size of the images on the category pages. And so was like, okay, let’s just run a test and.

51:34
we finally discovered that no one is clicking on anything in the sidebar. No one’s even looking over on the sidebar. And so finally, with that data, they removed it. That’s, yeah. And like we were talking about social buttons earlier. That’s like, that’s a thing that you could very easily use a heat map to figure out like, people messing with this thing or not? Yeah. Well, the heat map says no. Dude, Kurt, we’ve been talking for 50 minutes about pet peeves. You got anything else to add before we wrap this up? You know,

52:01
I think ultimately my pet peeve is not starting. I think you need to get out of your own way sometimes. Ask yourself, what would someone smarter than me do? And then go, turns out you already know the answer, then go do that. I think for a lot of entrepreneurs, the biggest stumbling block is not any of this stuff. It’s just taking action and moving forward. So even if you’re out there making mistakes, that’s great. At least you’re doing something. My pet peeve is not being willing to do like,

52:30
the legwork, the dirty work. got it. Yeah. need to the work. create an online business and think they could just do everything online, but doing stupid things like picking up the phone or actually talking to someone face to face or being a little bit more personal. I mean, these are things you got to do. It’s just like a regular brick and mortar business in that respect. A hundred percent. Mr. Steve Chow, where could people go to learn more about you?

52:54
Yeah, if you guys are looking to get married, can hook you up over at bumblebillins.com. That’s my e-commerce store. But if you want to learn more about e-commerce in general, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com. I offer a free mini course from beginners. It also covers advanced people. If you want to create content, sign up, and that’s a free mini course right there. Fantastic. Thank you, sir. This has been a ton of fun. All right, Kurt Elster, this was a ton of fun. Where can people find you online if they want to learn more about you?

53:23
Oh my gosh, well, I’m best known for my show, The Unofficial Shopify Podcast, or head to curtelster.com. That’s got plenty of links to where you can learn more about me.

53:35
Hope you enjoyed that episode. And once again, if you haven’t already, go check out Kurt Elster on the unofficial Shopify podcast. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 360. And once again, I want to thank Clibio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO.

54:03
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I these tools in my blog, and if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com

54:33
and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

359: A Deep Dive Into Content Marketing Today With Corbett Barr

359: A Deep Dive Into Content Marketing Today With Corbett Barr

Today I’m thrilled to have Corbett Barr back on the show. For all of you who don’t remember Corbett from episode 45, he used to run a VC funded start-up, got totally burned out, and then decided start a business that suited his lifestyle.

He’s started many successful blogs and an incredible online business program called Fizzle which he has been running for almost a decade now. In this episode, we’re going to talk about the creator economy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Corbett started Fizzle.co
  • Why creators rule the world today
  • Which content medium is the best to start, a blog, a YouTube channel or a podcast?

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Web Clutter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my buddy Corporate Bar back on the show. And in this episode, we’re going to discuss all things content creation. Now the world has changed drastically in just the past decade and we are now living in the creator’s economy. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they are the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store.

00:28
and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customer depending on what they purchased. Piece of cake and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

00:56
Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store.

01:23
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So, head on over to Postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:50
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Today I’m thrilled to have Corbett Barr back on the show. I think the last time we spoke was back in 2014 when I, I think I first launched my podcast that year and Corbett had recently launched Fizzle, which is his online community. And I think seven years has passed now and it’s going to be great to catch up. So for all of you who aren’t familiar with Corbett, I’ve known this guy for almost a decade now. He actually started out in Silicon Valley, which is my backyard running a VC funded startup.

02:53
got totally burned out and then he decided he wanted to do something that suited his lifestyle. So we have actually very similar philosophies on life. He started many successful blogs and incredible online business program called fizzle.co, which I want to say he’s been running for almost a decade now. I see Corbett as somewhat of a visionary in the content space. And today we’re going to talk about the creator economy and his digital reboot. And with that, welcome to show Corbett. How are doing today? Hey, I

03:20
It’s ridiculous that it’s been this long. can’t believe it. And you look exactly the same, Steve, I gotta say. So do you, actually. Good shape, my dad. Thank you. Corbett. Okay, so the reason why I invited you back on is I’m still on your email list. And I got this email that said, I think the subject line was, I’m deleting everything. I’m like, okay, well, what the heck is going on here? That’s very good clickbait.

03:46
By the way, I clicked on it and you were deleting everything. what’s the reason for that? Yeah, this is a few months ago. I decided to delete all of my social media posts. I’ve deleted many of my social media accounts. I went through and cleaned up a lot of old podcasts and videos and blog posts. I’ve been a content creator for, I don’t know, 12 years or so now. And I felt like I had a lot of

04:15
I would call it digital baggage out there. These are things that have been created along the way for one purpose or another, either for business purposes or just sometimes because you have some random thing that you want to talk about and you end up writing a post about it. And looking back on it, it just felt like there was a lot of things that were either not relevant, maybe not useful to me or to the business anymore. And just like a lot of clutter, almost like I felt like I needed to clean house.

04:45
just from a mental standpoint almost to give myself some room to breathe and to wipe the slate clean so that I could have clarity on what I want to do next. So I mean, is this baggage bad though? I mean, the way I see it, all the content that you put out there has a chance to being discovered, right? I don’t know that it’s necessarily bad.

05:11
to leave that stuff out there. mean, obviously if you’ve said a bunch of stuff in the past that you no longer agree with, or if you’ve said some things that people might find offensive, that might be bad, but that wasn’t the case for me. Because we have analytics, you can kind of look and see if any particular piece of content is getting traction, and you can look at a piece of content or blog post, something like that, and ask yourself if you think that it might if you updated it in some way. For me, I guess it’s…

05:40
part of maybe a little bit of physical OCD that carried over to the digital world. And I just ended up feeling like I wanted to think about who I want to be in the future and be less constrained by who I was in the past. We all have these, whether we like it or not, these digital selves that are out there on the internet kind of representing who we are. And I don’t think that we’ve…

06:08
necessarily come to grips with how strange that is because it’s only been, you know, the past 15, 20 years that we’ve been on the internet every day and social media is even younger than that. And for every little thing that we’ve thought or commented about to exist online publicly for the entire world to be able to access for all time, it’s just not a very natural thing. And I don’t know that

06:38
we’ve come to grips with that as a society. And for me, it just felt like it was mentally holding me back in some ways. I can actually see that. I had a buddy, his name is Scott Volker. He recently just completely rebranded because he didn’t want to be known as the Amazon guy. That’s what his podcast was probably about. So he went through this entire rebranding process. I don’t even think he talks about Amazon anymore. So it’s kind of like a clean slate there. He like literally ditched his older domain, which had a lot of strength on it.

07:07
Yeah, it’s, you know, I’m trying not to throw out things that are super valuable. I have blog posts and other pieces of content that drive, you know, thousands of visitors every month. And so I’m being mindful about that. If something has value in terms of lead generation and it’s something that I still agree with, then I’m happy to leave that alone. And, you know, in terms of the main podcasts that I’ve run for the past like seven years or so, The Fizzle Show,

07:36
We’re up to episode number, I think, 380 or so. I’m not touching any of that. I consider that to be a complete body of work, and I want to leave that intact and continue to care and feed that. I’m just talking a lot about the peripheral things, the random YouTubes and stuff like that.

07:56
Well, it got me clicking, that’s for sure. So what is the new you that you would like to create? what are you looking at in the future now? Well, one thing is, as you run a business, and you and I, mentioned we share similar philosophies, it turns out that I really like running a very small team. In fact, I kind of prefer operating just on my own without a team at all. But over the years, I…

08:23
I built a bit of a team at Fizzle. We’ve had up to maybe six people on the team at once over the years. And through that process, I found myself becoming more and more of just an operator and less and less connected to the business. And it turns out that when I got into this line of work, if you want to call it that, after running a VC-backed startup, when I started being more of an independent creator, really what drew me to it and what

08:51
what I loved about it was creating content and really it was writing specifically. And I got away from that over the years. And when I sent that email that you opened that said I’m starting over, I had literally just deleted all the archives of my personal blog, know, hundreds of posts, wiped the slate clean. And from that point forward have been writing a little bit more consistently, at least once or twice a month. And

09:21
have just remembered how much I love the craft of writing and also how much I love emailing people on a more personal level. So it’s not like it’s something coming from my business. This is like my personal email list that I had really let go fallow for quite a while. I dusted it off and of course a lot of people were kind of surprised to hear from me. But just that act of thinking about something, sitting down in front of a blank page and forcing you to

09:50
examine your thoughts on something and to find out what the world thinks about something and try to contribute to it and then just be of value to other people and then to email an article out. That is just such a rewarding experience for me and I know that that’s something that I want to continue to do and not lose sight of again. You know, it’s funny, I went through something very similar in my day job. Like I really enjoyed my job, which I quit back in 2016.

10:19
the coding aspect of it. It’s a lot like content creation. But then when I became a manager, I started contracting out to my employees all of the fun stuff. And then before you know it, I was just stuck in meetings all day and I really wanted to get back into that. it’s something similar in that. And I think we’re both very similar people. I just enjoy the personal connections and whenever you outsource something that you really enjoy doing,

10:47
then that just kind of takes away from your love for doing what you do. Yeah, and I, know, this year, instead of, you know, reviewing my last year and what I accomplished and so on, I took some advice from Tim Ferriss had posted about an alternative way to do an annual review that involved looking at your calendar over the past year, all of the different meetings and, you know, time that you had blocked on there.

11:16
And asking yourself for each of those things, whether it was a positive use of your time, something that you enjoyed, something that you looked forward to, and something that contributed to a positive outcome, or if it was negative, if it was draining, if you didn’t wanna do it and it didn’t necessarily contribute. And to put things in those two buckets. And in thinking about it, just from a selfish perspective, I enjoy writing.

11:44
I really enjoy coding as well, Steve. I absolutely love opening up under the hood of my website and spending time on there. And so I want to craft a world in which I get to do those things. And then that makes my day-to-day amazing. I also really love being on podcasts as well. And so that’s something that I’ve committed to doing more of this year. essentially just do more of the things that light you up.

12:12
that you enjoy and less of the things that you don’t. And if you think about it, you might worry about, well, the productivity of it and is this thing contributing to my business and so on. what I found about myself is when I go against the grain in terms of what I enjoy doing, I end up dragging things out forever and sometimes even kind of get stuck for a while and in a mood or just in avoidance.

12:38
even if it’s something that should be important, if it takes me weeks to do it because I don’t want to and I’m avoiding it and maybe not doing anything else, that’s such a drain on productivity that I’d rather focus on things that are easy for me, that I just enjoy doing and can whip out day to day, week to week. I’m actually really glad that you’re writing more often now because I miss it. I mean, you’re such a great writer. Oh, thanks. I’m really glad that you’re going to be focusing on that going forward.

13:08
So let’s segue into talking about the present day creator’s economy. remember, I don’t remember when you wrote this, but it was probably 10 years ago. And I think you, in that post, you wrote something like, every individual is going to become a creator someday. And that the big print media, the newspapers and the television stations, they’re not going to rule the roost anymore. I think that in the past decade, I would say more recently in the past couple of years,

13:37
That’s true now, right? Yeah, yeah, absolutely. I’ve been reflecting on that a bit. There’s like a new generation of people on Twitter, especially, who are probably Gen Z at this point. I don’t know. I’m Gen X. I’m 44 now. We’re the same age, yeah. Oh, cool. And it’s interesting watching these people sort of discover things and taking things and running with it.

14:06
this concept of the creator economy has become a really big thing and some people are calling it a passion economy now as well. Just this idea that there are these new forms of work that weren’t possible maybe a decade ago. And you know, in some cases it seems like they’re just discovering this like it’s brand new. But when I started blogging in 2009, there were people doing it already and writing about their success or their lack thereof in turning

14:35
a blog or some sort of online audience into a way, a means to earn a living. Copyblogger was one of those that I followed back then, Brian Clark, and as well, Leo Babauta, who writes at Zen Habits. He was being successful with it, but it was just being discovered. And now you fast forward those past 12 or 13 years, and there are so many tools now that make it much easier today to

15:05
build an audience around something that you’re interested in and to monetize that in some way. We’re even now seeing new forms of content. Clubhouse has become this big thing over the past year, which strangely just kind of sounds like conference calls to me, but because it’s got this online component, people are really into it and finding new ways to reach audiences there. So are you on Clubhouse by the way?

15:33
I joined and looked around and I haven’t done much else. Oh, okay. Okay. But anyway, yeah, I think it’s, you know, now more than ever, it is possible to join the creator economy and to make a full-time living or at least to make a side income, reaching people, you know, around something that you’re interested in, something that you can provide some value on. Yeah, so for the people listening who kind of haven’t…

15:59
follow along with this whole creator economy. Like Joe Rogan got a hundred million dollar contract. think Mr. Beast makes tens of millions of dollars a year putting out YouTube videos where he gives away stuff. When I publish a YouTube video, I’m shocked that I can reach, you know, like 40,000 people on a video. It’s crazy, right? That’s like a stadium full of people watching something that you’ve created. And so more than ever,

16:25
I think Joe Rogan reaches more than a lot of major publications and TV networks, Yeah, I’ve heard that he has the largest audience anywhere. Yeah, and all he has is a mic and a studio, and he just talks to people, which continues to astound me. And so independent publishers are now in control, right? Wouldn’t you say? Yeah, they’re being courted. mean, these independent publishers now, think about it used to be that

16:53
that the publishing houses, that the TV networks and so on were the gatekeepers. you had to climb the ladder and rely on them to give you opportunities to reach an audience. And now it’s been turned around on its head. Anyone can go out and create an audience. And if you have something that’s unique and interesting and that a lot of people tune into, then those former gatekeepers now come

17:23
you, looking to bring you into their stable of, you know, in Joe Rogan’s case, Spotify was looking for a way to get into podcasting. So they paid him $100 million. I mean, that is an obscene amount of money. I can’t think of anyone on television who got a contract like that ever in the past. That’s like, you know, that’s big time like sports money. And like you said, Rogan just has a microphone and

17:51
talks about absurd things and whatever he wants with friends a lot of times. it’s just astounding that he’s been able to build an audience much bigger than any of those gatekeepers or networks could themselves. So, Gobert, I know you’ve done it all, YouTube podcasting as well as a lot of writing and blogging. For someone just starting out and wanting to build an audience, what would you say is the best medium to start with? Well,

18:20
I think there’s a couple of answers to that. The first is the best medium is usually the one that you connect with and feel a sense of ease in contributing to and creating on. If there’s friction in terms of you showing up and producing the content, then it’s rarely going to work out for you. So make sure that you choose a format, first of all, whether it’s audio or video or writing, that you

18:48
feel comfortable with or that you believe you can become good at over time. So first of all, check the format. And then second of all, look for a platform that you just feel drawn to for some reason because of the kinds of people that are there, the kinds of interactions that are happening, and so on. Beyond that, though, you should also think about which platforms have the most leverage and are most likely to give you a return on your investment of time.

19:18
I prefer to own my audience and building an email list is one way that you can own your connection with an audience because it’s direct. It’s just you and the person. There’s no platform in between. But growing in that way, a lot of times, and you know this because of e-commerce, obviously, sometimes you need to rely on a platform that already has an audience that you can tap into. And that’s fine, but…

19:45
For me, the goal should be eventually to, if you reach your audience on a platform, then to start pulling them away from that platform somewhere else that you can have a direct connection to. Because as we all know, those platforms often change the rules overnight and you can suddenly see your revenue cut in half or your reach cut in half. And that’s always a horrible thing when it happens to someone. So let’s break down these platforms.

20:14
in terms of different categories, I guess. Yeah. Discoverability. Let’s cover that first. So YouTube, podcasting, social media and blogging. Which of those like how would you rank those in terms of just getting your content out there? Proliferation and discoverability? Yeah, well, I would say the two that have the best discoverability of those four would be blogging and YouTube. And that’s because of search.

20:40
You have to realize that YouTube is the second largest search engine in the world. People go to YouTube to find answers about things. And YouTube’s job, Google’s job, is to provide those people with good answers. And a lot of times, there are new subjects that there aren’t a lot of other pieces of content on, whether it’s a blog or YouTube video. And so you can reach an audience just by trying to answer those questions. This is technically called

21:10
search engine optimization or keyword research, but you don’t have to go necessarily down that rabbit hole. You can just ask yourself, what are people looking for? What are people searching for? And do some searching yourself and see what you find and see if there are opportunities for you to fill in some of the gaps. And if you do that, people will find your stuff on either of those platforms. Now, social media and podcasting are a bit more tricky. Podcasting is tricky because

21:39
it has a discoverability issue, I would say. It’s not as if people are searching and finding an episode based on something that we said in the episode. They might find it based on the title, but podcasts are just less accessible to people because they can’t dive in and find an answer quickly, necessarily. You know what’s funny about that is that I would argue that from a technical perspective, it should be easier to

22:08
create some sort of search algorithm for a podcast and for a video, right? YouTube does such a great job though of suggestions, recommendations. I’m just wondering why no one has replicated that yet. Yeah. Or Google hasn’t tackled it even. Yeah, it’s a great question. And I’m not sure exactly. There are a lot of smart people working in podcasting and so I hope that they, someone will at some point, but I’ll tell you that podcasting for us, for me at Fizzle,

22:36
has been incredibly valuable, but we brought our own audience initially. Starting a brand new podcast from scratch is a very difficult thing because there are a lot of podcasts out there and I don’t know that people necessarily find podcasts by, like I said, through search. They find it through recommendations and generally the podcasts that get recommended are the ones that are really popular. So if you don’t have an audience to begin with, it’s pretty hard to get a podcast off the ground.

23:06
when you have a podcast and it’s somewhat popular, it’s an incredible way to reach people because if someone listens to 20 or 30 or 60 minutes of audio, they really get to know you well. So there’s a deep connection that you can forge there, but not necessarily a very broad one. I mean, you mentioned earlier reaching 40,000 people through a YouTube video, and that is a lot of people, but in the scheme of YouTube, it’s not really that many people.

23:35
you know, millions of videos out there that have 40,000 views or more. And, but I’ll tell you that in podcasting, it’s rare to build a show to 40,000 or more. Not that people don’t, but you know, a lot of people that have quote unquote successful podcasts are doing more like in the, in the low thousands or low tens of thousands of downloads. So there’s just a difference in, in reach there. Totally. think the top

24:02
2.5 percent of podcasts get 40,000 downloads a month. Yeah, that sounds about right. I think that was crazy stat So does that imply then that you don’t recommend starting out with a podcast? Probably not right now unless of course it’s in a new growing Unique kind of space that has a lot of demand but if you’re trying to break into an existing space that has a lot of competitors in the podcast arena, I

24:32
probably wouldn’t recommend it as a place to start.

24:37
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:05
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:35
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. Would you say that of blogging as well? Like I know like there’s all these companies that I personally compete with with my content and they just have hired people just churning out article after article after article. So is it harder to rank in search these days and how do you combat like the content farms, so to speak? Yeah, yeah. Content farms are tough. You know,

26:04
I would say that blogging takes a while. Whenever somebody comes to me and they say, you know, I’ve got this product or I have this idea for a product and I need to build an audience right now, I always caution them that blogging is a longer term strategy. It’s likely going to take you six months or a year for your site to start really ranking and drawing people in. And that’s because, you know, Google, its job again to find great content involves

26:34
getting to know a new domain for a while and judging how important it is based on links that are coming in from other sites and so on. And that just takes a while to kind of season a domain and to start ranking for something. YouTube on the other hand, seems, of course, you you probably need to produce videos for a couple of months, two or three months before YouTube starts getting comfortable with your channel. But I’ve seen people in three,

27:03
certainly under six months, start receiving thousands of views to their videos, even in somewhat competitive spaces. So, you know, it’s funny because I’m not very active on YouTube, but I am very bullish on it for people, just because I’ve seen it work so many times. Yeah, actually, I have friends who’ve gotten like 100,000 subscribers in less than six months. Wow. I mean, just discoverability is a huge deal with YouTube.

27:30
What’s also nice about YouTube, and most people might not feel this way, is that the barriers to entry are higher. Right? Because to produce a video, like you have to worry about your appearance, your audio, and then you have to edit. That’s a lot more work. But that’s good because that means there’s less competition in that space as well. It’s funny too, though, because even though the barriers to creating a great YouTube are higher, I would agree with that. It’s hard to be…

27:59
Charismatic and and you know the kind of person that can carry an entire ten minutes of video But at the same time I have also seen some videos do really well where there is no one on screen necessarily I you know in fact people have taken audio clips from my podcast or from appearances I’ve been on and turn those With or without permission into YouTube clips that sometimes get a bunch of downloads

28:26
And it’s not as if there has to be somebody, a host on camera necessarily. I also see in the programming space, a lot of people just doing screencasts and getting a lot of views with that. If the subject is something that people are looking for, and again, there’s not a whole lot of other videos on that topic, or you do a better job of answering people’s questions, then you might be able to be okay without having to have

28:55
high production value. Sure, sure. I will say that the keywords that I go for on the blog versus YouTube, like the YouTube competition is far, far less. Yeah. Orders of magnitude less. Yeah. Yeah. And I did want to comment on your friction comment. I think reducing the friction for content creation is probably the most important factor, really. I didn’t create YouTube videos for the longest time because it took me 20 minutes to set up the lights, the cameras, and all that stuff. And by the time I set up, I just didn’t want to do it anymore.

29:25
Yeah, but now I have like a place where I can just sit down hit a button and just start recording Yeah, absolutely and I you know I’d say the same is true of of any kind of content that you’re gonna create for me lately It’s insane, but we we’ve been living winters in Mexico for 11 or 12 years now and up until this year I would roam from spot to spot throughout the house and When I had calls it was always kind of an

29:54
effort to, I would take them in our master bedroom because that’s where the good internet was and so on. And it was just a kind of a giant pain. This year finally, I went and bought this crappy little desk and I have my microphone clamped to it. have a light clamp to it if I need to do a video and I bought this internet booster. So it’s good back here and so on. And, and now it’s like taking calls or doing a podcast or whatever is super easy.

30:23
to the point where I’m able to do a couple a day and it’s not a big deal. But that friction before influenced the things that I developed, the things that I published. And it’s just crazy to me to think that even though I know that these things are true and I thought that I had learned these lessons before, just finding a good quiet place for you to be able to, whether it’s write or record audio or record video, where it’s set up or you don’t have a lot of work,

30:53
to do to get in that flow, it’s so important. And you’re right, like just remove all that friction.

31:02
So I did also want to touch on social media because you did go off on a little bit of a rant recently on social. So first of all, what are your feelings about using social to grow your business? That’s another episode in itself. Yeah, I almost jumped into that for a yesterday because I’ve got some. did you? And man, people have some strong opinions there. Oh my goodness. Yeah. Using social to grow your business. So.

31:28
There are certainly platforms where I’ve seen people grow, like Instagram, where I’ve seen people grow huge audiences and turn those into businesses. For me personally, there’s a lot of friction in participating on Instagram and Facebook and places like that. I just don’t leave with a good feeling afterwards. But I’ve found that Twitter is a lot more my speed for some reason. so I’ve decided, I actually just closed all of my Facebook accounts for

31:58
for quite a few reasons that I’ve written about extensively recently, but I close Facebook, WhatsApp, Messenger, Instagram, all that stuff. So I’m weaned off of Facebook entirely. And that feels good. Were you getting any traffic from those platforms for your content? I was and I do. And the thing is you don’t even necessarily have to be on those platforms in order to get traffic from them because your readers are probably on those platforms and they might be sharing your stuff there.

32:24
I didn’t find that I was necessarily getting a big boost in any sort of benefits to my business from being there myself. And, you know, that’s probably in part because I didn’t participate much there. But again, it comes back to friction just because it wasn’t a place that I enjoyed participating in. Can we talk about Twitter for a moment? Twitter is actually something I’ve never gotten into. I mean, I have an account and I have followers, but how do you use that platform?

32:53
Well, for me, it is a couple of things. One is it’s a place where I connect with people that I know who are on there and where I have met people over the years just through interactions on Twitter. It definitely leads to opportunities sometimes. In fact, I was just writing this earlier this week about my goal of being on 50 different podcasts in 2021. And several people reached out to me on Twitter that

33:22
I maybe knew at arm’s length or whatever, but they saw it there and it worked. So definitely you can connect with people, you can form relationships. And then the other thing is it helps me discover content and understand what people are thinking about before they have fully developed an idea. And likewise, I’m able to write about things there and sort of judge people’s opinions and reactions to it.

33:50
before I go and spend the time to fully develop a piece of content. So, you know, for example, if I’m writing about the annoyances I have with social media or like I said yesterday, I decided to write about my annoyance with the energy consumption of Bitcoin and why nobody seems to care or talk about it. And it’s an interesting way to kind of dabble in an idea and to start to judge people’s feedback and reactions and

34:20
to start gathering your thoughts before you sit down to create a video or a podcast episode or a blog post. Twitter really isn’t a traffic play. It’s not a trap or like a research. Yeah, exactly. It’s not necessarily a traffic play. It could be. mean, and some people have really big audiences and I, I see some people who are popular on Twitter being able to drive sales directly to courses and other things that they’re creating. For me,

34:48
That’s not it exactly. I would say my email list is the most valuable thing that does that and the search traffic that I get to content. So Twitter isn’t necessarily that for me, but it is for some people, certainly. But it’s usually, you you have to be in a certain genre of content to make Twitter make sense for you as a traffic play, I would say. So when you’re first writing content, obviously you want people to read it.

35:16
what are your main ways to actually get people to read your content? Well, for me or for somebody starting out, because they’re kind of two different things. Right. So let’s say you were starting out and this is kind of ties in, You’re not really starting over from scratch, but you’re starting over in a way, right? Yeah. So for someone new as you, what would you do to get that initial readership? Well, so, you know, if you are blogging, for example, like I said,

35:44
getting search traffic can take some time and there’s nothing more frustrating than publishing and not having any sort of attention to it and not getting any feedback to know whether or not what you’re writing is interesting and useful and so on. in those early, early days, I encourage people to try to find community somewhere online. There are places out there, depending on what you’re into. Like for example, let’s say,

36:12
you’re into software development. There are tons of places where people are gathered to learn software and to talk about it. If you’re into building software as a service, like a startup of some sort, like there is a community called IndieHackers, for example. So I would find whatever that community is for you, your topic, it might be on Reddit, it might be an independent community that’s out there. Plug in there where people are already spending time.

36:41
talking about that topic and participate in those conversations. And then when you have, when you publish something, put it out there for feedback and don’t just try to, you know, publish a link on a platform and say, I wrote this, please come check it out. Instead, you know, pick apart your content and publish it directly on that platform so that people can read it right there. And so they don’t feel like you’re just trying to take advantage of them or the platform by drawing people back to your site in the beginning.

37:11
so that you have to realize that your goal is not to get eyes on your content, like a massive amount of eyes on your content, your goal is to get anyone to read the thing and to give you feedback on whether or not they agree with your idea, whether or not they find it valuable, whether or not it’s unique and interesting and so on. And so again, like for example, when I write a blog post instead of just,

37:39
going on Twitter and publishing a link and hoping people are going to come back to my site, I go into the post, pick apart the main five points or whatever, and then I publish them as separate tweets and let that conversation evolve directly on Twitter because I know that what matters is just that my ideas are out there, that people are resonating with them or reacting to them and not necessarily where they’re consuming those ideas. Eventually I’ll get people to come back to my site.

38:08
and people who are reading those things in tweets or on Reddit or whatever might click through, look at your profile because they’re curious, click on the link and come back to your site. But the mistake that I see a lot of newbies making is just thinking that they’re going to go on Facebook or Twitter or wherever and just start publishing links to their own site without using the platform or the medium in the way that it was intended.

38:35
and sort of violating whatever those social norms are. Yeah, I mean, that never works, really. Yeah. So you’re suggesting essentially writing your content directly on the platform itself, right? Yes, or, you know, writing it. These days, what I tend to do is I write my content as an email first. I write it thinking about sending it to my email list. You could do the same thinking that you’re going to email this to a friend. You know, you could write it.

39:03
And this would be great, actually, if you had no audience to begin with, but you had a friend who was willing to read your thoughts and maybe interested in the topic. You could compose your content as an email to your friend, hey, I was thinking about this, and bang out an email to them. And then once you’re done with that, take that, publish it on your blog, publish it on Twitter, publish it on Reddit, turn it into a podcast episode. There’s a million ways you can turn one…

39:32
thought into a lot of different mediums. And this is something that I think a lot of times people feel like they have to reinvent the wheel every time or that everything has to be unique. once you start to understand that the people that seem to be everywhere aren’t actually publishing unique thoughts everywhere. They’re just taking that piece of content and turning it into what the platform expects the content to look like. Not simply, again, posting links everywhere, but generating something that

40:01
can live and stand on its own in each of the environments that you send it to. How deliberate are you about trying to rank in search? I would say for personal writing, not very deliberate. For business writing, a lot more deliberate. And I’ll also say that I think that there are two purposes for a piece of content. One is

40:29
of course, to be discovered by a broader audience. The second is to forge a deeper connection with your existing audience or with anyone who is consuming that content. And a lot of times I will separate the two of those things in my mind so that sometimes I’m writing for engagement, other times I’m writing for discoverability. And the kind of content that might do well on SEO to attract someone who is typing a specific

40:59
question into Google is not the same kind of content that’s going to forge a strong bond and convince someone that you might be someone worth following, trusting, and hopefully eventually buying something from. It’s interesting. So I follow that model as well, except I write primarily for search discoverability. And then the more engaging stuff is part of the content that I send out via email. It seems like you mix both, right?

41:28
on the same publication? do, I do. Yeah, definitely. And I guess, you know, the the idea there is that sometimes I’m writing purely for search. And in that case, I’m hoping that people will come get the answer they’re looking for. But then, you know, around that content or at the end of that content, I will try to continue the conversation and and get them to discover something else on my site that I know can forge a deeper connection with them.

41:58
And, you I think that’s all you can think of this as funnel marketing. Obviously, you know, you get people at the top of the funnel who are a very broad audience and you’re trying to move them down to having deeper and deeper connection with you over time. I hear you and I know you’ve actually mentioned email marketing a lot in this interview today.

42:21
How are you dealing with kind of like the decline in just open rates and click through rates? Because a lot of people are doing email marketing these days and it’s just getting kind of noisy. Yeah. So in terms of email marketing, yes, it’s noisy. But I think that any channel that is effective for a period of time will become noisy. And if you think about it, everything’s noisy these days. There’s so much content out there. even YouTube is noisy. If somebody’s watching your video, they’re

42:51
There are dozens of other videos that YouTube places around that video, or if somebody’s searching for a video, yours is just gonna be one of a bunch that’s showing up there. And so the answer to how you succeed at email marketing, despite it being noisy, I think is similar to the answer to how you succeed anywhere, because every channel is noisy. And that is, you have to strive to create content that is better, more valuable.

43:20
more likely to change someone’s life or at least change their day than the other content that’s out there. You want to be the person who is being opened amongst the sea of emails. In sending these emails lately, I’m literally getting people saying, yours is the only email I actually open and read. And that is what you have to do. And it’s the same with YouTube. you think about, you mentioned Mr. Beast, for example. If you love Mr. Beast,

43:49
then you’re going to make a point to open Mr. Beast’s YouTube videos and to watch them every time he publishes something and you might ignore all the others that are in your feed. I wrote about this 10 years ago and people had the same concern. There’s too many blogs out there, how do I succeed? And my answer was to write epic shit. what I mean by that is that you can learn all the…

44:17
tactics in the world, the SEO tactics and how to stand out on a platform. But at the end of the day, what matters is the substance of your content and how potentially life changing it is, or at least how much better, more interesting, more useful it is than the other content that’s out there. So Corbett, I think that’s like the best answer to that question ever. A lot of people, when they come to me wanting to start a business, they’re always like, what’s the easiest way to get started?

44:45
And the problem with easy is that means everyone can do it and there’s a lot of noise. But technically everything’s saturated these days, right? No one’s reinventing the wheel for the most part. And so the really the best way to stand out is just to do things better than everyone else. And that’s like the answer to everything in life almost. Yeah, if you think about it, you wouldn’t expect to, you know, ask, well, how can I become a how can I make a living as a a marathoner and, you know, just be your

45:15
your couch potato self and go out there and sort of half ass run a marathon and win a race and earn a living doing so. You would have to train and become one of the best in the world in order to have a career there. And the same is true for just about anything. If it’s easy, then there are going to be a million people doing it and the amount of money that you can make or the amount of success you can expect.

45:44
diminishes over time unless you fight and work to become really good at honing your skills and becoming better. And for a lot of people that takes many, many years, you might look at Mr. Beast or someone like that and think, my god, that’s amazing. How can he create that video? Well, he’s probably been at it for a very long time, and he’s put in a lot of hours.

46:11
It’s not necessarily the 10,000 hour rule that was a big thing several years back. You have to put in at least 10,000 hours to become good enough at something. I don’t necessarily think that’s true online because there are so many new topics all the time. Sometimes you can be an early voice and have a lot less experience than that and still succeed. But it’s not going to be easy. None of this is easy. It can be incredibly fun. It can be incredibly rewarding, but…

46:39
The people who take this stuff and by this stuff, mean, you know, building an online business or growing an audience online. The people who take it seriously, I can tell you, are spending are treating this like a full time job. You know, they show up, they they put in their hard work every day, eight or eight or nine or 10 hours sometimes. And they’re working to learn and grow and get better at that thing so that they can compete. Exactly. Hey, Corbett.

47:08
What are you up to going forward? I know you just did this reboot. What are you working on now and where can people find you? Yeah, so I am working on Fizzle, which is the thing that I launched eight years ago. I was inspired by a friend of mine, Dana Schultz, who runs Minimalist Baker, which is a massive site that attracts tens of millions of people every month. And she got burned out at some point a couple of years ago and took a step back and considered actually calling it quits, even though it was so successful because it was

47:36
It was stressful and wasn’t sure if that’s what she wanted to do. But after taking a little time off, she realized that she did love it and maybe that she could change her relationship to that work and recommit to it. And since then, it’s done even better over the past couple of years and she’s super happy doing it. And I had a bit of the same epiphany myself with Fizzle. And after the past few years of working on a lot of different projects, I realized that Fizzle

48:06
which is a community and training library for entrepreneurs. I realized that it is the thing that I love. It’s sort of my first love in a way and I still love it. And so I’m recommitting to it and we’re actually opening it up to a broader set of instructors, to guest instructors. And I’m really looking forward to continuing to grow the library of content there. That’s over at fizzle.co. Oh, I didn’t realize.

48:35
If you need any, I want to talk about e-commerce, let me know. Awesome. Happy to contribute something. You know, it’s funny, Corbett, you mentioned a lot of businesses are just mental, right? And how you look at things. If you view things as like you’re getting tired of working on something, then you’re not going to have fun doing it. Whereas if you have like a renewed vigor for something, then it’s more likely to succeed. Yeah. I think it’s a lot like, you know, any long-term

49:02
pursuit. It’s a lot like marriage in a way. You have to continue to put effort and continue to look at ways to make something fresh if you’ve been doing it for a long time. you know, like a lot of people, I had never spent more than four or five years in any one, you know, role in my career or in my entrepreneurship journey. And here I am now finding myself eight years into this project. So I think it’s expected that you might lose your way a little bit.

49:30
But with recommitment, you can see any project as through fresh eyes. And I think that’s an important thing to do. Yeah. So if any of you guys are listening out there, go check out fizzle.co. I was actually a part of the community at one point, I want to say many years ago, probably six years ago. And I can only imagine it’s gotten so much bigger and better since then. thanks a lot for coming on the show, Corbett. Really appreciate it. Thanks so much, Steve. Appreciate it, too.

49:58
Hope you enjoyed the episode. As I mentioned before, Corbett is someone who I looked up to way back in 2009 when I first started my blog. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 359. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

50:26
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

50:55
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

358: The Ultimate Website Audit Checklist With Ian Cleary

358: The Ultimate Website Audit Checklist With Ian Cleary

Today, I’m happy to have Ian Cleary on the show.

Ian runs RazorSocial where he helps companies with their digital marketing efforts, and today we’re going to talk about website design, content marketing, and how to do a full audit of your site for SEO and conversions.

If you own a website of any kind, then this episode will improve your online sales!

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Ian started RazorSocial
  • Ian’s ultimate website audit checklist
  • Common mistakes that most webmasters make

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Ian Cleary on the show, and Ian is the founder of Razor Social, where he helps companies with their content marketing. And in this episode, you’ll learn the right way to do content marketing, how to audit your site for SEO, and which platform that you should start with. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me.

00:29
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Claviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you always imagined?

00:59
And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase.

01:27
often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

01:56
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Ian Cleary on the show. Now Ian is someone who I met at social media marketing world, where we both spoken for the past several years. And I remember stumbling into one of his talks and noticed that he always has this entourage of people following him, cheering him on from the front row. And they’re always dressed in like orange hair or something like that. Anyway, Ian runs Razor Social where he helps companies with their digital marketing efforts. And today we’re going to talk about

02:51
site audits, content marketing, basically what he does every day at his firm. And with that, welcome to the show. Ian, how are doing today? I’m doing great. Thank you very much for having me, Steve. Delighted to be on the show. And it’s always great to meet you at events, you know, here or there in the US mainly. So who who are those people in the front row? I have no idea. the guy with the orange hair. I know that was a guy with a white coat and he’s

03:17
He works for a gaurapult, so he always dresses up as the character he puts on because he has a podcast or something. And then there’s just there’s always an Irish entourage over. Yes, that’s what it is. The Irish entourage. Yeah. So we end up going drinking together, you know, typical Irish, you know, it’s like we meet over here, then we go to the States, then we go drinking together in the States. And yeah, there’s always a gang cheering me on the front. So, you know, what are in good or bad? I still get the cheers.

03:45
So tell us about your background, what exactly you do and how you arrived at this point. Sure. Background is mainly technology. So I spent a good few years working in software companies, mainly in technical management roles. And then I got a bit fed up and I started dabbling in entrepreneur stuff. So I done all sorts of stuff. I was selling property in Eastern Europe at one stage. Then I was selling robotic lawnmowers and all sorts of gadgets, robotic hoovers.

04:14
So I dabbled in a range of things. And then I was at an event one day and somebody asked me, would I speak on social media? You know, and I didn’t have any knowledge of social media. So I said, yeah, sure. So because I like figuring out. this Mike Stelzer or? No, no, no. This is over in Ireland. OK. And then I because of that, I had to learn stuff about social media. And then I got involved in that. And then I wanted to do something international.

04:43
And I had a lot of technical knowledge and at that stage, a good bit of social media knowledge. And I seen on a lot of different sites on the web, was, you know, everybody in social media has a blog. So it was very competitive, but I found that nobody really focused on the tech side. So the blog was really tech focused, mainly based on a lot of tools and social media. And that sort of got a lot of traction. You know, it was like.

05:09
I was getting the one stage, I was definitely over a thousand shares every single post and I was getting some shares where 25, 30,000 shares for big ones I was doing. it was just tech, tech was, is a really popular topic and nobody else was really talking about it. And on the back of that, then I got speaking at social media marketing world and the whole range of events. And then over time, raise the social evolved and I drift away from pure social media to be digital marketing.

05:37
And I found that my niche was really helping companies that were going through a lot of change in digital. And they were struggling working with external agencies and consultants and stuff. And because we had the technical and the marketing knowledge, we understand the whole process from start to finish. So we advised a lot of companies, we ran projects for companies, we upskilled companies and stuff. And then I drifted into audits. We were doing a lot of

06:06
Audits, as you mentioned at the start, Steve, and I’ve just started launching Razor Audit, which is the only independent company that provides website audits because most companies are pure agency. They build websites to do SEO and we don’t do that type of work. So we try to give a completely independent viewpoint of where people’s websites are. Right. Which means it’s unbiased because you don’t actually offer to fix what you’ve audited. Right.

06:34
Yeah, exactly. And some people will come to us and go, hey, well, no, we want somebody to fix it. And we go, well, well, we’re not the people there. We’re the agency. You come to us if you want a completely independent view of what, you know, what is are the issues because we’re looking at going, OK, our main focus is, can we find issues that drive you more traffic that can convert more business? We’re not going, can we, you know, build a new website for you? You know, that’s not our interest. So we’ll if possible, we’ll go

07:03
let’s fix up what you have. And if we think it’s really bad, we’ll advise on building a new website, but it’ll be completely independent view. I actually love that model. You just tell people what’s wrong and then you say, sorry, I can’t fix it. But that’s it. Exactly. No, not for us. We don’t do it. You know, so let’s talk about site audits in particular. Okay. I want you to walk me through the process so that potentially people in the audience kind of know what to look for with their own websites. And maybe you can even talk about.

07:31
some of the common mistakes that people make. So what are your first steps when you conduct one of these site audits? Well, the first step is really get access to analytics. So we get access to Google Analytics and Google Search Console. And sometimes that’s the starting point of the issues because a lot of people don’t have analytics set up. So you really need to have your analytics set up. And once that’s set up, then we will extract some data from your analytics and we’ll use some

08:01
SEO tools to understand about your traffic and where you’re getting your traffic from and how well your site is optimized. So are these mainly SEO audits then? We do the whole range. So we do, depending on the plan you come in for, we will do a user experience audit, looking at the user journeys as people travel to the website to make sure you cater for all your audience and make it easy. We’ll do an SEO audit. We’ll look at your branding.

08:31
We’ll definitely look at conversion. We can analyze your content, analyze your competitors, look at the traffic through analytics. So there’s a whole range of things we would do there. Let’s pick one of those that you think might be the easiest to talk about on a podcast. So maybe SEO. So you have their analytics and you have their Google Search Console. What specifically are you looking for in those reports? Well, suppose from an SEO point of view, the starting point is going

08:59
we’d look at are there any technical issues in their site? So quite often people have missing titles, duplicate titles, missing descriptions. So the basics are not being optimized correctly. So we’d identify all those issues and say, here’s a batch of issues you can resolve to make things better. Then we’d look at what are you currently ranking for and identify quick win opportunities where you may be ranking for good terms

09:28
that you know on page two or lower down on page one. And we’ll give some practical advice of how you could optimize that to move it up and search results to drive more traffic. So what are some of those things? Let’s say I’m number 12 for a keyword. What is some advice that you would give me to get on the front page? So we generally use a tool called Ahrefs. There’s a range of SEO tools.

09:53
So what I would initially do is I would do an analysis and see who’s ranking on the first page. Then I would look at each of those pieces of content, decide how come they’re ranking on the first page. And in Ahrefs, it will show me the main keywords, the ranking for, and the related keywords. And that’s going to give me some idea to expand the content that’s on page two on our site, or the site we’re reviewing. So we’ll be adding content on.

10:22
We’ll be targeting additional keywords in there. We’ll be advising them to look at the titles of the post, the meta title within the post. The easiest thing is really expanding the content. But then we’ll be looking and say, well, can you link to that content from other content on your site? And that will give it a little boost as well. Now, the one beyond that is getting links from external sites.

10:48
So there’s a process there you can follow. back up real quick. strategy number one is to actually look at what else is on the front page and write something that’s more comprehensive. Is that accurate? Well, if you’re on page two, what we’re looking to do is see who’s on page one and then get some ideas about content. And that could be to expand the content, add more content on. OK. And what I want to see in AHA drafts is what are they ranking for and what’s all the related keywords they’re ranking for?

11:17
because there could be opportunities to add more content on about those related keywords to strengthen that post. So if you find those keywords, do you suggest putting those in those keywords within like heading tags when you’re editing the content? Yeah, so there is related keywords in there. If there’s additional sections we can add to a page, for example, you know, like I say, targeting related keywords and add a paragraph of content around that within that content.

11:45
that additional relevant content is always going to help. I’ve noticed now that Google ranks a lot of the headings individually as opposed to the full articles. When you click on the link, it automatically zooms down to where that relevant text is. So I’m just wondering whether you can put together a big article, but it seems like it’s much more important now to put those in heading tags so Google can auto parse them.

12:16
Yeah, and we always advise, I mean, people don’t pay enough attention to heading tags and they don’t write descriptive heading tags. So you need to think about your headings like a H2 within your content is like a mini title. So you got your main title of the post, but then think, put a lot of consideration into your subheadings because they’re mini titles. They’re there for a couple of reasons. One is from a Google perspective, they will go through it. And like you say, pick out them H2s and, and, and, you know, you might end up

12:45
ranking for that content within them sections. But also, it’s a good way of structuring your document anyway, or your blog post anyway, to have H2 sections within it. Yeah. And then, so you do some internal linking next, right? So you find other posts with whatever anchor text, I guess, that you want to rank for internally. And I guess the missing piece, or the hardest piece, really, is getting other people to link to it. Do you have any strategies to share on that?

13:14
Yeah, just step back one second about when we say to do the internal linking, people often say, well, how do I find any content that’s related on my site? Well, go to Google, type site colon and the name of your website, and then type the keywords that you are looking for content on. So Google then will search your own website and find content for you. And then you’ll find a selection of articles to link back into this article.

13:41
But then as you’re saying, Steve, I’m going to give my buddy Spencer a plug here. I actually, I don’t know if you guys are using this plugin, but I’m using this plugin called link whisper. And what it does is it actually parses all of your articles and it’ll, it’ll just give you internal linking opportunities. And all you have to do is just check a bunch of boxes and it automatically updates those posts. Wow. That’s cool. I never heard of that one. That’s a link whisper. You guys just shout out Spencer here. Yeah. Cool. I’ll check that one out.

14:09
Yeah, then you’re looking to build external links, you know, so external links. I mean, of course, it’s challenging, but if it’s a good piece of content, you can reach out to people and find related content where people are linking to poor quality posts and asking to replace it with your post or they’re linking to posts that were similar in content but are no longer there. So it’s a dead link. You could do exchange links where

14:37
You’d say to somebody, listen, will you link to mine and I link to yours? mean, so is that dangerous in your opinion? You know, it’s, it’s not when it’s done on a small scale. I mean, you don’t want be doing this all the time, but if there’s only a small percentage of your vote, your links are like that. It’s not a concern. Okay. Do you know if anyone has been penalized for doing something like that? Link exchanges and. Not at the moment. No, because you know, if it’s, if it’s small and it’s only a links to a page, it’s not a big issue.

15:08
So when you’re doing this outreach, what would you say your hit rate is? It really depends on, do you know the audience, whatever. if like in my world, because I’ve done a lot of blogging and built up a lot of relationships with people, I’m reaching out to people I know. So, you know, when I get links and getting, you know, 75 % of when I reach out, I’ll get links. So you have to put a bit of work into, if you’re a blogger, build relationships with people.

15:36
you know, share their content, interact with them so that when you do reach out, you know, it’s it’s like, for example, we know each other, Steve. So you reach out to me saying, you know, would you mind like that? go, sure, Steve, no problem. You know, but if we didn’t know each other, then then you’d have to come up with a good reason for doing it. You know? Yeah. I mean, I get probably like 20 of these requests a day, actually. Yeah. I’m sure you get more. Yeah, we get loads. Yeah. Yeah.

16:04
So that’s why I was asking what your hit rate is. So you would suggest actually getting going out and getting to know people or becoming an authority in your industry before like to improve the hit rate for this strategy. Yeah, yeah, that’s it. And then you have when you have them relationships, then it’s you have an audience to tap into and they they’ll come and you’ll help them out as well. So yeah, if you’re just doing it, blasting an email outreach tool and you’re sending out a thousand emails to people.

16:30
Maybe you’ll get five or six links or something. The hit rates can be low, but that’s a lot of work. I don’t like that at all. So I’d prefer in this, build the relationships and then you can leverage off those relationships. How important do you think links are these days? mean, Google claims that they continually put it as less important compared to some other things like onsite metrics. What is your view just working with companies?

16:59
Well, I read a report recently of 65 top SEO people and they put down that, you know, what was the, if you had a pie chart, what was the percentage that was important for onsite ranking, you know, and they put 15%, you know, for on-page optimization, about 20, about 25 % for the authority of your website and about 25 % for links and then another 15 % for relevant anchor texts to them links.

17:29
Now, if you think of it that that is you got like nearly 65 % is related to links, you know, and then 15 % is related to optimization of on-page and then there’s a few extra things. So I think links are still absolutely crucial, you know, so that hasn’t really changed. I just feel like so many large companies are gaming the system just because I’ve been interacting with them also, you know, I mean, it’s like a little boys club of all these

17:58
companies that are funded, they all work together to interlink with each other. How does a little guy fight against that?

18:06
I suppose it’s in terms of the relationships you build with people in the industry and what you want to target. You really want a niche. know, when I set up Razor Social, my niche was, OK, was it really busy world of social media where every single person in the world and social media had a blog, you know, so it’s the worst place to go into and around digital marketing because they all have blogs. So you have to come up with something different. So if you are, you know, going against the big guys, well,

18:34
You know, a lot of times that content is pretty poor anyway. So you need to go, well, how can I write better content, different content, different format on razor road audit? I said, you know, for my first post. I needed because it’s just a competitive area. I wanted something really stands out. So I wrote a 32,000 word article about auditing because I trolled the web to find what was the best guys on website auditing. I didn’t find a really, really good one. found.

19:04
good articles in different places at different parts of audits, but no one place to go. So by doing that, then I can really focus in on that article. And I am doing link building because, you know, people will go, wow, you know, I haven’t seen an article like that. So if you’re really impressed somebody with a really in-depth article like that, they’re more likely to pay attention.

19:27
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

19:56
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:25
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. You know, people always say content quality is king. I tend to disagree. I feel like Google ranks a lot of junk. And this is just people writing content, taking other people’s content, putting it together into one longer article. And it’s links. Like when I look at their backlink profile, some of them

20:53
It’s even blatant that they’re using some sort of private blog networks because the domains are kind of funky. Yeah. What are your views on that? Yeah, I think if you if you don’t have authority website, well, then you need good quality content. But as you you build up authority, there is a lot of junk. I mean, if you look at the likes of, you know, don’t the name newspapers, but Forbes, there’s a lot of bad quality content there. You know, it’s not for them. It’s not about the.

21:22
quality of content, have the authority. they will rank for anything up there today and they’ll rank tomorrow with no links or no nothing. So yeah, so I do believe there is a lot. if you get good, valuable links and you don’t have authority, you need to build that authority over time. And you have no chance of building it. If you’re not doing dodgy things, you have no chance of building it unless you create really good content.

21:51
Yeah, relationships. need to have the relationships of people is just as important because otherwise if you don’t have the relationships and the audience within, you know, how you get your content out there other than paying for it. Yeah, totally. I totally agree. That’s why I think it’s really important to go to events, which is why 2020 was was like a bad year for me in that respect. mean, that’s how I get podcast guests. That’s how I get, you know, a lot of things. I develop friends that way. That’s a lot of the friends I’ve.

22:19
I have today are people who I met at events live. So yeah, I know. I really miss the events, you know, I’m dying because that’s to me, it’s I’m in the office at the end of the garden. You know, we work with a really small business here, myself, my wife and a couple of our time people. So I love getting out and meeting the likes yourself and everybody else. And, know, people that are like do content creation, do work online, you know, do similar stuff that we’re doing. It’s always great to meet up.

22:49
So let’s shift gears away from SEO a little bit, unless you have more to add, because obviously there’s more to just getting traffic to your website. I know you also focus a lot on conversions and specifically getting leads and sales. What are some of the things you look for there when you’re analyzing a site for auditing? Well, I the first thing, I suppose the thing is you need to have a fast website. So you’ve got a good experience. You need to have a well-designed, well laid out website. You need to have

23:17
good content that supports the customer’s journey to the site. So if people are going through the site, are they getting all the relevant information? So you can’t be talking about calls to action yet until you go, well, is it easy to understand what you do? Is it easy for any type of customer to step through your site to get to a stage of wanting to buy? So you have to cover all of them basics. And then you can start thinking about, OK, do I have my

23:46
calls to action very obvious on the page, you know, to like, for example, book now or buy now or ring me or any of that to make that easy. You need to have a good mobile site and make sure from mobile. A lot of times you see people don’t have a well designed mobile version of their site. So it’s just that the content is not adapted properly. So that drops conversion. So yeah, once you’ve got good user journeys, then it’s like, yeah, you have very clear calls to action.

24:16
And then you have if somebody wants to buy, that’s great. But a lot of people don’t. So then you need to go, well, how do I capture their details if they’re not going to buy? And then how can I build out my sales funnels to progress them from somebody that’s cold to warm to hot? So, for example, email, you know, is still crucially important because the vast majority of people that come to your website won’t buy. So whether it’s an e-commerce or non e-commerce site, they, you know, they won’t

24:45
by a service or the One Fire product. So you have to look at how can I capture the emails. That’s why in an e-commerce site, you will often see if you’re exiting the site, they’ll say, hey, do you want to sign up and get a 5 % discount? Or if you’re within the checkout process and you try to exit, it tries to get you back into the checkout process. But building an email audience like that means then you can build your sales funnel behind that after somebody ops in.

25:14
send a initial welcome email sequence and try to sell over that email sequence. So email is very important. Another way of capturing the audience is if you have a Facebook tracking pixel on your site, well, even if they don’t give you any details, you can still capture the fact that they visit your website. And then you can start advertising to Facebook at a later stage, even months later. Are you doing much with SMS these days?

25:43
No, not doing that, but ask some, ask it all now. you? Yeah, I am actually. It’s working surprisingly well. Yeah. I did have a question for you. You mentioned site speed. I personally think that all the site speed mumbo jumbo out there is, is meant to scare and not actually affect. It doesn’t really affect your rankings. Like if I look on the front page for some of the sites that are in my niche that are ranking a lot of their sites are super slow or they’re getting really poor scores. What’s your view on that?

26:13
Well, the scores that Google page insights give them scores are not related directly related to a faster, slow your site or it’s a more of a score related to are you using the techniques that are the recommended techniques for a faster website. So sometimes you can get a high score on a slow website or the opposite. So that’s one thing to page insights. I’ve never seen a high score resulting in a slow website before with Google PageSpeed Insights.

26:42
I’ve seen the opposite. Yeah, developers can trick it into getting a high And I’ve seen developers do that just to pass because sometimes we’re doing audits and the developer will go, listen, I’ve changed this. I’ve got a higher score. There’s no difference. So that’s there’s there’s web speed. I’ll get the name of the tool, Web Page Speed Test. Yeah, Web Page Test and there’s GT Metrics. Yeah, Web Page Test I actually think is better in terms of giving you

27:11
a more realistic view of the page speed. Now, I did see an article only last week on Search Engine Journal saying that your man Muller from Google said they are going to take speed as a ranking factor. Actually, the scores that you get through Google Page Speed Insight, they’re going to start using that as part of a ranking factor. So I think you’re right up until now. They may have, you know, used it a little bit or something, but they’re putting more emphasis on it.

27:41
So will become increasingly important. Okay. I mean, they’ve been saying that for years as far as, I mean, I almost feel like Google uses these tactics to scare people and doing what they want. Yeah. They don’t necessarily enforce it. Cause if you look at half the e-commerce stores on the web, they’re, they have scores in the red on PageSpeed Insights and a lot of these stores are making like eight figures, know, nine. So, mean, the thing is to,

28:09
to go to machine or empty out your cache and load up your website and have a look at the speed there. If you’re doing international stuff, then you just need to look at it there as well and make sure you’ve got a good hosting provider in as well. But yeah, if it feels really slow, well, that’s just a bad user experience. So even if Google doesn’t penalize it, your website visitors not going to enjoy going through your website. So when you’re auditing, what are your guidelines then?

28:39
in terms of speed and when to worry about it? Well, we look at the speed index on web page speed test and try to make sure that’s sort of under three seconds. And that’s really, the speed index is really when it appears to be loaded from the user. So they feel, oh yeah, it’s loaded, so it’s quite fast. So if you use something like GT metrics, I know GT metrics uses a different way of

29:08
doing it like, for example, a fully loaded time in GT metrics is when the website is fully loaded plus two seconds. So they wait for two seconds to see that there’s nothing else loading. And then it goes, that’s the time. And all the tools are different. And that’s why it’s so confusing. You’ll get a different score all the time. And you’ll even get different score on Google Page Insight if you refresh and do it again.

29:34
So what I’ve done in this realm is I just don’t want to have to worry about it. Google keeps threatening to make it an important part of ranking. I’ve made it so that my site is all in the green on Google PageSpeed Insights. But I’m not sure if this is the right way to do it. But what I do is I just defer the loading of everything outside of the content until someone moves their mouse or something happens. But that way, the content shows up. And then from a machine’s point of view,

30:04
Everything loads up super quick. And it’s only if it’s like a human is detected, really, when they move their mouse or whatever, then it loads the rest of the junk. Yeah, there’s that there’s one of the stats on Google page insight, which is about the how does it feel like it’s been loaded for a user? So, for example, there’s a difference between sitting at your machine and nothing appears, then everyone appears after two seconds or sit in a machine and things start appearing. So you feel things are moving. So the impression of speed is better.

30:33
Even though both of them load in two seconds, the one with more progressive loading appears faster to a user, which is better. And by the way, on the Google page speed inside, they trottle stuff for mobile. That’s why the scores are lower. they simulate a slower network connection and a slower CPU. So the scores are always lower on mobile.

30:59
Sorry for that aside, I was just kind of curious. So it looks like three seconds or less, you’re probably in good shape, is what you’re saying. Yeah, yeah, exactly, exactly. And then what were we talking about next? We were talking about conversion. Conversion, So it’s a about just user journeys, make sure it’s simple. A lot of times people don’t really explain what they’re about and understand what their business does and then make sure you’ve got good content and then very clear calls to action.

31:28
It can ease to do business with you and then have really good analytics in the background. For example, have an e if you have a shop, have e-commerce tracking set up so I can see exactly as people move to the funnel and where people are dropping out and what revenue I’m getting from what traffic, you know, and then when you’re not converting, then build audiences across email, Facebook retargeting lists and stuff. So you’re constantly capturing people’s details and then build out funnels on the back end.

31:57
through email where you can generate emails over a sequence to people to try and convert them and then on an ongoing basis, use email as a tool to convert as well. I know in your talk, you often do these content audits where you’ll essentially de-index articles that aren’t good, the ones that are okay, you kind of beef up with content. Yeah. When you’re working with companies,

32:27
have you found a profound effect that has a profound effect on their rankings? So for example, let’s say I had like hundred junk articles on my blog that are just junk. By eliminating those, does that actually improve your rankings overall? It depends. And some websites have improved the rankings a lot just by removing the junk articles. As long as you’re not removing articles that have good links to your site, for example. So they’re ones you’d probably redirect.

32:57
But I’ve seen 20, 30 % increase in traffic by tidying up a lot of content. It takes a couple of months before you see that, but it’s from that tidier process when things are really messy, when they had a lot of low quality articles, know, broken links and all sorts of stuff, but just tidying up that and redirecting articles that had good links, but it was poor quality content and not driving any traffic. So then you’re reassigning links to other pieces of content and making that stronger and giving that a boost.

33:27
Let me ask you this. So my podcast right now, I deindex a lot of the episodes on my site because those podcasts episodes, just audio. had transcripts at one point, but they still weren’t ranking. Would you recommend deindexing all the podcast episodes? I would, unless you’re actually going to write good quality articles alongside it. So it’s not transcripts either. It’s actually creating an article. So for example, in our conversation, you might go,

33:56
I’m going to create an article about website audits and you’re into you know, you’re bringing in feedback that we talked about within the conversation, but not just transcript because, you know, people are not going to really link to a transcript, but they might link to a really good quality article that has a, you know, the ability to listen to it and sound as well, you know, and it’s a combination of both. It’s just it’s it’s hard work. It’s like, I mean, I suppose the good thing is you could probably get somebody else to to write it up.

34:24
but you would need to write good quality articles based on it. you know, if it’s just a podcast, yeah, why not the end? Right. OK. Yeah. So that implies that if I want to do it right, I should actually hire someone to listen to the podcast, maybe pull out the prime points and create a really good article on it. Yeah, exactly. OK. By the way, this question just kind of came to my head right now. We’ve been talking primarily about the written word thus far. What are your opinions on YouTube versus blogging versus podcasting just as a content medium?

34:54
Yeah, I mean, I’m a blogger content market, so I did dabble in YouTube as well before. mean, the thing that YouTube is probably easier to rank than Google on certain things on YouTube. But I find it really hard to produce video all the time because it’s so time consuming doing all the setup, doing the video, getting all the editing done, doing all the promotion. I find it much easier to go. I’m going to sit down, write a like a thousand word article is going to be much easier. So

35:24
So YouTube works great for people that really focus in on YouTube and build the audience and say that’s their channel. Generally with YouTubers, you’ll find that they really poor blog or no blog at all or don’t have much traffic, you know, except the big ones, of course. Yeah. But they they they focus on YouTube and do well on YouTube is just so there’s nothing wrong with it. But it’s very hard to focus on blogging and YouTube. You know, from a from a podcast point of view.

35:52
I mean, what I love about the podcast side is that you have an opportunity to meet and connect with lots of people, especially with small business listening in, they’re going, you know, I need to expand my audience and need to expand my influence. You know, pick a pick a good topic and reach out to influential people, encourage them onto the podcast. And then you’re building relationships, building a network. And also when you start distributing the content, like you distribute my content, I’m going to start sharing that.

36:22
So that’s going to bring in a new audience to you as well. So a podcasting podcast can be hugely beneficial, I think. Yeah. I was just trying to think about that myself since I do all three right now. Oh dear. Yeah. Well, I was going to say you have to do, I mean, I know you do blogging and, and, uh, you know, podcasts as well. didn’t know you use YouTube as well. So have actually, it’s, been really good. It’s only been about a year, but it’s been really good. But I’m just thinking about the work level and the

36:51
The reason why I’m asking this question is if you’re like a new business, which one would you focus on to start with?

36:59
to see the immediate gains. Like I have my opinion, but I’m just kind of curious what yours is.

37:06
Yes, so if you’re starting off, I would recommend a blog. But I mean, I would be really tempted to do a podcast as well, because you now have an opportunity to reach out and connect with a new audience that you haven’t reached out to before, build relationships with key influencers at an early stage in your business. So so if I had to pick one, I’d pick blogging. But then I’d quickly follow it up with a podcast. I think I had the same answer as you, actually. I would.

37:34
You need the blog, you need a website as your home base, right? To collect emails, get pixel people and that sort of thing, no matter what. Right. And then podcasting actually helps a lot for link building. And in fact, I want to say, I’m just thinking right now, almost all the major links that I’ve gotten in the past year have been from people who have been on my podcast. Great. Right. Yeah. And then the thing I really like about YouTube though,

38:02
is that Google just does a really good job of sharing your videos, right? And that results in free traffic. The only problem is that traffic kind of still lives on Google or YouTube, I should say. And it’s hard to funnel that over to your site.

38:18
But that’s interesting. So you started out blogging. Even if you’re not a good writer, like I know for myself when I started, I hated writing and I was terrible at it. It was just a skill that it’s like a necessary means to an ends, I think. So have we missed anything in terms of the site audit? We’ve talked about SEO, we’ve talked a little bit about conversions and getting your message out. What else do you look for? I mean, the branding side is really important. And the branding, as Jeff Vizzo said, but in Amazon,

38:47
You know, a brand is about what people say about you when you’re not in the room and on your website, you’re not in the room. So people go and form an opinion of your website. So the branding is about, you know, things like what’s your tagline that describes, you know, overall what you do. And then is there expanded description given more details? You know, do you have a good logo? Do you have consistent colors, consistent fonts? Do you have a consistent message throughout the site? So it’s really important to get that because

39:17
Your brand is everything because there’s so much competition out there. You know, there’s bound to be lots of other people selling products or services that you have. So you need to differentiate yourself and your brand. So that’s an important part of the audit as well. Yeah, that one’s a little bit harder to teach. Right. mean, yeah, there’s both like an art and a science to that to that aspect of it. I mean, do you have any maybe examples of of clients that that got it wrong? I mean, obviously you don’t have to use their name, but an example where you

39:46
you diagnose something like that? Well, I think most people that we would have got it wrong. I want that what you know, because we review a lot of sites where people aren’t happy with the site. And the challenge is you go in and it’s not really clear exactly what they do and what service they provide. So the tourism business only their day. And it was just there was.

40:11
There was calls to action everywhere in the page. was navigation across the top navigation down the side. And there was wasn’t clear from the outset that all the different services they provide. So you had to really work hard to do that. And then the the fonts were all different sizes across the website. No consistency and no consistent use of color or their logo and their logo could be different on social media and stuff. So there was no consistency, no repetition.

40:38
And, you know, the obvious wasn’t a color palette that was a defined set of colors they use, you know, for everything they do on the site. So a lot of small businesses don’t really pay attention to that and go, oh, branding’s for big companies. But it’s not, you know, and you don’t need to invest a huge amount of money in branding. You just need to have a lot of consistency, really, and clear messaging. Actually, you know, now that you bring that up, I think the colors are actually very important.

41:06
Like it’s important, especially for the action button. I think that needs to be some really bright color that stands out and has to be the same color on every single page of your site. Yeah. And then we advise people to, you know, that call to action color is a color that you don’t use anywhere else in your site. And it’s the one that stands out. when you, you navigate through the site, if you see that color, you know, it’s the call to action, you know? Yeah. Yeah, definitely. And then I, I do a lot of site audits too. I think another one.

41:36
kind of building upon what you just said is like within the first three seconds, I need to know what you do and why you’re better. Yeah. And that can be hard. So you have to be really concise and make sure your font is, is, is big, you know, to, bring that out also. Mark Schaeffer often says to companies, you know, he starts off with a consultancy remark, so if it was a lot of digital marketing consultancy and he, we we’ve heard him on speaking on different circuits, but he starts off companies and you say only we finish that sentence.

42:06
You know, and it’s a hard sentence to finish, finish, you know, so it really gets people thinking to go, why am I different? You know, only we do X, you that’s actually a really good way to end this in what is your only we well, only we provide independent digital marketing support and auditing. There’s nobody else provides the auditing anyway. So we definitely were definitely the only way provide independent digital marketing auditing.

42:36
By the way, do you work with smaller companies too, or is it just mainly bigger ones? No, we work with smaller companies. On Razor social side, we work with bigger companies. On Razor audit, we work with a range of companies, from small, middle to large, because it’s just a pure auditing service. Okay. Yeah. No, I find the service really valuable. So where can people find more about this? Specifically the auditing side, I think. The auditing go to razoraudit.com. Okay. And can you just give us an idea of what the process is like and how much it costs?

43:07
Well, the starting price in terms of dollars is $1,100 for the starting audit. And then it goes up depending on the complexity of the audit. for the $1,100 starting price, you’re going to be able to, we’ll do an SEO audit. We’ll do conversion. We’ll look at the analytics. We’ll do overview of the branding. And then as we go into the next level, it’s bigger, more complicated sites, which would take longer, particularly for SEO audits and stuff like that.

43:36
And then you get this big long report that you take over to your agency and whatnot for implementation. So in that report, we will give issues, but we’ll give advice as well. And some of that you’ll be able to resolve yourself. And some of it will be things where you’ll go, well, if I don’t have the skills, I’ll need to get somebody to implement the changes. Okay. And do you have referrals for those? Sorry, it an inside joke that we had talked about earlier.

44:02
I mean, the idea of Ian’s company is it’s supposed to be very unbiased and you know, he’s not, he doesn’t have any hidden relationships with agencies and whatnot. No, no, you do not know. So that was a trick question there that I did. But Ian, I hope we get a chance to hang out again, man. Social media marketing role was a lot of fun and I actually use that conference a lot to meet new people to have on this podcast as well. So, right. Yeah. Well, hopefully we’ll, we’ll meet again soon and that conference or another one, you know, I’d love to.

44:32
It’s always great to hang out. It is great catching up with you. You too. Thank you very much for having me on your podcast.

44:41
Now I hope you enjoyed that episode and I’m so happy to have had Ian on because he is a celebrity over at Social Media Marketing World. Hope you learned a lot. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 358. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLABIYO.

45:11
Once again, that’s mywifecluderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

45:39
head on over to mywifequarterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

357: When To Shut Down Your Business Or Quit Your Job With Steve Chou

357: How To Know When To Shut Down Your Business Or Quit Your Job With Steve Chou

Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer yet another question that I get asked all the time.

Steve, how do you know when to quit your job? How do you know when to move on from your business?

Well here’s my exact framework. Make sure you have a pen and paper handy before listening and please let me know what you think.

Would love to know your score!

What You’ll Learn

  • 8 questions to ask yourself before quitting anything
  • When to give up and when to suck it up
  • How to shut down your business without any regrets

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job Podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer yet another question that I get asked all the time. Steve, how do you know when to quit? Whether it be your business or your full-time job, how do know when to move on? Well, here’s my exact framework. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store.

00:28
and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Boom. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent.

00:56
Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider.

01:26
Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally,

01:54
I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today, I’m gonna cover a question that I get asked all the time. Should I close my business and how to know when to move on? In this episode, you’ll learn the exact questions that I ask myself when deciding whether to move on and pursue something else. So first off, the principles outlined in this episode apply to all areas of life. So for example, I actually use this framework for relationships, projects, marketing strategies, everything. I also wanna stress that quitting or moving on does not mean

02:54
that you’re necessarily giving up. Sometimes moving on simply involves a pivot or a mindset shift that can change your perspective or how you feel. It’s also important to note that we all have baggage in our lives. It could be your job or your business that need to be culled without even realizing it. We all put up with activities or people who drain us of our energy because we’re afraid to rock the boat. So the framework that I’m about to talk about will help you put an end to your misery. And by answering these questions, you’ll achieve clarity,

03:23
and understand exactly what you must do. But before we begin, I want to emphasize that in order for this process to work, you have to write down everything. Every single question that I’m about to ask you in this episode must be typed or handwritten in a document. Also, you must force yourself to assign a number to each one of your answers as well. Numbers don’t lie, and they allow you to quantify and justify the results in your mind before taking action. So just a side note, some of you listening to this episode are used to using your gut

03:53
to make big decisions and using your gut is great, but sometimes your gut doesn’t know the answer. Sometimes you’re just hungry. All right, so question number one, is your job or your business limiting your growth? Now, when it comes to quitting your job or shutting down your business, the first and the easiest question to ask yourself is whether you’re settling or compromising your full potential. Are you working at a job or running a business that has a low ceiling and doesn’t exercise your brain to its fullest potential? So for example,

04:23
Let’s say you’re selling cheap Chinese junk using AliExpress dropshipping and providing almost zero value to your end customer. Now, even though you might be making a couple bucks here and there, is selling junk with zero quality control a sustainable business that will continue to grow? Meanwhile, are you working a day job where you’ve stopped learning? Are you just going through the motions at work every day just for the sake of a steady paycheck? And can you see yourself growing at your current position?

04:49
Now, my friend Nathan Barry was making a healthy six figure income selling courses and eBooks when he realized that he wanted to work on something bigger. So he made the difficult decision to shut down his course business and started ConvertKit, one of the best email marketing software companies in the world. Now, for this question, I want you to write down one of the following two statements and assign a number from one to 10, where 10 is the best. My business or job offers the potential to grow and challenge me to the best of my abilities. Or two, write down

05:19
My business or job does not offer the potential to grow and challenge me to the best of my abilities. Then give it a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you’re being challenged and growing. All right, question number two. Have you put your best foot forward? Have you tried your best to improve the situation? Have you done everything in your power to grow your business or are you just giving up at the first sign of hardship? Now for most people, the answer to this question cannot be answered objectively.

05:47
and you probably need to seek a neutral third party for a real answer. Over the years, I’ve received countless emails from small business owners complaining that it’s impossible to start an e-commerce store. Steve, I’ve tried every marketing strategy out there, this is never gonna work. Steve, I’ve tried selling online, but every product I could think of had too much competition. Now one time, I decided to challenge one of my readers who claimed to have tried everything, but when I went to take a look at her website, her online store looked horrible. There were spelling errors, grammatical mistakes,

06:17
and the photography was terrible. So it’s no wonder that her online store was a failure because she didn’t even complete the basics correctly. So when it comes to putting your best foot forward with your business, you can’t really claim to have tried everything until you’ve overcome at least a couple of major obstacles. You can’t claim to have put your best foot forward without soliciting outside help. And this principle applies to your day job as well. Like have you spoken to your boss to discuss other roles that might be more fulfilling for you?

06:45
So before writing off your job or your business, make sure that you’ve given it your all. Because knowing that you’ve tried your best to rectify your situation is extremely important in order to move on with a good conscience. There should be never any regrets. So write down one of the following two statements. I put my best forward to make things work. Or there are additional avenues that I haven’t tried yet to improve my situation. Then assign a number from one to 10, where a one indicates that you have tried everything in your power.

07:15
and a 10 indicates that you haven’t tried much. Okay, question number three, is your job or your business sparking more joy than frustration? So most likely you aren’t listening to this episode unless you are sufficiently frustrated. But a simple question to ask yourself is whether you are still enjoying the journey. Are there more positives than negatives and is your time worth the added stress? Now when my businesses were making 4X my day job salary, I was actually making 8X when I finally quit. I actually debated whether to quit.

07:45
but I loved my job so much that I was willing to stay despite the inconvenience of having to commute to a physical office. And when my wife and I started our online store and received no sales for the first couple of months, the thought of shutting it down actually had crossed my mind. But I was learning so much and having so much fun running the business that I was willing to stick it out for better or for worse. So for this question, write down one of the following two statements. My business or job provides more enjoyment than stress. Or my business or job

08:14
provides more stress than enjoyment, then give it a number from 1 to 10, where a 10 indicates that your business sparks joy. Question number four, is your business or job detrimental to your health? Now, the word health for this question can apply to many aspects of your life. So for example, does your business negatively impact your own health, as in both mental and physical, the health of your marriage, the health of your relationship to friends, the health of your relationship with your kids?

08:42
Now, first of all, you have to decide how much you value each of the things that I just mentioned. Some entrepreneurs claim to put family and marriage first, but then do the complete opposite. Other entrepreneurs sacrifice their own health to maintain their business and their family. So the key is understanding what you truly value here. Then you must ask yourself how detrimental it is for you to stay in your current situation. Is your business or job worth the toll on your mental and physical health? And the answer to this question only requires a number.

09:12
Write down a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that your business or job does not affect your health whatsoever. All right, next question. Does your job or business compromise your beliefs? Now, what’s funny about money is that it often does strange things to people, and excessive greed can sometimes lead to compromise. And it’s a slippery slope here. As humans, we sometimes make decisions purely based on the money without thinking about the effects on other people or the environment. So for example,

09:42
Let’s say you started a successful business selling diamonds, but later discovered that millions of innocent women and children were being exploited to mine and produce your products. Would you be fine with that? What if the company that you work for is responsible for dumping toxic waste into the ocean? Now, sometimes our business or our job silently kills us on the inside. And even though the money is good, you may have to ask yourself whether you’re working on a project that you believe in. Is your business or your job turning you

10:11
into someone that you hate. So my buddy Derek Halpern used to run a successful business publishing entertainment news and gossip before deciding that it didn’t make him feel good inside. So he shut it down and he now runs a multi-million dollar business selling health food over at Truvani. So for this question, write down one of the two following statements. My business or job adds value to the world and I believe in what I do. Or my business or job does not add much value to the world. I could do better.

10:41
Then assign a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you feel strongly in what you do or the service that you provide.

10:50
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

11:18
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

11:48
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Next question, how often do you think about quitting? Now this answer to this question is actually often the best indicator of whether you should quit your job or move on from your business. How often do you think about quitting? Is it literally every single minute of every day? Or is it only something that you think about occasionally, like once per month?

12:17
The most telling signal of whether you should quit is how your situation makes you feel. So for example, when you think about your business or job, does it put you in a bad mood? Does thinking about your situation ruin your entire day? Does it stop you from sleeping well at night? Well, if negative thoughts about your business or day job consume your mind all the time, then that’s a leading indicator that you need to get out of there. The answer to this question requires only a number. Jot down a number from one to 10, where a 10 indicates that you rarely think about quitting.

12:47
and a one indicates that you think about quitting all the time. Next question, and there’s only a couple more, I promise. What’s keeping you in your current situation? We all do things that we don’t want to do because we’re afraid of the consequences. So when it comes to a soul-sucking job, most people work because they don’t know how to make money otherwise. Most people are afraid to quit their jobs because they don’t have the confidence to succeed on their own. Sometimes people stay in bad situations out of obligation. I have a friend who helps run her family business

13:16
even though she hates it, but she doesn’t want to disappoint her parents and she’s afraid of confrontation. I have another friend who runs a business with a good friend, but her partner isn’t pulling her weight. And in this case, do you cut ties and risk ruining the friendship? Now the best way to deal with situations involving fear of the unknown is to analyze all the possible outcomes. If you are scared of quitting your job to start a business, ask yourself, what’s the worst that could happen if the business completely failed? Then come up with a backup plan.

13:46
So for example, when my wife and I started Bumblebee Linens, our backup plan was simply to go back to work if our business failed. And when you outline and create a backup plan for every possible negative scenario, it makes your decision to move on infinitely easier because it takes the fear out of the equation. So before you answer the question of what’s keeping you in your current situation, jot down all the possible outcomes and come up with a plan of action. Then assign a number from one to 10,

14:14
where 10 indicates there are dire consequences for quitting and one indicates that quitting isn’t a big deal. Okay, last question. Is it too late to change your attitude? Now when it comes to every situation in business and life, your attitude determines everything. So for example, when sales were non-existent for my business in the early going, I could have reacted to my situation in two completely different ways. It’s game over, man, game over. No one’s gonna buy these stupid hankies, screw this.

14:45
Or, this sucks, but I’m gaining many new skills that will benefit other aspects of my life. Even though the money is not where I want it to be yet, I am enjoying the journey. Do you see the difference in attitude between the two scenarios that I just mentioned? Well, oftentimes we want to quit because our mindset is not where it should be. And if you’re angry or resentful towards your job or your business, you’ve pretty much given up already. You can no longer be objective. So before you make the decision to give up,

15:14
try to enumerate all the positives of staying in your current situation. Sometimes seeing the positives and the potential benefits written down in a document can reframe your dilemma in a completely different light. So for this question, write down one of the following two statements. I’m analyzing my situation with a clear and open mind, or two, I’m angry or resentful with my situation and it will be difficult to overcome. Then, assign a number from one to 10.

15:41
where one indicates that you’re at max anger or resentment. Okay, so once you’ve answered all those questions and assigned a number to it, the final answer is to actually tally everything up and determine whether you should quit. All right, so if you’ve taken the time to think through all the questions that I just talked about and write it all down, you actually probably already have the answer that you seek. But for engineers such as myself, I try to let the numbers do all the talking. So take all the numbers that you assigned for all eight questions

16:11
and tally them up. And if your total is less than 20, you should get out of there now, just quit. Whatever it is that we were talking about or thinking about, just quit right now. If your score is between 20 and 39, you most likely need to quit, but delay judgment for a couple of weeks to make sure that your feelings don’t change. If your score is between 40 to 55, your situation is mediocre, not great, not horrible, and it’s a judgment call on your part. But in case you’re Asian and listening to this,

16:40
A 55 out of 80 is still a failing grade, so I’d probably still quit. Now, any score above 55, your situation doesn’t seem that bad. Just stick it out and see if you can get your score closer to 80. Now, if all the numbers in this whole scoring system still aren’t providing you with the answers that you need, you can assign weighting factors to make certain questions worth more than others. So for example, I value the health of my family and my own wellbeing above all else.

17:08
So I always give more weight to that question above. Now, if your quit score is between 40 and 55 and you have no idea what to do, here’s my general philosophy. Do you want to go through living life at 50 %? I mean, is 50 % good enough for you? If you can see a legit path to raising that 50 % to 90 % or more in your current situation, then you should probably stay, suck it up, and do the work. But if your situation is already toxic, then just get the hell out of there.

17:37
Regardless, the simple act of asking yourself these questions in this episode and just writing everything down will help you achieve clarity. And in most cases, tallying up the numbers won’t be necessary because you already know based on your responses. But fear should never ever be a reason not to move on. Because the worst thing that can happen to you is spending another year getting your soul sucked out of you. The worst possible outcome is not giving yourself the chance to realize your true potential.

18:07
Hope you enjoyed that episode and please let me know what you think about my framework. In general, I try not to quit anything unless I’ve given it a go for at least three to five years. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 357. And once again, I wanna thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

18:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifekotorjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifekotorjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I use these tools in my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

19:05
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

356: The Right Way To Setup Your Website Analytics With Chris Mercer

356: How To Not Screw Up Your Analytics With Chris Mercer

Today I have my friend Chris Mercer on the show. Chris is the founder of MeasurementMarketing.io and he specializes in website analytics.

Analytics may not sound like the sexiest of topics but most people are doing it wrong. Most people don’t know how to use Google Analytics and most shop owners have no idea what metrics to focus on.

In this episode, Chris teaches us the right way to gather and analyze your data for an e-commerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • Chris’s backstory and why he decided to specialize in analytics
  • The right way to setup Google Analytics for your store
  • How to analyze and draw conclusions from your data for an e-commerce store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my friend Chris Mercer on the show, and Chris is the founder of MeasurementMarketing.io, and he’s a master of website analytics. Now, this topic isn’t sexy, but I do know that many businesses are doing it wrong, and today Chris is gonna teach us the right way to collect stats for an online store. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider

00:29
that I use for ecommerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:58
I also want to thank Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of show. Now if you’re working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined, you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business. Now do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information,

01:27
and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing to any business, the relationship between you and your customer and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony.

01:58
And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:23
Today I have got my friend Chris Mercer on the show. And Chris is someone who I met at social media marketing world where we both spoke and I was really impressed by his talk. Now Chris is the founder of measurementmarketing.io and he specializes in website analytics. Now analytics may not sound like the sexiest of topics, but I do know for a fact that most people are doing it wrong. Most people don’t know how to use Google analytics and most shop owners have no idea what metrics to focus on in their reports. So today,

02:54
I asked Chris to teach us the right way to gather and analyze your data for your e-commerce store. And he promised to make it sexy at the same time. with that, welcome to show, Chris. How are doing today? I will do my best, man. See, appreciate you having me. And you know what? One day you will start calling me Mercer as all my friends do. I can’t, you know, it’s yeah, maybe once we’re tighter, I’ll call you Mercer. How’s that? Done. It’s a deal. We haven’t hung out enough yet. Then you can call me too. There you go. There you go. Looking forward to it. So Chris, I,

03:22
Mercer, I’ll call you Mercer here in this podcast. How does one decide to make a living teaching measurement and marketing? Like what’s your background? The origin story. Yes. Oh yeah. So the way we started, I actually started teaching people how to develop WordPress sites with a, just a membership site that showed people how to use WordPress. That led into very quickly, as you might imagine people saying, Hey, this is a lot of work. How much for you to build sites? So I started building sites and you building a little agency that that did that. We wanted to differentiate ourselves because everybody was doing that.

03:52
So we said, oh, we’re gonna do websites, but then we’ll help you optimize those websites, right? Make them perform better. So in order to optimize something, you must first measure something. And that’s where we started learning Google Analytics because we thought that’s what everybody else was doing. So we learned Google Analytics really well and then started, know, experimenting with other tools. We started showing clients of ours like, oh, here’s what your goal is in Google Analytics. And what was funny is really quickly.

04:16
the client conversations changed from, let’s talk about the split test and what the website looks like to, okay, go back to the analytics thing and show me where the goals are again. And how do I pull this information? Oh, you can do that. I you could track a button click. And it was like all this stuff. And then we would start getting referrals from our clients, sending us other people who wanted to talk about not websites, because they had website development, but they didn’t have measurement. And so that’s when we realized as a company, okay, we’re going to pivot into helping people understand these tools.

04:43
because there’s just a lot of misconceptions with them that make things a little more complicated than they need to be. So let’s say I have an e-commerce store. I know for a fact, so I teach a class on e-commerce, and I know for a fact that people just open up their analytics and they look at how many visits they have, and that’s pretty much it, right? Right, right. So what should people be looking at? What needs to be set up, actually? Set up is probably the hardest part. It is, because it’s such a great point, because that’s the part that is the fastest thing that is skipped over.

05:11
because there’s a misconception that when you put the code on your pages or when you turn on that Shopify integration or whatever the thing is that lights up Google Analytics, that that is the setup, but that’s not that literally just turning it on. Then you have to actually set it up to get some real usefulness out of it. And that’s where, you know, in the terms of Google Analytics, you would do things like creating. They have the thing called views back there where you can do multiple views and you see different, different, uh, you know, e-commerce settings and all of that stuff. You have to get your goals set up.

05:41
and you basically tell Google Analytics what you want it to be able to report back for you. All so let’s start from the beginning here. So I started a Shopify store and I’ve enabled e-commerce analytics and everything is set up so that Shopify can tell me what people have bought and when people have made a purchase and track all the revenue and that sort of thing. What else needs to be set up? Is there like a list you can provide us? You know what? I am, but I’m gonna give you a formula if I had to think about it. Okay.

06:09
The letters to write down, we always call this QIA, but it’s Q-I-A. And this is the first thing that everybody should be doing. First thing is you go, what questions am I wanting to get answers to? Questions about my store. So questions, for example, might be how many people are purchasing, right? How many transactions am I making? What’s the average dollars per transaction? How many people are seeing my product detail pages? How many people are starting to check out? How many of those people?

06:38
don’t check out, right? Those are examples of questions where you’re just trying to figure out is the site working like it’s supposed to, right? So write down all these questions. Next to those, kind think this in three different columns. The first question, first column is all the questions you want to know. In the beginning, don’t worry about right questions or wrong questions, just any question. You will get better at this. It’s a skill. Like you build a muscle in the gym and you don’t get a big muscle right away after a couple of reps, you got to do that consistently. Same thing with this. So write down

07:06
any question that comes to mind, there are no bad ones. So what if my question is, why aren’t people buying? Perfectly, perfectly fine question to ask. Okay, perfectly fine. Write it down. Write down all questions, right? Next to that, there’s another column, that column is going to be the I column. So QIA, the I stands for information. And here you’re going, okay, what information do I need to be able to measure, right, to collect, to be able to answer that question? So if we go back to the example of, oh, well, how many transactions, one of how many

07:35
many sales I’m making per day, the obvious answer is, okay, I need to be able to measure the number of transactions that are coming. If I need to know the average dollars per cart or how much I’m selling per transaction, I need to know my total revenue that I’m making that day and then how many sales I had that day and I can divide those two out to figure out that answer. So the information is kind of like the how I’m going to get my answer is what you’re doing, but it’s always the behavior, the thing that you’re trying to measure for. So if you go back to your question, you said, okay, well, why aren’t people buying?

08:04
what information would you need to collect in order to do that? And at a certain point you might go like, I’m not sure what I would need. At that point, that’s okay. Leave that question off to the side right now. Go answer the ones you do know how to do first, right? Because that one, what’ll happen is you’re just not quite ready for it yet. It’s kind of like building a house with a foundation. have the foundation first, then you put up the walls, then you do the drywall, right? That sort of concept is what’ll happen with these questions. Because not all questions can be answered immediately.

08:34
because you might need to do some a little bit of homework, right? And and some, understanding more of the foundational levels of how your store operates before you can answer the more advanced questions like that. Does that make sense? Yeah. So given that, mean, that, that’s like the million dollar question I asked, right? How do you, how do you get to that point? So let’s continue the process. So we have the question, we have the information, and then this is the most important part of this Kia process, this QIA model. You have your question, you have your information, you have action. What

09:03
action will I take based upon the answer I get? And all of this happens before you dive into analytics, before you go into your store, before you take it, you’re just doing this on a piece of paper, a whiteboard spreadsheet, notes, docs, whatever, QIA, question information action. So let’s go back to that transaction. Could we say, okay, I’m gonna have the X amount of transactions coming through. I need to know if I’m, or what my number of transactions are. I’m gonna be able to measure that because I’m recording number of transactions through e-commerce or whatever else it is.

09:33
the actions I will take if it’s less than 10 sales a day, I’m going to do this. If it’s more than 10 sales a day, I’m going to do that. And it’s always in that format where there is a number associated to it, some sort of action that’s associated to that number. Okay. So given our store, how do you come up with that number? I guess let’s say typically on average, I get three orders per day or let’s let’s use round numbers, 10, 10 orders per day. So would that number be 10 then? Yeah, exactly. Right. Keep it simple, right?

10:02
Now, as you decide and we’ll kind of walk through the process to get to like your million dollar question. As we decide, we’re like, okay, 10 a day. If it’s less than 10 a day, I’m going to look at my traffic sources and figure out if there’s a particular traffic source that’s not working properly. Maybe my Facebook campaign that I thought was going to bring in those sales didn’t bring in the sales. Maybe my email didn’t go out like I thought it was supposed to go out that morning. It didn’t go out. Right. That sort of stuff. And we look back and we go, okay, here’s why that didn’t happen.

10:31
Now I’m going to go take a different action, you know, and to make it happen tomorrow. So it’ll be there. Right. Now, eventually you get to a point where you say, okay, 10, we’re hitting 10. Cool. Now I know we can hit 10. I know that’s sort of our baseline, our benchmark to your point, the average of what you can expect. Now I want it to be 12 or 13 or 14. And the reason it’s going to be 12, 13 or 14 is because I brought on a new affiliate and they’re going to mail for me, or I have this new traffic source that we’re opening up with Google ads and we’re going to send Google ads. Google ads is going to kick in a few sales. And so.

11:00
Now what’s starting to happen is, and remember you’re doing this before you really look at everything, you’re of planning out in your head. It’s like a role play. Right. But you’re understanding how you’re going to use your Google Analytics and how you’re going to use any analytics platform, Google Analytics or otherwise could be just the reports in your e-commerce platform. But now you understand how to start using them. have context now, they have usefulness. So instead of just jumping into them and kind of like seeing what you can see, which is what a lot of people do initially.

11:28
which is what we call going into analytics unarmed, right? Because it’s just going to batch you around, right? And so you’re going to be frustrated and overwhelmed and be like, okay, I’ll come back to this in a few years. But if you go in with a question, right? You go in armed with a question with this KIA model. You have your question, you know the information that you’re looking for to get the answer. You even know what actions you’re going to take based upon the answers that the platform gives you. It’s a lot easier to use the platforms. And pretty soon, if you can imagine doing that process with transactions, you can imagine doing that process with average order volume.

11:56
Okay, well, my average cart value should be, you hundred bucks. Well, now we just did an order bump. I want it to be 125 bucks. And I want to make sure the upsells that we just put in place, so the related products, which is that I just added should make it so it’s $125. If it’s not, I’m gonna go back and see if that widget’s working. If it is, then I’m gonna, you know, figure out some maybe other related products that might be higher ticket that I can do to make it even go and hire, right? And you just keep rinse and repeat this whole process. When you keep doing that,

12:24
Think about that question. Imagine if you’ve done that for a week or two even, right? Just on a consistent basis for a week or two. Now, when you ask that question of what do I do? Like, why aren’t people buying? You already kind of know that answer because you did all the bricks, right? So that question of like, why aren’t people buying? It’s kind of like looking at the wall or the whole house and like, why isn’t it working? But because you’re in these other questions, right? These questions that are sort of below that question, underneath that question, you’ll know why. Cause you’ll say, oh, that

12:53
that related widgets thing didn’t work or the related products thing didn’t work or the email didn’t go out or the ads, Google ads campaign that we thought was going to do this, didn’t do that. You’re going know exactly what it was that was causing. I want to bring this up real quick. I was going to save this for later, but these days, you know, people might take multiple paths to a purchase. Like they might click on a Facebook ad and then later on kick on a Google ad and then maybe find you via search before making a purchase. How do you distribute all the credit?

13:22
for all those things like you mentioned before, like what if Facebook ads aren’t converting as much for that given week, right? So how does the attribution work? So I’m gonna go in a little bit in marketing heresy. Okay. But I think honestly, I’m just a truth teller when it comes to this. And the short answer is you can’t. So stop trying. Because everybody has this multi-touch attribution question, right? But if you think back and if you Google,

13:52
If you watch videos from the 1840s, like everyone’s been asking this question for a long, long, long, long time, which implies it does not have an answer. Right. No one’s figured this thing out because it’s not able to be figured out. And the reason that it’s not able to be figured out, right. And don’t get me wrong. There was multi-touch attribution models where I could say, Oh, Facebook is first touch. They get all the credit or Facebook is last touch. So they only get the credit if they’re the last traffic source before the thing.

14:21
problem is time. so if Facebook, if I click on your ad on Monday, and then I become a lead on Wednesday from after doing a Google search and coming to your site, and then on Friday, the email closes the deal, right? Was it Facebook that caused that direct purchase? Right? It’s not, it’s the email that caused the purchase, right? Whatever that messaging was. Did Facebook have something to play in it? Absolutely.

14:48
But if Facebook’s job, and this is where you have to get brutal with your ads, if Facebook’s job was to sell me on that day, it did not do a good job, right? It didn’t do a good job. Just like if you think about it when you manage it, if you have a sales team, if you have three different salespeople, and I’ve got Facebook as a salesperson, I have Google ads as a salesperson, and I’ve got email as a salesperson, if email’s constantly closing the deal, and I’m measuring purely for revenue.

15:14
say and then and then we’ll back it up in a little bit because there is there is other place for these sales these other traffic sources but let’s pretend we’re just judging against revenue if email is closing the deal left and right do i pay facebook commission right as a salesperson would that be well i well i also talk to them that’s what would happen and as i say there’s no sales manager in the world that would pay them on that because like no you didn’t you didn’t close the sale your job was to close the sale and this is the key point if that was the job to close the sale there are campaigns and this is this is how

15:43
how we recommend you do it. You definitely need to have multiple touches, right? The whole sexy term is now omnichannel. So you wanna have different traffic sources. You need to have different touch points of different ways that somebody can come and find your store, your presence online. You have to have that, right? Email and Google ads and Facebook and Google organic and everything else that’s out there. So now that we know we need to have that, but not everything.

16:09
in reality. And I know this is hard to think about because everyone’s like, I want to get the sale, I want to get the sale. And you’re right, you want to make sure your store is making sales. But not every interaction with a customer has to be a request to buy something right this second. Sure, right? Not every interaction has to be that. So for example, if you’re doing content marketing and your sort of customer journey for your store might be, oh, we sent them to our blog, which educates them about how to get this product solved, this product, but with natural ingredients and why natural ingredients are so important. And then it’s sort of

16:39
warms them up to the idea that we’ve already done all the hard work in our product formulation. And so then they can buy the thing that they want to buy. And maybe some of them do. But that Facebook ad, its job is not really to sell the product. Its job is to get them exposed to the brand. And that’s how you judge it. And you don’t say like, yes, it might accidentally sell some at the same time. And that’s awesome. But that’s not the point of it. The point of it is to get people to be aware of whatever the product or service is. Maybe, right? Again, depends upon your customer journey.

17:07
But when you’re trying to measure the effectiveness of that though, how’s that done? Because you think about it in terms of a sales pipeline. when, whenever you’re managing a sales team and I always go back to the, managing a sales team, cause that’s my, my experience kind of in corporate world is that for sure. Managing sales teams and getting performance out of sales teams. So the way that you do that is you look at the pipeline and the pipeline is literally just what some people call sales pedal. All people will call it customer journey. It’s the same thing, right? How many phone calls are made? How many appointments are set? How many of those?

17:36
do you show up to? How many of those do you ask? How many are qualified? And how many of those buy, right? It’s just the general idea of that pipeline, of those stages of the journey. So what you do is you measure Facebook for you and you create ads for specific stages of the journey. And the reason we do this is because there’s less time involved. So it’s easier to measure. Less time has passed between the thing that we’re trying, the result we’re trying to get from that ad and them actually interacting with the ad. So for example, if I wanted to measure Facebook,

18:04
and say, okay, I want Facebook to send to a blog post to educate somebody about my content. That’s my conversion. That’s what I’m trying to get it to. And yes, some people will buy and that’s fine, but I just need people aware first, right? And to sort of mirror that with a sales management, it might be like, I got to get appointment dials. I need you to pick up the phone and set appointments. That’s what I need you to do, right? Set those appointments. And that’s what the job is. So Facebook is like, cool, set appointments. I’m going to do that. That’s all it does. Now, if somebody on that appointment says, hey, listen, I don’t need you to show up. I just want to buy your stuff right now.

18:34
awesome, right? But that’s not the point of Facebook. Facebook is to set appointments. That’s what it does. And that’s how I measure it, right? Against that. Then maybe again, Google ads are organic, whatever else, you know, gets them to, to, you know, show up to the ad or show up to the appointments, so to speak. And then email closes the deal, right? Whatever these, these things are, will measure those traffic sources against, are they doing these specific things? Now, remember, I’m not saying just Facebook is setting appointments. I’m saying this set of Facebook ads sets appointments. Then there’s another set of Facebook ads.

19:03
that can get people to come back to the store or to see a product detail page or something. You actually get them to buy. Maybe there’s another set of ads that then comes back and says, hey, listen, you didn’t buy. You had information in the checkout. So why not purchase today? Here’s a 10 % off coupon. So you can use Facebook at all these different stages, but you should also use all the traffic sources at those different stages. So let me just summarize what you just said. So you are trying to pick the shortest time frame.

19:29
because that provides the most accurate measurement. you’re breaking down each of your different campaigns into specific purposes. So that Facebook campaign for eyeballs onto your content, that’s a very quick and easy way to measure that. And so you should have metrics of conversion just for that little thing. Whereas a separate campaign will be responsible for maybe getting leads or getting conversions. Exactly Exactly right. So you’re shortening the timeframe. That’s exactly right. So it’s easier to measure, which makes it more useful because there’s less time.

19:58
Right? Exactly right. And remember, you’re not just doing Facebook to try to, you know, get, let’s say to the content pages or to become a lead. Google is also trying to do that. Organic is also trying to do that. Your, you know, email or whatever is trying to do that. You have all the other traffic sources trying to do that. But so what starts happening is you start to realize when you’re, you’re, because it’s easy to measure, you can now truly compare traffic sources and say, what’s the best at getting people to become leads? What’s the best at getting people to become aware of us in the first place? What’s the best at getting people to actually

20:26
close and purchase things or to repurchase things or to share our stuff on social media or whatever the thing is you’re trying to get done. At that point, then you can take a step back and you’ll see the entire story start to unfold of like, well actually it turns out Google organic is where they are really aware of us the most. We should keep doing SEO because that gets people to be aware, puts them in our pipeline. From there, it’s a combination of Google Ads and Facebook that really gets them to become a lead. Roughly from what we can sell for every 100 people that are becoming aware of us,

20:55
let’s say 30 % become leads, right? And then you can start to say, okay, well, then of those email, once they’re leads, email is really what’s responsible for closing the deal. So email closes 10 % of those. And now you can start to have a kind of a forecast of how your store operates. you will spell out, again, this is a little bit of practice to get there, but this is sort of the Holy grail where you can start to say, hey, next week, I’m gonna have a hundred people come into my store. Of those 30 of them are gonna add to cart of those.

21:22
10 of them are going to complete a checkout for at least 100 bucks a piece. And that’s how I’m to make X amount of dollars next week. And you’ll be able to measure against it to see if you were right. Did the store operate the way it was supposed to operate? And that’s sort of where, but you level up to that as you get these sort of beginning stages down of numbers.

21:43
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

22:11
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:41
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

22:51
But at a higher level, something needs to put it all together, right? So for example, let’s say I gather all these leads super cheap for one of my campaigns, but those leads don’t convert to sales. So whose fault is it? Is it the second stage to the conversion or the types of leads that I’m getting? It could be either. It depends how, again, going, think about it, like get out of it. If you can, the best way that I have found it to answer these questions is get out of the digital world because people make up things that don’t exist in the real world, but they, for some reason,

23:19
They think they work in digital world. They never do. It has to work in the offline world too. So pulled out in the offline world and say, okay, I’ve got a sales person who’s getting a lot of appointments set, but none of these appointments are closing. Okay. Is it because the sales person is getting the appointment set saying, no, no, there’s never going to be anybody that shows up for the appointments. So don’t worry about it. You can just set it up because I get paid a quarter per appointment. Right. Meaning they’re setting up the expectation wrong. Right. Or is it, they’re just faking it. Right.

23:49
AKA bot traffic, right? There’s nothing real there, right? Or is it they’re targeting people who are totally happy to feel like appointments, love the product, just don’t have any money, so it’s targeting, right? It could be any of those, but you would test it. And that’s what you would say, yeah, okay, I’m getting a lot of appointments. I’m not moving appointments into shown appointments, right? Or sales or whatever it is. So I’m getting a lot of leads, going back to digital marketing. I’m getting a lot of leads, but I’m not getting enough of those leads to convert. It’s either.

24:17
Because those people coming in as leads are just not our target audience, but they were willing to take our free stuff, right? Or whatever the thing was that you got to become a lead for. Or there was an expectation that wasn’t matched, right? They were coming in for one thing, but not, something didn’t get fulfilled in that journey. So they didn’t naturally progress forward. And that’s, it’s going to be one of those two things. That’s what I would so what you’re trying to say here, I think, is if the data indicates that this one step is in converting, then that A step in your QIA framework,

24:47
is where you run additional tests to find out what the heck’s going on. Yeah. Cause I would say, if we don’t convert, let’s say I let’s think of opt-in, right? Just, just getting leads, right? Where I want to say an average opt-in rate is let’s say for cold traffic, 25 to 35 % of the people that come to the page should opt in for whatever the thing is, right? That’s generally speaking, what it’s going to be. If it’s less than 25%, I go back to the ad and say, is the ad setting the expectation? So when they come to that opt-in page,

25:15
they are ready to opt in or they’re at least intrigued, right? So for example, if that ad says, hey, get 10 % off during our summer sale, click here to get your coupon. And it comes to that page and that thing says, winter sale going on now, there’s a disconnect, right? And that’s gonna hurt my opt-in rates, because it did not match the expectation. So I would go back to the ad and that would change it, or I would change the landing page to make sure it better matches the ad. Because that expectation, that’s something we call the expectation engine.

25:43
at measurementmarketing.io, we’re always like, you gotta have the expectation engine. The expectation that’s set by step A has to be met by step B. And then it in turn sets the expectation for the next step. And if something’s not working, there’s just not a natural progression that you would expect to be there, it’s probably because the expectation is off somewhere and there’s a mismatch. And when you look at your customer journey through that lens, you see sometimes

26:10
laringly obvious things. And I’ll give you an example of that. We expect roughly 10 % of the people that come to one of our landers, and we’re more of a direct response model in our courses, right? So people come to the membership page and then of those, X amount go to cart. We expect 10 % of the people roughly to go from the offer page to the cart page. We expect roughly 35 % of those people to make it through and actually purchase, okay?

26:37
So 10 % and 35 % are the numbers that I judge that journey on. That’s what I expect to happen. So one day we’re making changes and, you know, thinking we’re trying to improve things as everybody should do, as good marketers would do. And we see the numbers, we measure the numbers. And again, we’re not looking at the pages, we’re just looking at, I’m looking at the numbers. And I see that there is a drop in carts, the people that were completing the cart. So it goes from, say 35 % down to, it was something really low, like 10 % of the people making it through.

27:06
which means 90 % are abandoning. Like that was really high. like, okay, this is, looked at the number instantly. I’m like, this is not what we expect. It’s certainly not how this is supposed to be working. Something’s off. So I go to the previous step. And what I see is instead of 10 % of the people that are going from the offer page to the cart page, it’s something like 30 % of the people that are going from the offer page to the cart page, but a whole lot less of those are completing the purchase, right? So I look at this and I say, okay.

27:36
There are people, so what’s happening in a customer journey, I can look at this and tell you the story just by the numbers. What’s happening is the offer page is not quite doing its job. It is sending people to the cart before they are ready to purchase. So they’re not coming to the cart to purchase. They’re coming to the cart for some other reason, because there’s just too many of them doing it. That’s above that number. So there’s too many people going to the cart. They’re coming there a little premature. And because of that, they’re not purchasing.

28:05
Obviously, because they’re not coming with the intent to purchase to the cart as you would expect. Right. So we go to the offer page. Somebody forgot to put the price on the page on the button. So, of course, that’s what was happening. People were going by now, by now, go and get started. Get started. You click on get started because you can’t figure out how much it is until you go to the cart. Then the cart says, oh, it’s, you know, 100 bucks a month, whatever. Then they go, OK. And they would loop back to the sales page to figure out, OK, now that I know how much it is, how much, you know, how do I do this? And then we instantly saw that in the numbers.

28:34
which led us to look at the offer page with that in mind. How is this offer page? It wasn’t like, how do we improve things? That wasn’t the general, we were asking a very specific question, go back to Kia now, right? We went through this process, we said, okay, if this is lower, the action is we’re gonna go to the offer page and figure out how is the offer page setting the expectations so poorly that they have to go to the cart page to find out something else that the offer page isn’t providing? What could that be? We look, oh, price.

29:03
And was a five minute fix. And then all the numbers come back in line. 10 % go to the cart. 35 % of those complete. We net out more buyers that way. And then we can predictably scale our traffic now because we know how our machinery works. I think in the example that you just gave though, the purchases is what matters. I’m, I’m guessing that the purchases weren’t affected as much by this change, right? Important. What I said at the end, exactly net net, had more purchases doing it that way.

29:31
Right. If it was the other way, you could make a use case for that. But, know, because maybe, maybe that’s the thing is like, but at that point, if I wanted to net that out, I would say, okay, well, that means the cart has to understand and be designed to operate in a way where it realizes there are two types of people coming to this car page. One, people ready to buy at whatever cost because they don’t care. Or maybe they already know the price because they’d been to the car previously. Two, people who are seeing the car for the first time because they’re trying to figure out the price.

30:00
So now the cart has to both sell again, resell, right? And collect payment. So I would design the cart differently to do that. But our cart wasn’t designed to do that. It was designed with the expectation that the, the offer page is doing its job. It’s promoting the value. People understand what the next steps are. They understand what they’re about to do. They know how much it is. They know all that stuff. And now it’s just, let’s facilitate payment and go to the checkout stage, right? Just like you would in an offline store where it’s okay, I’m ready to purchase. And I walk up.

30:29
It makes it harder to measure when you have that one page serving multiple functions to right. 100 % 100 % So Chris, I know you’ve worked with a lot of ecommerce stores. What I’m trying to get out now is what are some of the common questions that you feel like ecommerce stores should be asking? And then how do you set things up initially for like a brand new store? So I’ll give you again, I’ll give you another formula. I frameworks are important. People try to get and we’ll go into some specific specific questions too. But the tendency is

30:59
Because you can Google like, you know, questions every ecommerce store should be asking. You’ll see millions of blog posts that are like seven questions every 12 reports, every ecommerce stores. heard those by the way. Yeah, yeah. Horrible. It’s horrible. Partially because mostly because those all of that stuff was designed by somebody else to answer their questions, right? Not necessarily yours. So that’s why I’m a big believer in frameworks. You have to get your hands in the business and you have to think about your stuff, not copycat somebody else’s.

31:28
But the way to do that, you at the same time, you don’t want to be like left alone in the frigid cold to try to figure it out on your own. So the way to get from point A to point B there is you a framework. So the framework for this is very simple. You need to ask questions about what results you’re getting. And then this is the most important one. You need to then ask questions about how you’re getting those results. And that’s how you come up with your questions. And they will be very basic in the beginning. And that’s okay. So the basic question might be like, how much am I selling?

31:58
Okay, great. How many sales am I making? And then it’s how I’m making those sales. Well, X amount of people are going to the checkout and of those X amount actually make it through the checkout. Well, how are they getting to the checkout? Well, X amount of people are seeing the product detail pages or clicking at the card. Well, how are they clicking the card? X amount of people seeing product detail pages. And you start to see a story unfold that is that sales pipeline, that is that customer journey of how your store operates. And at that point, that’s where you can, you

32:26
go and look at it and say, well, based upon my store, I’m happy with this number and I’m happy with how it’s operating. Now it’s, I got to scale traffic, get more people into the store. If you’re not happy with how it’s operating and you think there’s a step that needs some help, like maybe again, the lead step or whatever you have, if it’s part of your customer journey, if less than 25 % of people are becoming leads, you might say, okay, well, I’m going to focus on that step a little bit before we start scaling out traffic, you know? And then you can move into the next thing. But it’s always led by that results and how.

32:55
framework. You gotta know what your results are. You gotta know how you’re getting those results. How does one know whether they’re doing well or not? That’s a really great question. And it’s a lot easier in you have to essentially you compare yourself to what benchmarks are from other businesses. But the e-commerce can be a little tricky though. So specifically we have there’s stores that are very kind of like a mono product where it’s like we sell rings, for example, and they have 45 different variations of rings.

33:25
but it’s just rings that they sell. And they’ve got lots of different variations of that. They’re going to have very different numbers than somebody who is like pet supplies. And they sell like three different dog collars and two different, you know, styles of dog treats and something else, because there’s more variety in those products. And so the browsing behavior is going to be different. But that said, when you, when you’re, when you’re trying to figure out what your numbers are, the first thing you will do is just measure what you’ve got, right? Figure out what you’ve got. If you

33:51
happen to have a network or group or something like that with a store that’s similar to yours, I think it’s worth benchmarking that a little bit. But benchmark everything. Don’t just say, their product detail pages were 47 % converting and mine were only 10 % because you might find there’s 47 % converts, but only 2 % of the people buy. So you have to look at the entire thing. And that’s where a lot of people don’t do that. People will come up to me and say, oh, well, was that a mastermind or was that a group?

34:18
know, such and such said their checkout, they get 80 % of the people to check out. I’m like, I’m positive they do that because it’s returning visitors are coming with a coup. There’s some reason for that because that’s way obnoxiously high, right? And it probably probably isn’t scaling because the number tells me that. So that’s me because I’ve been doing this for so long. I can just tell. But somebody else would look at their checkout doing 40 % and feel bad. Like they’re not doing a good job, but they’re doing a great job, right? And you can, and you can tweak it. So that’s why you have to look at

34:47
everything in a system. And so yes, I think it’s useful to kind of look at what other stores are. But at the end of the day, that’ll just give you an idea of everything. And to be honest, most stores don’t know all those numbers, right? So it’s kind of hard to benchmark against those. So get your own, and then sort of, I would judge it for yourself in the beginning, especially if you don’t have a group, which a lot of people may not, right? Start with where you are. I do know that there are some basic benchmarks of, you’ll say, roughly speaking, at the end of the day, you say,

35:16
1 to 3 % will close. That’s kind of where the overall is. So however that customer journey is, I would expect 1 to 3 % ish to close if it’s less than 1%. There’s something in the customer journey that’s not quite working well. And that’s where I would look at my numbers and say, okay, well, there’s not a lot people seeing product detail pages. Does that make sense for me? Maybe it does. If you have a million variations of the one thing, that’s okay. But maybe that’s something where you’re like, hmm, I need to…

35:41
Take out some these product detail pages. Maybe I don’t need all these variations. I want just 10 variations instead of 50 variations. That’ll give me more variations because there’s less to browse and get confused on, right? But you’ll see that sort of stuff in the numbers. That’s what I mean, but you have to get your hands dirty. There’s not gonna be a simple 30 second solution to create a million dollar company. That never exists. But you do have to understand the results that you’re getting and how you’re getting the results. And to your point, when you talked about earlier, like at the end of the day, what really matters is sales and you’re right.

36:09
That’s where I judge that overall conversion rate. might say, okay, if I’m getting one to 3%, it’s probably working the way I need it to. I just need to understand how it’s working, kind of what we call trust but verify, but TBV, what that process is and is it working in the way that I expect it to? And again, if it is, now I scale traffic. If it’s not, then I tweak the gears a little bit and try to adjust the pages or the ads or whatever else to get the step operating the way I want it to, then I scale traffic.

36:36
I like what you’re saying here. So with my store, I always think of each page having a single action associated with it. So for example, like a product page, I’m looking at the add to cart, right? On the home page, I’m looking at a product view, and then from add to cart, I’m looking at checkout. So what you’re saying here is try to make the conversion as tight as possible, do the measurements, and then just make the adjustments accordingly on a micro level. And the macro level should just kind of work out.

37:03
That’s exactly right. And it’s eerily scary how oftentimes it does because people question all the time, like, really? It’s you do the numbers and it happens all the time. So but that’s exactly right. Your product detail page, depending upon the format, obviously, but most cases, it’s add to cart is the next step. It cannot sell anything because you cannot give it a credit card. Right. So you click on add to cart. That’s what its job is to do. Everything that it’s there for is to get you to add to cart. At that point, your site has to get them into checkout.

37:32
And at that point, checkouts got to facilitate the process. And that’s exactly, that’s how you judge them. You don’t say, oh, my product detail pages aren’t selling anything because again, they can’t sell. They can influence for sure, but they signal that they’re doing their job by those add to cards. And to your point, it’s a lot easier to measure for that. Right. And ultimately, as you get really good at this, you can start measuring. And again, I do not, you’re not going to, no one starts here, right? But eventually just let you know what’s possible in the world of measurement. You can go to the product detail page and say, Hey,

38:02
know, your job is to get at the cards, but I’m noticing you’re not getting at the cards. What’s going on in my head? And I’m gonna use this example a lot, because this is literally what I do in my head. I treat it like a salesperson that I’m trying to coach, right? Like, okay, what exactly you telling people? Right? And I look, and I’ll, I’ll do this through measurement. And what I’ll do is on this page, I’ll look at it and it’ll tell me, well, no one’s actually looking at the images. No one’s looking at reviews. No one’s scrolling down to get into the details of the product.

38:31
That’s why add to cart’s not happening. In fact, they’re only here for about five seconds and then they leave. And I go, okay. Now I have some specific information that leads me to take very specific actions. Cause I got people coming to this page who are not ready to interact where this page is for some reason, not meeting the expectation, right? Could be the wrong product, could be the headlines off or something like that, that I might want to change. Now, if the page says, well, I got people looking at the pages, they’re…

38:57
They’re looking at the images, they’re checking out reviews, they’re spending like three minutes on reviews, they’re scrolling down, but they’re still not clicking on add to cart. Now I’m looking at the design of the page going, am I accidentally hiding this add to cart button? Oh, look, all my, and I’ve seen this on carts, all there’s like four different buttons and they’re all red and they all do different stuff, right? It’s just hard to figure out where the add to cart is. And we’re making people think too hard. So maybe we change the design a little bit because clearly they’re trying, they’re interacting with the page. They’re just not making it to the next step. So I’m going to help build that bridge again.

39:27
very completely different actions based on the same problem of add to cart’s not happening, but because you measure and you can see the behaviors that are happening on the page, you can take those different actions now. That’s why measurement is so important. So let’s take a step back here and talk about setup here. So we talked about a lot of things. So let’s even take the product page to the add to cart. Out of the box, do you need to do anything to measure the things that you might want to measure? So out of the box, you turn on your,

39:56
The way I’m gonna describe this is the measurement journey, right? It’s how we teach it over at Measure Market IO. It’s all about the measurement journey. When you first start out, and this is important, this is incredibly important. When you first start out, you don’t know anything. You don’t know the numbers. If you do know some numbers, you probably don’t trust the numbers all that much, because you’re not quite sure what anything means or how to use anything. The first job that you have is light things up, right? It’s what we call walking around in the cave. You just bounce around in the cave and you just wanna get a flashlight and get the heck out. That’s your job, light stuff up.

40:24
And if that’s where you are right now, where you don’t have analytics turned on or you have it turned on, but you haven’t opened it in a year and a half, just start getting used to it. That’s it. Start getting used to it. Light things up. After that, you will get into what we call the valley of visibility, where you start to interact with these reports a little bit. You start to see some things a little bit. And then at that point, you level up the implementation. That’s when you make it better. So at that point is where you’re going, Oh, I need to set up some goals in Google Analytics. I need to measure for clicks of add to cart.

40:53
because maybe that’s not being measured right now, right? Some platforms will automatically report something like that, some won’t. So, you know, that’s one of those things where you go, okay, now I have clicks being measured that I can see the add to cart. Cause maybe that was one of those key questions you asked, like how many people are adding, you know, clicking on add to cart, the information you need clicks on that button, but you don’t have it. So you have to raise your implementation level up and you get better at those skills. And then after that, maybe it’s, you know, average card or measuring the value of a customer over a certain period of days. And you constantly sort of,

41:23
you know, change the implementation so that it can answer the questions, the bigger questions that you will ask. If you ask a really big question in the beginning that you cannot get the answer to, it’s just because your implementation skills aren’t there yet. And that’s okay. Just leave that there for now. You’ll come back to it, but answer easier questions, because the easier questions to answer build upon that. So back to your QIA framework, what if you don’t even know what…

41:48
questions to ask, like you can’t get granular. What are some of the common ones that you’ve experienced working with the e-commerce people that you work with? So again, I’d say don’t overcomplicate it because the tendency is there is such a thing as a right question to ask and there’s not. So you start with results and how and everybody can do this. What’s an obvious one? It’s how many sales, how many transactions? Start with the basics. It really is. Like it is that simple. You start with the basics and you go.

42:12
you know, what are the results I’m looking for? It’s this, how many people are going, I want to know how that’s happening. Well, how many people go to the checkout? Okay, I need to write that down. How would I know they’re going to checkout? I wonder how many people are clicking on the add to cart button? Well, I’m not measuring that yet. Maybe I could, I don’t know how to right now, so that’s fine. I’ll put that on a someday maybe to-do list, but at least I can measure product detail views or collection page views if it’s like a Shopify site, because the URLs are all sort of structured the same way. that’s, and that’s, and you will naturally, if you just rinse and repeat that process, you will naturally get to that point. Now,

42:41
key metrics, right? That, that, cause that’s again, everybody wants to kind of shortcut it. The problem is when you give somebody the question, they just try to go out and get the answer, but they haven’t done the setup to get the answer. So they get frustrated. Cause like, I don’t know where to find that. So yes, you want to know transactions. You want to know average cart value, right? You need to, you need to know that stuff. I think it’s important to know the difference between the types of buyers that you’re targeting. That were new, it depends upon your business model, but people that are brand new to your brand.

43:10
versus the returning customers, right? And making sure like, hey, can we send another email to returning customers and just net out a whole lot more if we take care of the people who already buying from us versus going out and trying to constantly acquire new customers, right? That sort of model. So looking at that sort of stuff I think is important. But the big thing that I would suggest for everybody is that they sort of pencil out, here’s how they think their store should be working. And it’s what we call forecasting.

43:38
five pillars of sort of learning to measure market. The first one’s planning. That’s that key out process, right? Question, information, action. Then you do your build outs where you’re setting up the integrations and Google analytics or, you know, other tools like Google Tag Manager or something like that. Then you look at the reports to kind of get an idea of how things are operating. Then you start to forecast and you say, here’s how it should be working. In the beginning, everybody, there’s this huge, massive tendency that they have to be right. You do not have to be right in the beginning. In fact, I bet money you’re going to be wrong in the beginning.

44:07
that’s okay. You need to guess. And then what will happen is you’ll guess at how the store is working and you’ll be wrong. And that’s okay. Cause you’re going to have data. have information coming back saying here, well, now that you’re asking the question about how the store’s operating, here are the answers and you’re to get better at asking questions because you’re going to have now it’ll be based on real data. You’ll get better at making forecasts because it’ll be based on real information. And you’ll, and you’ll feel more like your hands are on the steering wheel finally, because you’ll, you’ll tell by the numbers how things are supposed to operate. And you can tell

44:37
what your actions are gonna be based upon the numbers coming back. It takes practice. It’s not a 30 second solution for sure. But it’s that idea of getting your hands in the business, so to speak, through the numbers that will help to guide all of those actions. Does that make sense? Yeah. So how often are you looking at your analytics? Constantly. mean, I look at it. So here’s how I do it. That’s a trite answer, I guess, like all the time.

45:01
But, but I do, I look, so I have like our marketing team. I have them look at our numbers. I look at my level every week. I will look at all of our funnels. So we track all of our different customer journeys. And I’ve got a thing that shows how many people were aware of that product. How many people engaged with that product journey? How many people actually completed the journey for however, what amount is right. But that is literally, as I’m telling you those numbers, it’s literally because I went, what are my results? How am getting my results? That’s how I came up with those, right? It’s results and how, and I do that across our

45:31
across our different product lines. Then I’ll work with my marketing team and I’ll have them go through and show me, okay, here are the traffic sources that we’re running. And then here’s what we expect. Here’s how we’re measuring this traffic source. So for example, for us, we have offsite brand awareness. So for example, you and I are doing this podcast right now. When this podcast goes live, we will send traffic to it because that makes people aware of our brand, but they’re not on our site, right? They’re on your site. So.

46:00
It’s offsite brand awareness. So we create, have campaigns that are measured by that, right? In that case, by the ad platform, right? Facebook tells us all the, they clicked on the ad to go offsite. Great. That’s how we measure it. And did that campaign do its job? It’s got to get X amount of people a week offsite brand aware. At that point, the audience then moves in through the conversation. There’s another set of ads that comes on and says, okay, now we need to get them on site brand aware, which is coming to the measurement marketing to IO pages, looking at our blog posts.

46:25
interacting with free content we have or something else, because that tells us they are engaging more with us as a brand. Now they’re onsite aware. Once they trigger that conversion, then Facebook adds Switch. And all the apps technically platform Switch, all the messages Switch. To now, it’s, OK, let’s go ahead and see if they’re interested enough in our brand to become a lead. So it might be like the free ToolWox membership or something along those lines that they’ll come through. So that’s the sort of process that

46:52
that we follow. what I’ll work with my marketing team is they will show me the numbers to show me what they’re hitting with that. And did it hit their expectations of how they thought that ad should perform looking at, you know, in our case, CPMs and, and cost per action, whatever the action is we’re trying to measure for. So that kind of gives you an example of how we’re doing it again. We’re, we’re a hundred percent more sophisticated than most people. So I don’t think you start here. We didn’t start here. When I looked at it, I might’ve looked at numbers once a week, cause that’s all I had. Didn’t have a lot of traffic. There wasn’t a whole lot of numbers to check.

47:20
Right? So you start with where you are, but, but what’ll happen, you will naturally evolve into other things. I can’t say if there’s, if there’s somebody looking for good dashboarding software, Google data studio is amazing, completely free. And we have lots of data reports that are built out to show us how our funnels perform so that our marketing people whose job it is to, you know, every day they will look at the numbers and say, okay, well, here’s what happened yesterday. Is that a blip? Cause it was just a weird traffic day or is that a new trend? there something that broke? Was there a change to the site that caused this number?

47:50
you know, if it’s not something that met expectations. And of course, if it is something that met expectations, the goal is always get more eyeballs, right? Let’s figure out how we get more people to do that. Let me ask you this, it seems like a lot some of this can be automated, right? So if there’s like a blip, for example, it seems like software would be able to detect that blip and tell you about it, right? So how much of your stuff is automated versus like you have to actually go in and look? Most of it is automated collection. So once we set up the collections, it’s automated. So

48:17
That’s automated, right? So I look at my reports, the reports are automated, they’re built. They are just there. So I have all of those, but the manual part of this is me going to the reports. And for me, I’m a little more comfortable with numbers than the average bear probably. So some of mine are spreadsheets, because I’m just comfortable in that format. But a lot of mine are dashboards that are just data studio dashboards that are literally cool little funnels that are highly graphical driven.

48:42
just show me, here’s how many people made it through and here’s what the percentages are. And they light up of red, yellow, green, if I’m hitting the mark or not at the different percentages that I want. So it’s like, going back to that journey, we talked about the offer page to the cart. Well, if we expect 10%, but it shows 30%, well, that will be lit up in red. Because it’s like, hey, pay attention to this, this is off. This is a little higher than we thought it should be. Let’s go look at that step and see if… And that’s the part that’s manual, is looking at the reports. But the actual collecting…

49:09
Once you set it up, it is automated. takes a little bit of time in the beginning, but it’s worth the investment for sure. It seems like it’s so you do this for a living. So I would imagine it takes a lot of time for someone like me who’s who has less of a smaller team. I just want to be alerted when something’s an anomaly, right? I don’t want to have to look at the report all the time. Is that that are you just used to looking at it or I, so yes. And I think

49:37
I would recommend that you get more involved with the numbers because you start to see trends and patterns that you wouldn’t otherwise see. You start to find other insights that you didn’t know to look for because you were exposed to that information. I would encourage multiple touch points with numbers, right? As opposed to, just bother me. Now, that said, it depends on the role in the company, right? As the investor in the company, if I’m in the investor role, do I need to be bugged every time a funnel isn’t performing properly? Nope, because that’s not my job.

50:06
But the marketing team sure does. They need to know all the time. So they’re in it a lot more than the investor role of these, right? So based upon the role that you have in the organization. So if your role really is like, man, I just send traffic, that’s all I do, then you just got to make sure that the traffic’s getting into the funnel, it’s going into the next step, and then it’s somebody else’s job to fix it. They are the ones that have to be in the numbers more often, right? And they would only come to you if they can’t figure it out and they can’t make it.

50:34
they can’t make it move. It’s whoever’s job it is to make the number move. That’s the person who should have seen that numbers a lot. that makes a lot of sense. So my final question for you is different platforms will report different things, right? So if I’m running Facebook ads, Facebook always tries to claim credit for sales. Yes. is there some central way that you do things to measure everything? And it really goes back to what we talked about earlier, where we have, we require specific conversions, specific objectives.

51:03
from every campaign. And those objectives are very rarely purchase. They are the micro conversions along the way that results in how. So I can tell again, if offsite brand awareness campaign for us throughout it, whether it’s Facebook or Google ads or whatever the thing is that we’re doing for paid media for that, that campaign is judged solely on offsite brand awareness clicks. How many people interact with the ad and went to the place we wanted them to go? That’s it. That’s all I care about.

51:33
Now, if it eventually comes back and says, hey, by the way, I sold 10 things. go, that’s awesome. That’s not what you’re paid for. You’re paid for offsite brand, where it clicks. What I, what I start to notice is I’ll go, Oh, and it turns out 0.005 % of those people will buy right away. Right. Now I start understanding what should happen next week. So if I have X amount of brand offsite brand, where it clicks next week by the campaigns, 0.005 % probably will also buy. Now I can start predicting out sales from that.

52:02
But again, that’s not the point. This is to get them in the pipeline because I have other ads and other marketing, which again, it doesn’t always have to be paid media. It could be email, right? We have an email that is a re-engagement campaign when people have been on list for a while, but they’re not interacting with the brand anymore. They go into re-engagement. Guess what re-engagement’s job is? Re-engagement’s job is offsite brand. So it gets them re-engaged by saying, hey, all these other people are interested in this brand. You are already kind of here. You might want to get re-engaged, right? So it also, we just measure that by clicks on those emails.

52:31
So we have a very specific way of how our machinery, what our marketing machinery is supposed to do. And because that time element, right? We’re not all, yes, the purchase is the ultimate symptom, right? The results are just the symptom of a system. That’s it. So the sales will come based upon how the machinery operates, which is why you focus so much on the machinery, not on the result. Because that machinery is what’s really important for us. So when I know, when I make a sale,

53:00
I know where that sale came from. know how it happened, whether it’s good or bad, right? Whatever that result is, I know how it happened. So I can do something about it. So I can fix it. The worst thing in the world is what I call a curse of a good offer. It’s those business owners that are out there. They’re like, I don’t care. As long as I’m making money, I’m good. That will work until the day it doesn’t. And normally that’s at a point where you scaled so high that now all of a sudden, for whatever reason, now you’re making, you you, you $50,000 day on Facebook and then Facebook just takes the money one day and doesn’t spit out results.

53:30
And then you go, whoa, what just happened? And you look around the company and everyone’s like, I don’t know, cause no one knew how anything was working. That’s a dangerous spot to be in. Cause in reality you’re in the cave. You just have no idea you’re in the cave, right? Cause you didn’t have to go look. So, you know, it’s almost like people that don’t have offers that are working or in a better spot. Cause they are more likely to really understand their numbers, but everybody should. No, that makes sense to just get a lot more granular is the key takeaway. I think from talking to you today, it’s understanding me, Sherry.

53:59
Yeah, because then you can tweak it. It’s literally putting your hands on the steering wheel versus like, I’m gonna sit in the back seat. Let me know when we’re off the road. Right. Like, well, why do that? Like, why don’t you just, you know, keep your hands on the steering wheel and it’d be better. Or again, find somebody that does. It doesn’t have to be like, cause I get it that not everybody is a numbers person, quote unquote, right? But numbers are just telling you a story of the behaviors happening within the store or on your site. That’s all it is. It’s just a story of behaviors. And you can learn to understand those behaviors and learn to read.

54:28
dashboards and reports, you can learn to read those like a storybook, like a kid’s storybook, where you sort of just understand, oh, this is the journey. This is the tale of how my customers make it through my land of e-commerce, you know, and produce this result. And you will just understand that. And it is a lot easier to do than people think because they check out and they see a number and they freak out. But just remember, the number doesn’t mean anything. It’s the behaviors that that number represents, how people are clicking on your ad to cart, how they’re interacting with your checkout system.

54:58
Right? The amount of things that are adding to the cart, all of that stuff is just behavior. It’s just a story. And if you get really good at understanding that story, you can find people who will help fill in those numbers for you. Right? You can find that stuff, but you have to be good at reading the story. And that’s just the skill just takes a little bit. see this as a process, right? Exactly. Right. It’s a journey. Yeah. You build it up a little bit over time, what you measure and, take action on. then get a little bit better because every, cause you know, would you get an initial question? What’s the next thing you do? You ask a bigger question, right?

55:27
And then you just change implementation. Exactly right. So journey. So Mercer, where can people find you if they want to learn more about this sexy topic of measure and marketing? Yeah. The sexy topic. I would, uh, so obviously, you know, shameless plug over at measurement marketing.io, we’ve got a ton of training and services, um, over there. So, and if you just go to measurement marketing.io forward slash my wife quit her job, we have a, an entire, what we call the toolbox membership.

55:56
that has weekly training videos that are free. So you get a new video each week there. And there’s a ton of tools that will help you get started. So things like how to figure out what a goal should even be that you should measure for. So they would call the ACE model. So we have that back there. There’s a whole traffic tracking toolkit. There’s a dashboard building toolkit. All that stuff is completely free. So just measure marketing to IO for slash my wife quit her job and you’ll see it all there. And for those people who just want to throw it over the wall, like you guys offer those services too, right?

56:24
We do we have different different levels of service. We have do it yourself level training where you can just kind of join the membership programs or take advantage of the free training we have back there. We’ve got done with you training for those that need a little more accountability for their teams. Like if there’s an owners like I want my marketing team trained in this. have instructors that are dedicated that will help get their company trained so they have that measurement marketing culture. And then there’s the done for you where we’ll work with some of our certified measure marketers and help you get things measured if you need it. Right. Well, awesome. Hey, really appreciate your time.

56:53
I learned, I gained a new perspective on measurement and marketing and thanks a lot for your time. Yeah. Happy to help. And thanks for having me. Yep. You made it sexy, man.

57:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode and got a lot out of it because the worst thing that you can do with your site is to draw conclusions based on incorrect data. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 356. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

57:35
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-O-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

58:03
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day meeting course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

355: 16 Year Old Makes 1K/Month Selling Opossum Products With Erick Strider

355: 16 Year Old Makes 1K/Month Selling Opossum Products With Erick Strider

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Erick Strider. Erick is not her real name but it’s the name she uses when she sells her products on Etsy.

Erick is only 16 years old, yet she has a side hustle that makes her over a thousand dollars a month on Etsy.

Erick had no experience running an eCommerce business prior to selling on Etsy and she started with no audience. But she used a very straightforward strategy to make 4 figures per month selling Possum pins on Etsy.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Erick started Opossum Rot Studio on Etsy
  • How to find where your customers hang out
  • Erick’s strategy for making sales

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have very special young guest who we are going to refer to as Eric Strider to protect her identity. Eric’s only 16 years old, a full-time high school student, and she created an e-commerce business that makes over $1,000 a month. Now she started with nothing and no experience, and in this episode, she reveals a very simple to execute strategy

00:28
to quickly grow an e-commerce business. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenues. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store in exactly what they bought.

00:55
So let’s say want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

01:22
You know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:31
Welcome to the My Wife Quitterjaw podcast. Today I have an extra, extra special guest on the show, Eric Strider. Actually, that’s not her real name, but that’s the name that she uses when she sells her products on Etsy. And Eric is only, I have to make sure I remember to say that, she’s only 16 years old. She is a full-time student, yet she has a side hustle that makes over a thousand dollars a month on Etsy. Now I get almost 400 emails per day.

03:00
And a large percentage of those emails that I get are actually from grown adults who claim that they can’t make any money online, that it’s impossible and that they’ll never be able to succeed. And it’s actually quite depressing sometimes for me to hear some of these stories to be quite honest, because I know for a fact that everyone has the potential and they just don’t realize it. So enter Eric. And the reason why I asked her to be on the show is because Eric has no experience running an e-commerce business prior to selling on Etsy.

03:29
She started with no audience and it’s not like she spent years building up some huge email list either. But she has a very straightforward strategy that has allowed her to make over a thousand dollars selling possum pins over at Opossum Rot Studio on Etsy. And with that, welcome to the show, Eric, how are you doing today? I’m doing fantastic, how are you? I’m good. So first of all, Eric Strider, how’d you get that name? Or how’d you come up with that name?

03:56
You know, I chose it, I think it was three years ago that I chose that name and I’ve just been going by it ever since. Okay. Strider is actually this video game that I used to play when I was little. Any correlation? I have never heard of it now. Oh, okay. Okay. So tell us about what you sell. And to me, it’s kind of random. So I’m very curious how you, you know, decided to sell possum pins of all things. Yeah. So my favorite animal is a possum and it’s been a possum for a very long time, but

04:25
Possums, they’re a very small niche, but the people in this niche are so passionate about possums, they’re almost willing to buy anything that you give to them because there’s not so much product out there for possums right now. Yeah, I mean, that’s for sure. I didn’t know, would you consider yourself one of these possum fanatics? Yeah, I’d say so. So do you buy possum products yourself in general? I have a taxidermy possum, but I don’t have

04:54
really anything else as of right now, I haven’t really found anything much. Okay. And I’m just curious because I’m a dad and I have kids that are younger than you are. What made you even want to make your own money with the business? Like, I know your mom told me that it was entirely your idea. You did all the work like she did nothing. And it’s very rare to have kids that just naturally want to do this. So what inspired you to to want to sell online?

05:19
Yeah, so I’ve been doing I’ve been selling things ever since I was so young. I first started out with a child’s entrepreneur event. And I won first place for most profitable. What’s the event? Is it nationwide or? I think it’s local, but I can’t I don’t remember the name of it. Okay. And then I, I used to have a deviantART account. And I used to take commissions on there. But

05:47
something happened with the algorithm and they moved to something called Eclipse, which was this big startup. And everybody was so mad about it because Eclipse essentially, it made smaller artists harder to find on there. So let’s back up a little bit. Let’s talk about your contest first. How did you win this event and how was it structured? It was so long ago, I can’t even remember, but I do remember that there was booths and

06:16
We had, I think it was two to three months to figure out a product. And I remember we made, I think it was chocolate covered marshmallows or something like that. And that was before that those things were even popular. Right. And so how old were you? Do you remember when you entered this contest? Ooh, I think I was like six maybe. Oh my God. So young. this, cause I want to sign up my kids for this. mean, it’s, did it, was this event, what started you off in entrepreneurship?

06:44
Yeah, I think so. Yeah, it was very fun. loved it. My thing is I really loved packaging these things and making everything look pretty. So. And then after that, man, six years old. OK, that’s really young. And so you win this contest and then you decide you want to just make some money on the side. Do you get an allowance at home? I do not. You do not. OK, so everything that you spend, do you have to earn it around the house? Can you rephrase that? don’t. Meaning how do you get your money if you didn’t have to make it?

07:15
Let’s see. Oh, so well, I started up with doing commissions, which I draw things for other people and they pay me for that. Okay. This is the DeviantArt? Yeah. How does that work? Exactly? How does that site work? So DeviantArt is a place where mainly digital artists go to show off their artwork and what they can do and

07:40
The platform is a little bit weird. There’s a lot of different people on there. And I wouldn’t say it’s the most friendly site. But essentially, I posted a Google Doc of my prices and people can contact me through there. How do they find you on DeviantArt? Is it like a search engine or? Yeah, it’s it’s pretty much a search engine. Yeah. Okay. How did you even find out about that in the first place?

08:05
So my sister actually, she has been on DeviantArt for a while and she invited me onto it when I was younger. And you’re not really allowed to go in there unless you’re 13 years or older, but it was under her supervision. I see. And then people license your art and then can they use that on their own stuff? Is that how it works? So I don’t really, so there’s a small niche of people that just really, they have their own original characters and they really like.

08:33
to see art of their own character. So I don’t really sell the license to the art, but they just buy it to see their character in my art style. Ah, interesting. And just art is something that you’ve always enjoyed since you were young? Oh, yeah. OK. And what made you actually think to sell your art? mean, usually, like for my kids, I know like they want to buy something, right? And they need their own money to do so. And that provides them the incentive. What was your incentive?

09:03
So I, in this community, there’s so many people selling commissions and I actually started off, I was really inspired by that and I just thought it would be fun. I wasn’t really thinking of it for a profit. I honestly started my sales off of what’s called points on DeviantArt and one point is one cent on DeviantArt and it’s its own little currency there. But I used to only sell my artwork for like maybe

09:32
two or three points. So I was only getting like three cents and then I started to grow and as I grew I hired my prices and then I went from points to making actual money. So the points can be redeemed for actual money is that how it works or? Yeah. Okay and then how did that lead you to Etsy and selling pins? So it’s recent news that DeviantArt is pretty aware of its

10:01
audience and they don’t like it. There’s very, there’s smaller artists on there and there’s some people who are just trolls and they really don’t like that. So what they did was they changed the algorithm completely. They changed the layout completely to something called Eclipse. And what that did was it made smaller artists very hard to come by. And with that, I was getting, I used to get maybe 200, 300 likes on my pieces. And then I got

10:32
only 10 after Eclipse hit. And that’s what it was very discouraging. I went into a very low time when that happened. And I was like, I got to move to somewhere else. I was trying Instagram, I was trying everything else, but nothing else was working. So I found Etsy would be a very good thing for me because I really love to package and stuff like that. So I that would be a good fit for me.

11:00
So Eclipse is like, guess, DeviantArt’s search engine or ranking algorithm, I guess, so to speak. Yeah, pretty much. And then just kind of overnight, you lost all of your traffic and guess your sales. OK. And then you tried, you said social media and stuff and it didn’t work, you said, right? And then you found Etsy, but still with Etsy, it’s still hard to get discovered, right? Oh, yeah, definitely. So how

11:27
How did you get, so first of all, how much are these pins? How much are you selling them for? So I’m selling them for $10 each right now. Okay, so that’s actually a lot of pins in a month that you’re selling. So how does one get traffic to an Etsy site when you have no audience and presumably you don’t have a social media following either, right? Yeah, so what I did was I went on Facebook groups and specifically for the audience that I’m looking for in this case, it was Possum’s.

11:56
So I went to some possum groups and everybody loved the pins. And at first I was only like, hey guys, what do you think about this design? I’m thinking about manufacturing it. Would anybody be interested? And there was a lot of people, probably the most attention my artwork has ever gotten in quite a while. They’re like, oh yeah, I would totally buy this, maybe even two. Let’s take a step back. So how do you search for possum groups? Do you literally just go on the search part of Facebook and type in possums?

12:26
Yeah. Okay. And then are there a lot of possum groups? There is about maybe, I’d say four really big ones with, I think it’s 20,000 people in them. Oh my goodness. Yeah. Okay. So four groups of 20,000. And so do you, are they closed groups? Do you have to apply to get in or? Yeah. Most of them you have to apply to get in. What’s the application process like?

12:50
So it’s pretty basic. They just ask you, you know, do you like possums? You know, do you agree to our group rules and just simple stuff like that to make sure you’re not a bot going in there to sell products that are unrelated. Right. So I would imagine that they get a lot of spam in there. People may be trying to sell stuff, right? Oh, yeah. OK. So you go on there and presumably you didn’t just start posting your art, did you? Or what was your strategy to kind of ingratiate yourself into the community?

13:19
So I didn’t really present myself as a advertiser because that can be a big turnoff to people. So I went in there and I was like, hey, I’m new to this group. I’m really new to Facebook. I’m a small digital artist. And I was wondering what you guys think of this art. Okay. And then you weren’t asking for anything. You were just asking for an opinion and that’s it, right? Exactly. Did you go in as a, as Eric or your, or your real name? I went in as Eric. As Eric. Okay. And then, so presumably

13:49
You didn’t use your picture either, right? So it’s just a completely different picture. Well, my picture on Facebook, so I haven’t been on Facebook at all. My mom encouraged me to go there specifically for this, but my Facebook picture was a picture of my cat. Okay. All right. So you go on this group. And so that’s your first post. Yep. Okay. And then you just posted some of your possum art drawings. Yeah. And then what happened?

14:16
And then so many people were wondering when are you going to get these manufacturers? You know, when can I buy one? And that’s when I started manufacturing. So is that technically selling on the group then or no? So I only asked for opinions. And then once these pins were actually getting manufactured, I asked permission from the group admins to be like, hey, can I give these people this link to go pre-orders?

14:47
I see and they gave you permission to do so? Yeah. Did they know how old you were or just completely anonymous pretty much? No, I actually have my Facebook. My Facebook age is higher than I actually am. Okay. All right. So they think you’re an adult essentially. Yeah. Okay. What did this strategy work for all four of the large possum groups? It did actually for a good majority of them. I posted in not only those four, but also I said I have posted in maybe 15 other groups. Oh, wow.

15:16
there that many possum groups? Yeah, there’s 30 in total. Okay. Is that all you do possums? Because I’ve seen your drawings. They’re really amazing. Is that the only animal that you do? So no, I do a very variety of things, you know, it can. It’s, don’t really have one set thing. If there’s something I like, you know, I’ll go for it. Alright, so you know that people want to buy this. Can you just give me an idea of how many people wanted to buy before you even started manufacturing?

15:45
Yeah, I think there was only like 20 or 30 comments.

15:52
Okay, on that post, okay. Yeah, on that post. But even with 20 or 30 comments, I still would make a profit from selling 20 of these pins. Right, right. Did you gather their emails or did you when you’re ready to sell? Did you just post it on the group again? how did it work? I replied to these people saying, if you want to purchase one, you can find them here. Okay, did you gather emails? Or did you just tell them where they were after the fact after you made them?

16:21
No, I didn’t gather emails, but I am thinking of doing that currently. Okay. So let’s talk about the process of even producing pins. Okay. So, you know, there’s demand. Why did you decide on pins? Number one. And then how did you get them made? So enamel pins are extremely big. They’re one of the top selling things on Etsy right now, actually. And they’re just really small. They’re nice to put on your backpack and they’re really nice accessories and they’re cheap.

16:50
They’re cheap to manufacture and they’re just really convenient. Okay. And so you knew ahead of time that you wanted to make pins? Yeah, I’ve seen, I actually have a few enamel pins myself even before I started manufacturing. Okay. And then you knew on the group, like when they were offering to buy it, did they specifically ask for pins or did you suggest that you were going to be making pins?

17:13
So I suggested that I was gonna be making pins, but they were also like, ooh, this would look good on a shirt or a mug and such like that. Oh, okay. So are you selling any merchandise outside of pins right now? Not right now. I am thinking about it for the future and I’m building up funds for that. Okay. So how does one create enamel pins? Is this sourcing the US, China or?

17:35
So I started out with mine. did not know anything about pins and I went to a middleman. I did not know it was the middleman at first, but after learning a lot more about it, there is no manufacturers here in the USA because I think I’ve heard some rumors that it’s because the same machines that make enamel pins are the same machines that make counterfeit money. they’re banned. Is that right?

18:03
Yeah, they’re in here. Interesting. So how did you even find the middleman? Actually, did you just Google or? Yeah, I use Google. And there was plenty of sites that came up and I just chose the one that was convenient for me. Okay, so can you walk me through that process? So you find something on Google, they might not be legit, right? So how did you figure out whether they were for real? So

18:29
There was this one pin manufacturer or I guess middleman now, but I found them and then I looked at their they had a pin gallery on their page. I looked at that and then I also saw they had an Instagram. So I went to their Instagram and I saw all of these pins and I was making sure these are from actual people and artists and all of it pretty much checked out. OK, and then when you’re buying it, can you buy them in like onesies twosies or do you have to buy them both?

18:59
So I believe that the minimum order quantity for this one was, I think, 50. You had to order at least 50. OK, so not a whole bunch. Not a whole lot. And then what’s the process like for just getting your design and working with the company? So you emailed them, I guess? Actually, they have this little form set up on their page. And I got to pick what type of enamel I wanted, like hard enamel or soft enamel, how big I wanted it to be.

19:28
and then I submitted my art piece to them. then once I submitted about a day or two later, they had sent me back another image file of the exact dimensions and the exact colors, because with enamel pens, there are colors that you have to choose from because those are the only enamel colors available. Oh, I see. So you had to go back into your design and then choose specific colors. Yes. Did that limit your palette like

19:56
if there’s a limited amount of colors and when you’re drawing, does that make your design look a little different then? So not too much, but it can alter the color by a little bit, not nothing extraordinary. Okay. And then is there any protections from your art when you’re submitting using this form? So you, I’m not too certain about that. You worried about that basically though, right? No, I wasn’t. Okay.

20:23
I mean, you’re the producer, Supposedly, I guess you could just continue to produce other ones if they were copied, I guess. Yeah. Okay. So how did you decide on pricing? May I ask how much you paid for that initial batch per piece or you don’t have to share it if you don’t want to. Yeah, no, that’s fine. I believe I paid about $230 for a hundred of these pins. They were one inch pins with, believe, four colors. Okay. Yeah. So two bucks a piece and then you were selling them for $10.

20:53
Yes. How did you come up with $10? So I looked at the other listings on Etsy and what other people are doing and it seems like the most reasonable price was $10. There are some that list them at 13, which I think that’s what I’ll be doing for my future pins because they’re bigger and more expensive to produce. But I thought 10 was a pretty good one for this size pin. All right. And how long did it take you to get your first batch made? So I think it was about

21:23
I think it was a month. It wasn’t that bad of a wait. A month. Okay. So walk me through this process. Did you just make one design for your first batch or did you do a variety of designs? Yeah, just for my first one. So there’s something called, I think it’s a base that they have to make and that’s what costs the most. So with these minimum order quantities, you can only have one design.

21:48
Okay, and then $230 was your initial, did you just kind of have that money lying around from DeviantArt or? Yeah, I had a bit of startup money from commissions I did a little bit ago. Okay, and so you get this and were you confident that these first how many pieces of 50 pieces would sell right off right off the bat? So I was a bit worried, but I just had some faith in it. And it’s really not too much money. It is a little bit but it’s it’s worth the risk.

22:16
Yeah, I mean, for a teenager, that’s actually a decent amount of money. Yeah. Okay, so you got them in hand. And then did you post on the Facebook group once you got in? Got them in? So I posted on Etsy first to make the listing. And then I told everybody that yes, they were available. Okay. And then people just you just drove people straight from the Facebook group over to the Etsy listing. Yep. And did you create a new thread? Or was it did you just kind of post in the existing

22:44
I replied to their comments with the link, but I also did get permission to post another post saying, I have these pins available if you’re interested. Okay. And then how quickly did they sell out? I’d say it was a little bit slow in the beginning, but it started to pick up. Okay. And then, so you sold out of that 50 in what timeframe? So I

23:10
I sold and maybe the first week, I ordered a pretty fast actually. Okay. When did you reorder? So I didn’t actually reorder just yet. I believe I have about 15 of these pins left, but I don’t think I’m going to continue this design. It’s very small. And it’s made of soft enamel, which is a cheaper.

23:36
cheaper option of enamel and they are still nice but I am currently manufacturing another possum pin.

23:46
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:14
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:44
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Okay. And then did you go through the same process? You just kind of posted on the group. Do you guys like this design? Same process? Okay. That’s amazing. So people will actually tell you that you know ahead of time that they’re going to sell essentially. Yep. And have you developed kind of like a fan base at this point?

25:12
Um, so I think I have made a relationship with the people in the group. thank them for, I made a post and thanking them for all their support and how much they put into my small business. And I believe I’ve made a connection with that group. And you said you really like packaging. So are these packaged in a special way? Yeah, I, um, I have, I send out a

25:38
handwritten letter with all of them saying thank you for supporting my business and those things along that along that line. my goodness. Okay, so what’s the response been like for that? So I’ve gotten I think it’s about 18 reviews now and they’re all five stars. So I haven’t had anybody disappointed with their order. Oh, yeah, I know. But I’m just like the handwritten letter. That’s actually quite labor intensive. Yeah, I mean, I spend a lot of time on my orders and I

26:07
As a high schooler, I have a lot of time on my hands, so I think I should take advantage of it while I can. I was just about to say when I was in high school, I didn’t have any time. OK, so in terms of the manufacturing, then you mentioned that they were a middleman. Does that imply now that you’re looking for manufacturers in China? Yeah, so I actually have a manufacturer in China that I actually just put in my first payment today to make these new

26:36
possum pins. Oh, okay. And how did you find this manufacturer? So it took a lot of research, I would say I contacted about 30 people from China. I’m very wary about people from China, because not only is there commons, and, you know, you just don’t know what’s reliable, I made sure that they had everything that I needed as a business and

27:04
I also made sure that they were reliable through asking other people in these enamel pin groups what their experience was with this person. I see. Did you find these people in Alibaba or were they referrals? So actually, there is a ton of people on Facebook who are manufacturers and if you post one post asking if there’s any manufacturers, I woke up to about 20 messages. Wow. And these are people in China? Yeah. Okay.

27:34
How’s their English? It’s it’s pretty decent for the most part. Most of them. Yeah. Okay. And so you basically sorted through those 20 people that responded and you chose the one that you wanted to work with. Yeah, I am I gave them a form to fill out my game. Okay, walk me through this form. What’s on this form? So basically, I was asking them for a quote, like what

27:58
if they offer 50 % payment upfront and 50 % after some manufacturing. And then I showed them my design, how many I wanted, the length, the type of metal I wanted, how many colors there were, if I wanted one or two back pins. And I just went through all of the pricing and who seemed more reliable. Oh my goodness. Okay, so there’s a lot to this then, right? You have to know what metal you want. And so presumably you gained all that experience from that first batch, the first couple of batches that you made. Oh yeah.

28:27
The groups on Facebook help out a lot. I’ve been posting, asking so many questions and the people there are very helpful. Okay. And then how did you sort out, like what makes like one manufacturer reliable versus the other? So that was what I was struggling with upfront. I didn’t really know how to determine, but I just saw how many people had ordered from them from the past, how many pins they have manufactured.

28:56
And I was looking for a more experienced manufacturer. you get any samples made? I did not. You did not. Okay. So this first batch actually that you just placed an order for is kind of sight unseen, right? Yeah. Okay. And then how did you have to order a lot more? So for some reason, in China, there is no minimum order quantity. Like I have all of these people that have contacted me, they said there’s no minimum order quantity, but I assume

29:25
that I would still have to be paying for the base price plus the quantity price. So typically for enamel pins, there’s like a $50, $60 base price because they have to make that mold. And then the pin quantity is about like maybe three cents to a dollar. Can you give me an idea of how much it’s cheaper? How much cheaper it is going with the Chinese manufacturer versus in the US?

29:51
So with these pins that I’m manufacturing, these are hard enamel and they are 1.75 inches. And I looked and compared it to these from the USA middleman and their prices were about 400 where this one that I’m ordering from was about 180. Okay. So half the price basically. Yeah. Okay. Wow. And then there’s no minimum order quantity. In theory, you could just order 20 if you wanted. Yeah.

30:20
But you still have that base enamel price or the base pin design that you had to pay for upfront. Yeah. So the more you order, the less each one is going to cost to make. Did you negotiate price at all? I did not because this one was actually the lowest price I’ve saw and the most reliable. Okay. And then are you doing more than one design or is it just one design right now just to test the waters? So I did actually put in two designs. There is one design of the possum pin and another

30:49
that I actually had a Kickstarter up for. Oh my goodness. Okay. We have to talk about that too. Okay. But okay. So you, you placed two designs and then did you invest the same amount of money? A couple hundred bucks or? Yeah, pretty much. And that includes shipping and everything? Yeah. Okay. And what’s the turnaround time difference? So they said it would take about, let’s see, I think they said two to three weeks to manufacturer and it would ship in five days.

31:19
Right. Okay. So they’re doing air shipping basically, because he’s a small mind. Okay. That sounds right. All right. Let’s talk about this Kickstarter. So I didn’t know you could put possum pins on Kickstarter. Yeah. So this one was actually a chicken pin, a chicken pin. Okay. Is that a different Facebook group then? Actually, I didn’t use a Facebook group for this one. People on Kickstarters are very, very passionate about enamel pins and a lot of people have enamel pins up on Kickstarter. Really? Okay. So you

31:49
Walk me through this Kickstarter and how you sold. What were you trying to go for and how much money did you end up making? So I posted this Kickstarter when I was with the US middleman, so I thought it would be about $400. So I put my goal for one pin up to $400 and it made about $550, I want to say. Amazing. So why did you decide to go Kickstarter when the Facebook group was working so well?

32:19
So I looked at chickens in the Facebook groups and there was some, these people, chickens are more popular than possums. So it tends to be like there’s so many product out there for chickens already. They’re so picky about it.

32:38
Okay, so that strategy that you did with the possums did not work in the chicken Facebook groups or? Yeah, it didn’t work as well. There were some people like, yeah, I want this, but not as well as the possums groups. Okay. And so with the Kickstarter though, you kind of have to drive your own traffic, don’t you? In a way there is people that just browse Kickstarter just because, but I also did post these on my social media. I would love to have a link to this Kickstarter. Did you do a video for it as well?

33:08
I did not know. You just posted your artworks on there. Yeah. Did you have the pins in hand so you could take accurate photos of what they would look like? No, so that’s what Kickstarter is about there. You create images to represent what they will be, but Kickstarter is all about funding the projects to get them manufactured. Okay. And then how did you get the sales on Kickstarter? So I don’t really know too much, but there are people that I just

33:38
saw the income start coming in from it. So Kickstarter doesn’t actually give you the money until it’s completely funded. So everybody who is a backer on the Kickstarter, they’re safe. So if the Kickstarter failed from when I started it to the end point, they would get their money. Like they don’t actually send it to me until the Kickstarter is fully funded.

34:06
Did you promote the Kickstarter at all? Yeah, I did on my on my Instagram and such like that. Okay. Is that it? I mean, what were the different methods you use to to promote the Kickstarter campaign? So I did post in some Facebook groups, but instead of like going directly to these chicken groups, I did go to some Kickstarter groups. There are some Kickstarter groups that people really love to fund and help these small businesses make these products.

34:37
So this is a Facebook group you mean, right? Yeah. Is the strategy the same? I’d say so. I basically just put in the link and I said, hey, I’m making these pins. And that’s pretty much it. And then a link directly to the Kickstarter? Yeah. So that’s legal, I guess, in these groups, right? Because they’re Kickstarter groups? Yeah, definitely. All right. OK. So moving forward now, so you have this traffic source of Facebook groups.

35:06
What if Facebook changes their algorithm and all of a sudden, like these groups aren’t as visible? Do you have like a longer term strategy in mind? So I do not actually, I do have a not too much of a following on my Instagram, but I could use that as a backup. I am starting to try to grow my social media, but right now I just started this, this Etsy up like a month ago. So I don’t have any longterm plans as of right now. Okay.

35:35
And are there any plans to move to your own website, perhaps? I have thought about it, but Etsy is working out for me really well right now. I think that’s something I’ll do once I grow a little bit larger. Like how much money do you have to give Etsy?

35:52
And what are like the parameters? From what I understand, you actually get emails and addresses. Obviously you have to ship it to the customer, right? Yeah. So for every listing you post on Etsy, I think it’s like you have to pay 20 cents a month for your listing to be up. But other than that, can’t think of any other expenses as of right now. Okay. And then do you know if you have repeat business?

36:20
I do. I do have a few customers who have ordered from me quite a bit. Yeah. Okay. And then I imagine they really value the fact that you do a handwritten letter each time. And I imagine that’s why they come back because they love your products. And I think so on Etsy, there’s a little star by the order that says, Hey, this is a repeat customer. So I make sure to have a lot more gratitude in the note saying, Hey, thank you so much for being a repeat customer. Nice. So how do you balance all this with school?

36:51
So I’m doing online school right now and it’s pretty nice because I’m able to work while I’m in class. Like most of the time, yeah, we’re not doing much, much anything important. There is some times where I really have to pay attention like in geometry or stuff like that. But in classes that I’m in, like I’m in a graphic design class and typically I already have all my work done for that class. So let me ask you this.

37:21
Do you plan on getting a full-time job or is entrepreneurship something that you want to pursue full-time just like your mom? So I’m hoping, I’m really hoping to pursue this as a job, but I am prepared to get a full-time job if I really need to be. Okay. But you would prefer to do this? Oh yeah, most definitely. Okay. And I kind of, this is kind of funny, but I do get tons of adults that claim that they can’t make any money. They can’t make any money. So.

37:50
As a 16 year old, want you to give these adults some advice on how they can get started, how they can figure it out, how they can get customers. So I would say when I first started, I was really anxious. I really didn’t think that I could do it. And I really didn’t know how cheap it was to start up like.

38:12
I was running off of that $230 that I made and it turned into a lot more and that money that I made, put into more product. And I think the key is finding your niche, finding your people and directly coming to them and kind of displaying your way is not being so much of an advertiser, but more of like a friend. Right. I mean, you never really tried to sell anything in the group. People are just asking you, right?

38:41
for your product. That’s what you want. And would you say that you had a big advantage here because you went so niche? So I mean, would you advise that people go as niche as possible? In some cases? Yes, I think that could work. Definitely work for me. I possums, presumably you chose those because they had demand as well, right? Not to mention that you love them too. Yeah, I haven’t seen too much product. So they definitely had a bigger demand.

39:10
Okay, and then the chickens, which were larger, did you have as much success with that as the possums or? So these are just now being manufactured, but I’d say they were pretty successful given we have reached our goal and made even more off of that goal. So what are your plans moving forward? Are you going to focus more on the possum niche or do you got other animal designs coming up?

39:34
So I think I’m going to focus on enamel pins because they’re really big and people love to collect them from smaller artists. So I think I’m going to do a big variety of pins. And right now I’m thinking of for a future project, I’m thinking of doing like cryptid pins. like Mothman and all of these cryptids. know, I’m going to actually make my kids listen to this episode because it seems like you’re a go getter.

40:04
Like most people aren’t going to go through the wouldn’t think of going to trouble posting the Facebook group, asking questions and going out and finding manufacturers. What kept you going this whole time? And are you just like a naturally driven person? So I do think I am very self driven. I really like being independent with even with my schoolwork. But I think this is something that I’ve always wanted to do. You know, I go to conventions and I see these booths set up with all of these

40:34
amazing products and I’m like, I wish that was me sitting in that chair at that booth and selling my product and feeling so confident in what I do. So I think that’s really what made me want to keep going in this and someday I really do want my own booth, something like that. Did anything go wrong in this entire process? I can’t really think of anything that went necessarily wrong. I do think I also sell things like stickers and those things aren’t

41:03
so popular as the pins, I still have them on my shop. But I think it’s really just a learning experience. Okay. And then last question here is where can people find your store on Etsy? If they want to check it out. So you can search Possum Rot Studio with the uppercase O, uppercase R and uppercase S and you can just find me through there. So just to be clear, it’s

41:39
O-P-P-O-S-S-U-M-R-O-T-S-T-U-D-I-O. Opossum Rot Studio. Yeah, I think there’s only one S in possum though. Oh, is there? Okay, you would know better than me. I guess I spelled possum wrong. Yeah. But Eric, hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show. This is really inspiring. And for even the adults who are listening, I mean, the process that you laid out, especially the one key piece of advice that you gave was to find where your people live. Right? It seems obvious.

42:02
Yeah. But most people don’t think of that, right? They might build a generic social following, but you went to where your people were, which was these possum groups. And these fanatics wanted to buy your products. Yeah. And they have been so passionate with everything that I do. And presumably they’re loyal to you as well. Most definitely. Yeah. Man, great story, Eric. Thanks again. Thanks again for coming on. Thank you so much.

42:32
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now every day I have 30 and 40 year olds complain to me that it’s too hard to make money online, that they’ve tried everything under the sun or that they don’t have enough money to begin. And then here comes 16 year old Eric who simply finds out where her customers hang out and make sales run away. It’s not rocket science and this strategy can be executed by anyone. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 355. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce.

43:02
With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clivia, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

43:29
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you’re interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

354: 0 To 1 Million In 6 Months Selling Overlanding Gear With Andrew Youderian

354: 0 To 1 Million In 6 Months Selling Overlanding Gear With Andrew Youderian

Today I have my buddy Andrew Youderian back on the show for the 5th time. Andrew is the founder of the Ecommerce Fuel community and he’s also the brainchild of ECF Capital where he invests in e-commerce companies as well.

Andrew just completed a 6-month project where he launched Overlander.com and he grew it to nearly a 1 million dollar run rate within that time frame. Here’s how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Andrew got Overlander.com off its feet
  • How to grow to a million dollar run rate as quickly as possible.
  • The best strategies for scaling quickly

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Andrew Udarian back on the show. And if you don’t remember Andrew, he runs the e-commerce fuel community of seven and eight figure entrepreneurs. Now for the longest time, I’ve made fun of Andrew for running a community of successful e-commerce sellers without having a store himself. But just when I planned on roasting him in this episode, he goes and runs overlander.com and completely redeems himself.

00:30
So in this episode, you’ll learn how Andrew grew overlander.com to a $1 million run rate within six months. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:59
It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who is also a sponsor of the show. Are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories, do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:28
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion.

01:56
To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way.

02:24
So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:36
Welcome to the MyWifeQuarterJob podcast. Today, I have my good buddy, Andrew Udaring, back on the show for, believe, the fifth time. Andrew is the founder of the incredible e-commerce fuel forum and community, and he is also the brainchild of ECF Capital, where he invests in e-commerce companies as well. Anyway, I haven’t had Andrew back in a while because, well, he’s been e-commerce-less for the past several years, and I started to wonder if he had any e-commerce skills left in the tank until now.

03:06
Andrew just completed a six month project where he launched overlander.com and he grew to nearly a one million dollar run rate within that time frame. And today we are going to learn how he did it. So with that, Andrew, how you doing, man? I’m doing well. Thanks for having me on, man. I like how you slipped that you know, that just little subtle dig in the intro. Game on. You know, we were just saying before we hopped on the mic, I showed weakness and gave you a couple.

03:34
compliments and a couple like confidence boosters on some of your work. And I was like, what am I doing? I’m getting preparing for like airtime here. And of course out of the gates, Steve hits first. So well played Steve. Just when I thought you had no skills left, you go and you totally redeem yourself. But no, it’s fun to be back. Thanks for having me on buddy. Yeah. So did I get the numbers right? You grew to almost a $1 million run rate within like five months. Is that right? Yeah. We launched the process. We kicked it off like first day of anything. We had no brand or, or

04:04
We just had kind of a concept, high level concept started July 1st. We launched the day before Thanksgiving, kind of came in skidding, but got it launched. And we, by the end of the year, so kind of that trailing just slightly over a month, we were just shy of that million dollar runway. So crazy. Can you explain to people what overlanding is actually? I don’t even know, but it’s right up your alley. know. Yeah. So overlanding is, I think there’s a lot of definitions about it, but I think it’s probably it’s the

04:36
vehicle-based exploration in remote or international areas is probably a way to best think about it. So if you’ve seen, there’s a lot of people who would argue over this definition that are kind of in the, you know, deep within the niche. yeah, if you’ve seen pickup trucks with like rooftop campers or rooftop tents rather, big, big, know, big tires, light bars, those kinds of stuff, those are kind of oftentimes overlanding rigs. So it’s, we have Jeeps and things that just go to, you know, rock crawling is like, if you have just a really, a very beefed up

05:05
rig that’s designed just for off-road stuff, the craziest off-road stuff you could ever encounter. That’s not really overlanding. It’s more about trying to explore kind of remote wild and international destinations with your vehicle. Would you consider your West Falia like an overlanding vehicle or no? Yeah, I think it would be it’s again, some people in the niche would maybe take issue with this. I’m going to forward this to them right after. I just come out of this whole world for six months, know, so it’s I gotta be careful.

05:32
I would say yes, just because we’ve it’s I’ve done a lot of modifications to it, you know, for off-grid living solar, you know, kind of increased improved suspension and lift ground clearance. It’s a four by four vehicle. So yeah, I would say so, although it’s probably not one of the more kind of traditional overland. I’m going to post on the overlanding forms after this. You daring claims to be the ultimate overlander.

05:55
in his Westphalia. you can also do it like you can also do it in a Subaru, right? Like, you know, or it’s more about I think it’s less about one thing overlanders love is they love geeking out on their their vehicles and their build kits almost as much maybe as traveling, sadly, myself very much guilty here. But I mean, you can you can overland in a Subaru. It’s more about, you know, getting out exploring and traveling and seeing places than building, you know, the sickest race.

06:20
So how did you come across this project? Cause it was from scratch, like you said, and then that run rates just incredible for such a short period of time. Yeah, normally I don’t end up doing kind of consulting projects. I haven’t done one, I think, since starting the business, but it was a collaboration between two people. One, Drew Sinaki, who’s a good friend of ours, who’s the CEO of Auto, anything they had wanted to get into the overlanding space. And then I went to college with a couple of good folks over in Bozeman, Clay and Rochelle Croft, and they’ve built over

06:49
the last 10 years, this really great overlanding YouTube series called Expedition Overland. And so they were partnering up to launch this. Expedition Overland was bringing the audience and also bringing the kind of the creative and the expertise and a lot of the vendor relationships. Auto Anything was going to do a lot of the logistics and the customer service and the shipping and things like that. they were joining forces and they needed somebody to…

07:17
kind of run point on getting the project off the ground. so, yeah, originally just kind of was joking with Drew about it as just kind of a joke, but then he kind of came after me hard and pitched me on it. And I thought, you know, like both these people, I like the space. I’m really tired of Steve giving me a hard time for not actually having an e-commerce project in the works for the last couple of years. I mean, just to get him off my back would probably be worth it alone. so was this considered like one gigantic influencer project kind of? No. So the, the part, I mean, the big roles for me was

07:46
My responsibility was developing the brand. what was, how were we positioned? You know, what would our, was the brand identity, know, logos, colors, unique selling propositions, voice, things like that. Picking out, you know, kind of helping define the catalog and what we were going to sell. Kicking off a private label, a series of private label products. So we ended up, we haven’t got them on the site yet, but they’re, they should be in pre-production or almost very close to that at this point. Probably, you know, about 10 different private label products, helping with kind of the marketing phases.

08:16
and marketing strategy with to kind of help the auto anything team kind of get that launched. And those were those are the big kind of silos that I was and then also the website development. So working with ended up had the chance to work with Kurt over ether cycle to build out the website. So those were kind of my five levels of responsibility. Actually, you know, the site kind of reminded me of right channel. Yeah, it’s it’s it’s you know, it’s almost like it was architected by the same person. It’s crazy.

08:43
Hey, can we talk about product sourcing real quick? how did you get so many products up? I mean, there’s a ton of products up there. How’d you get it up there in such a short period of time? Yeah. How many are there first of all? I think we ended up with like 12. It was probably 1500 to 2000 skews. Right, that’s crazy. Yeah, it is crazy. one of the, you know, we wouldn’t get into this, but.

09:07
Yeah, I mean, definitely there’s a lot of stuff on there. I’d still love to beef up in terms of the product listings and the, the, some I’m not even talking about that. I mean, just getting the sources and the suppliers for that. Yeah, it was, you know, some of it was nice because AutoBuddy thing had existing relationships with maybe half of the vendors. And then the other half we kind of had to had to go out and kind of court, which was sometimes super easy because of existing relationships with the Expedition Overland team. And sometimes it was having to call them up and pitch them and convince them. And so, yeah, but it was,

09:36
It was, uh, and it wasn’t just me doing it. was doing a lot of the vendor identification and the product selection, but then there was also people over on the auto anything team that were able to pick up the ball and run with those relationships. I how do you decide what to carry in this space? Or do you just say, Hey, we may as well carry as much as we can. No, that wasn’t so it was part of shaping like a big push. The brand was thinking about how do you, how do you stand out in this space? And the vision for it was a couple of things. One, be a place where you can go to really.

10:06
long, know, can the intermediate vision is be a place where you can go to get most of the quality items you’d want in the overlanding space. So like a backcountry.com for overlanding, because overlanding the market right now, there’s a lot of little niches like these people do storage really well, these people do bumpers really well, these people do suspension really well, but there’s no destination where you can get a lot of most of what you need from one spot. So that was a part of it. The other big part of it was to focus on quality items. From a perspective of, if I go to the site,

10:36
and I buy anything on the site, I know it’s not going to be garbage. So a pre-vetted process was a big part of the brand selling proposition. And so a lot of the stuff that we have is stuff that Expedition Overland has actually used over the last decade and really can speak to well. Like, hey, we’ve used this in, you know, super long expedition trips. We know it’s fantastic. You can count on it. And we actually put a little star, a little Expedition Overland approved badge on that stuff. surface it to the top. So.

11:03
it’s kind of an automated process. So every category you land on, the stuff that they use and like the most automatically rises to the top based on kind of a filtering algorithm in Shopify that we put in there, or Kurt put in there rather. So, and then everything else, even if it’s not though something that that team has used and maybe it’s something that I just saw, I thought looked like it was interesting and I put on, I decided we want to put on the site, it still meets a certain quality threshold. There are certain brands in the space that I’m not gonna throw under the bus, but just they’re not great. Like they’re cheap, they’re not super well designed, they’re…

11:32
They’re kind of ginsy, right? And that’s the kind of stuff that we just aren’t going to put on the site. that was the filter. Those two things were kind of the filters that we used on building out the product line. So the value prop basically is a curated set of products endorsed by, I forgot who the influencers are, but basically you’re not going to get any sort of junk if you go on there. You have that guarantee in there. Yeah. The tagline for the whole site is proven gear you can trust. Right. Nice. Nice. Okay. And then, are most of these products drop shipped or do you guys carry any inventory at all?

12:02
Yeah, combination of both definitely more drop shipping, but there are some items that the auto anything is is is stocking and shipping as well. Okay, so you keep mentioning auto anything. So auto anything is Drew Sinaki’s company. Yes. And are the resources kind of shared then like he has warehouses for certain things? Yep. Yeah. So they have a warehouse three PL that they use. And it’s a very managing kind of supply chain or fulfillment, all that kind of stuff. So yes, it’s and there’s kind of a there’s a big

12:32
there’s a kind of a split of responsibilities between what both parties do, know, Drew’s Company, Auto, anything, and Expedition Overland. But yeah, they both have kind of their roles and some of that is, you know, like marketing is overlapped. They’re both trying to help on marketing. But yeah. Can you comment on the decision whether to drop ship a certain item versus carrying inventory on a certain item versus even private labeling? You mentioned that in the beginning. Yeah. So, I’m going to private label first. So we looked at the items that the items we want to private label are ones that are

13:01
fairly universal. If you want to be able to build out your own line of suspension for vehicles, that is tough. Because, you know, even in a limited universe of overlanding vehicles, let’s say there’s only 20 vehicles there as opposed to the hundreds or thousands that exist in the automotive universe, that’s 20 vehicles over 20 years, 400 different variants potentially, maybe let’s call it 50 if the body styles don’t change as much.

13:30
But that’s just a lot of skews you have to build out in different unique products based on how things work. So compare that with like a rooftop tent that you can mount on a vehicle that maybe you have a few different configuration of mounting bars, but more or less it’s vehicle agnostic. Those are the kind of products that we try to gravitate towards on the private label side. So that was how we determined, and then just also stuff that people can use on a regular basis. And it is not insanely technical.

13:57
We didn’t want to get into suspension because suspension is insane. Like there’s no way, unless you spend a ton of time in R &D and suspension, you’re going to make something that’s going to rival what people have out there. that’s how we kind of thought for private label. private label is for more broad based items, basically. Yes, definitely. then all super less, know, that are less complex as well.

14:20
For dropship versus inventory, sometimes it would depend on the vendor. Sometimes the vendors would say, we just don’t dropship. So if you want to sell our stuff, you got to stock it. So that’s a no-brainer. just go that route. you comment on what the minimums are? these are expensive items, right? For the most part. Yeah, they are. It depends on the range. I mean, we sell cook sets that cost 30 or 40 bucks all the way up to suspension kits that cost $4,000. So yeah, they kind of run the gamut.

14:48
But in terms of how much they make you buy in terms of minimums, it usually, I mean, is it under like hundred units or? Yeah, we could definitely, there’s definitely some orders that we were able to buy for well under a hundred units, you maybe even, and the more, the higher, I found this the higher price point, the lower the minimums tend to be too. So I didn’t personally wasn’t involved with buying any, and I don’t even know if we’re buying any suspension stuff either, because again, that’s high price point.

15:16
most of the things we had to buy, most of the brands we stocked were on the lower side of that price threshold. Because I think, and I found this in my experience selling higher end electronics in the past as well, the higher price point and the more, the wider the skew base, the more likely a supplier is to let you drop ship. Because it doesn’t like, going back to the suspension thing, how would you expect any dealer to carry 50 skews at

15:44
or $3,000 a pop unless they’re enormous, you national distributor. Like that’s just a tall ask because you’re getting into the hundreds of thousands of dollars just to carry one product line. either that or you specialize in a specific vehicle or something on your site, right? Exactly. Yeah. I’m just kind of curious and maybe you weren’t involved in this, but how do you know how much to carry of each thing? I mean, we’re talking like thousands of skews here. So, and each one has to be scrutinized. How do you make that initial order? Yeah. So we, you know, we definitely

16:14
again, so we’re drop shipping more stuff to begin with versus stocking. so that was that made that made it easier. But I will say a couple things. One, it helped a little bit with my industry expertise. I don’t have nearly as much as like expedition overland guys, but I’ve done it enough to have a rough idea of maybe what’s going to resonate more with the audience. So early on, it was partially guessing like saying, Hey, you know, we’re gonna, you know, order these three or four

16:40
coffee kits or mess kits. think this one probably based on my own experience of camping and overlanding has a better fit. So let’s order more of these. Part of it was I would go on amazon.com and I would see what products had the most reviews and seemed the most popular and had the highest sales rank. And that can give you a sense too of like, Hey, okay, this one’s probably going to be more popular within the line. Let’s maybe double, know, double or triple the amount that we order here versus the other ones. And then also part of it’s just guessing. Like it’s, you don’t know when you’re ordering for the first time, you’re

17:10
you’re taking a guess. And when we got to the point where we were considering some reorders, it was nice because you had a sales history, but part of it also is just taking your best guess. also, airing more towards getting data versus trying to make the most money upfront. when I was talking to our buyer, the guidance I gave was like, hey, let’s air on the side of caution early on. I would rather, even if there’s price bakes that aren’t, you

17:38
the price banks are huge, that’s one thing, but if they’re not enormous, let’s just plan on reordering again in a month and get a sense of how this is working versus placing a huge order and being stuck with a hundred of these items that we can’t sell because we were wrong. What about pricing? Are you guys kind of like on the higher end in terms of pricing or are you priced like everyone else? No, kind of. It’s reselling existing items at this point online and I think it’s hard if you have a

18:07
a really premium price, I feel like price parity, especially for for selling existing items is is kind of table stakes for for a lot of niches. And also a lot of the products that we do have minimum advertised pricing guidelines in place. So which actually is nice if you’re trying to compete on quality, having that map pricing if it’s enforced well is a good thing because then you don’t have to it’s not a race to the bottom. So usually we’re in line, I’d say with with most places. Okay.

18:34
All right, so the main value prop really is the influencer aspect of it and the curation. Yeah, main value prop is the curation, the influencer aspect, and also the guarantee. One thing we have is a 60-day trail-tested guarantee. So kind of like REI, if you’re familiar with them, they’re really good about taking stuff back. so same thing, like if you order something, it doesn’t meet your expectations. And even if you use it, you know,

19:02
we’ll take it back for 60 days. And so it’s a little bit of a risky gamut or bet rather, but the thought process that went in behind it is like from personal experience, people pour unholy amounts of money into these types of vehicles, like just insane amounts. And if you can become a source where when you buy from us that you know the stuff is gonna be good and we’ll stand behind it, you maybe you lose $500, you know, on an air compressor that

19:31
technically nothing was wrong with, but people didn’t like it. But if you can gain that trust and that trust to the end consumer, I mean, the chance for lifetime values in the, you know, 10, 20, $30,000 over the of five years is… mean, it’s people spend… I mean, it would be, I think for people not listening, Steve, I mean, what do you think a decked out, if you took a brand new Jeep and decked it out with a lot of overlanding stuff, you could spend $50,000 on the Jeep. You could easily spend…

20:01
$30,000 just on the overlanding upgrades. So you spend more on your Westphalia alone, right? Not quite, it’s, mean, it’s a, people get, it’s like a lot of things. People spend more money than you would, than you would expect.

20:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

20:49
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. No, yeah. So I just, just to be clear that you’re drop shipping a lot of these items and what are their guarantees? Are they 30 days? And obviously it can’t be used, right? If you return it to the manufacturer. Yeah. And to be honest, that’s, that’s a good question. And that’s not something I, that is not something that I think it varies. I think most places, they don’t have the same level of guarantee.

21:49
So there’s definitely gonna be times where we bring things back, we can’t sell them and that’s gonna be part of, to be honest, kind of, part of my role was to come in, build the concept, architect things, get it launched off the ground, get the ball just moving and then hand it off to somebody shortly after launch. I kind of stepped away about a month after the launch. Right, for the logistics. Yeah, I understand. But Auto Anything, from what I understand, had an infrastructure for some of these things already.

22:15
Yes, yeah, they did. So I think the taking the stuff back on the 60 day time period is probably, I don’t think they had that in place. And I’ve chatted with kind of the new leader over there that took the reins from me. And were talking through some options. But I think yeah, I think potentially doing kind of, you know, used gear sales one off, or contests or giveaways or you know, there’s a lot of options you can do with it. But yeah, it’s gonna, there’ll be some creativity required for some of those things coming back for sure. Okay, let’s shift gears and talk about sales.

22:43
How does one get that insane run rate in such a short period of time? So it’s I mean a big a huge part of it was Having access to auto anything’s at least from the from the beginning their email list So they’ve got you know, they’ve got an enormous email list and the hundreds of thousands and so we were able to go through and pick We were able go through and pick all of the you know vehicles that were very relevant and target those people

23:11
So there’s a lot of immediate crossover there. you just start? This is just I’m just thinking myself how I did this. Can you just start emailing as Overlander? That was so we this is something that I didn’t think through as much as we should have. What we did early on, yes, but what we did is we co branded it. So we sent it from the auto anything address and said, hey, auto anything is proud to present this new brand overlander.com. And so we did that, but it came from auto anything. But we were able to do that for two or three times.

23:41
But after that, it gets harder to do that over and over. We had to start moving more to an overlander list. And we lost a lot of those because I think we were starting to, the email team at Auto Anything was starting to talk with Klaviyo. And you can’t do that, no. So we can’t just move the email addresses over. so that was a part that kind of slowed down our growth after our initial launches because we thought we were going to have access to 100,000s of contacts. But we ended up with a much smaller list.

24:09
Why couldn’t you continue to email as auto anything? Like what were you seeing that caused you to believe that you couldn’t do that anymore? Well, I guess we could, but I mean, to really build an identity, you kind of want to have it be its own site as opposed to always piggybacking off something else. There’s also a fairly, you know, the auto anything email calendar is pretty packed. there was a bandwidth issue. So it was really nice to kind of for that initial push out of the gates, but, yeah, it was.

24:36
it was a little tricky to, it was not quite as seamless as taking all the addresses and emailing them over for the new brand. So how do you move such a large quantity of people over to a different domain? Do you have them opt in again? Yeah. And you know what, to be honest with you, that was something we were kind of in the middle of when I stepped away. I don’t, part of it was looking at, yeah, you have them opt in again or have something very clear where they say, hey, click this link or sign up.

25:04
to be able to reenter your email address or run contests. So we were kind of in the middle of trying to figure that out. We definitely had some opt-ins. We had a list we were building from the opt-in page. We had a contest that we ran when we launched it that was generating a lot of emails. We’re a good number for at least for a new site. So it was hard. We had some ways to do it, but it was, yeah, it was tricky. Yeah, I’m just trying to think. I mean, you can’t like send them to a form again, right? You’ll probably lose like the majority of your people.

25:33
You will. Yeah. Yeah. So it’s it was slower going building that dedicated list than we had hoped. Okay. Yeah, I didn’t I didn’t answer your questions. The way we were doing it or thinking about doing it, kind of a mix of both. Having people click links in an email that was very clear, like, hey, you’re signing up for this list was one having people re opt in was another one having a contest that we gave away kind of like a overlanding trip in Montana was another way. Sales, of course, were one that piggybacked off of the

26:01
emails to the larger lists. But yeah, it’s a lot harder than just, you know, kind of piggybacking off an existing list. So that was a good source of sales. mean, was that a large percentage, would you say? I would say, yeah, I would say probably, I’m just guessing here, probably not as on track with the analytics as I should have been, but I would guess probably 30 to 40 % of the sales were from email, but that’s just a guess. So kind of like on par with what a typical store gets from their email.

26:31
I think that because we had such a large list to blast from the beginning, I don’t think the typical store gets 30, 40 % from their email. If I hear somebody doing 30 to 40 % of their revenue from their email, to me, that’s an outlier. And I think the only reason we were able to do that is because we had such a large list and we were starting from zero. Do you get 30 to 40 % of your sales from email from Bumble? Yeah, actually it’s 30 for me. then think Mike, back when he was running Color, it got like 50%. Wow, well, that’s Mike and Jen.

26:59
Oh wait, did I say that out loud? I’m What was I going to ask you next? What about the influencer side? What were you most involved in actually on the project in terms of getting sales? Yeah, so it was kind of a little bit of everything on the marketing side. The influencer side was harder than I thought. It just took longer than I thought. There was a couple of people I reached out to and it just was trying What about the main influencer?

27:25
Oh, I see what you’re saying. Yeah. So they were they were great. That part was not harder than I thought. They there’s a number of things we did with them. They have an email list already and a great presence in the space. So they sent out multiple emails to their lists. They were really active on social. They promoted a contest that that I put together that was kind of like a become a team member for a day. And so I mean, they these guys have been they have a great following a lot of people follow them. And I was like, Well, how could we incentivize people to sign up?

27:54
for our contest. So was like, well, if these people could fly out to Montana and hang out with these guys for a day on a real overlanding trip, like actually join the team for a day or two, like that would be pretty sick, I think in a lot of people’s minds. Oh yeah. Okay. I was about to say, I hope the contest wasn’t to hang out with you for a little bit. No, no, no, not to hang out with me. No, that would have generated zero, zero interest. So yeah, was, so they, we put this contest together and there’s, we used gleam.io to run it. Nice. Yeah. And so like the way you, the ways you enter our

28:23
you know, visit their YouTube channel, go to Instic, check out their Instagram, sign up for, know, make a purchase, subscribe to the email list, all this kind of stuff. And so get some good traction that way. The big ones were their email list, the contest, and then social media were really the big three ways that they helped promote and launch and push the brand. I’m thinking about this more from like in the future, maybe it makes sense to partner with some influencers. Do they actually have equity in this company? They do, right? So I’m not going to speak to there just between

28:53
Okay, they definitely have a partnership where they’re they they both have a, you know, their partners in this. so I don’t feel like can speak to the other I don’t need the numbers. I was just kind of curious, like if I’m to go all out and promote with my email and all that stuff, I got better have a piece of the company is what I was thinking. They definitely have a they definitely are aligned in interest in terms of Yeah, they both share the upside. I can say that. So okay, I mean, this is actually a really interesting model then, right? If I want to launch a store, it might make sense to just go up to like,

29:21
famous influencer to say, I’ll handle all the ecom stuff. You take a piece of the company, you just help promote. It’s interesting. Yeah, I mean, I think you think about the future of ecommerce and how, you people talk a more about communities these days talk a lot more about, you know, these, you know, the big companies, three or four companies with a big stranglehold on on traffic and, and attention and eyeballs. And yeah, I mean, they’re, they’re almost like tiny little micro platforms with huge amounts of trust and authority.

29:51
Right? Yeah. So yeah, I mean, think it depends on your structure and depends on you got to make sure you have a good working relationship. And it’s always one thing that I have learned from this project, from the ECF capital deal we did from just from, you know, other things in the past, or just this last six months is that anytime you start having multiple parties come together on a business, you just need to think a lot more carefully about incentives and how people are compensated and

30:18
It just gets more complicated. You gotta give a lot more time and thought to it. But if you can set up a structure that works well for everyone and there’s a good working relationship and like people bring unique things to the table, yeah, it can work well. So yeah, maybe I’ll have Sanaki come on and talk about actually how to align those incentives. That sounds really interesting. Yeah. What would you, what were you saying? That was a struggle with other influencer marketing. Oh, it just, it just takes, you know, so there’s a lot that I was trying to do, especially on the home stretch to get this thing launched. And the, just reminded me of how

30:48
I was trying to do the influencer outreach apart from our main influencer, we just kind of similar influencers, trying to do that manually. And there was two or three people that I took a run at to try to do that. One of them kind of worked out, but it took longer than I thought. The other one we got halfway down the road and then things fell apart because they realized that some of their other sponsors weren’t happy with it. it just, it took longer than I thought and I was trying to do it manually. And so it just, was more of a, you it didn’t go as faster as.

31:16
wasn’t quite as productive as I mean, is there a more automated way of doing it? I always think of influencer and stuff is pretty manual in general. Yeah. And that’s what I was trying to think. And I know there’s some platforms where you can go and like pick, you know, pick a bunch of influencers and, and post your offer and people can bid on it and stuff. And I have no personal experience with that. And so maybe it does work really well, but I just for a small niche market like this, where you want to get good results and you want to have a personal relationship. Like I would personally rather have

31:43
three to four really strong long-term relationships with very on-point influencers in a niche, then have like 20 people tweet something, or post a couple of Instagram posts for something and then to collect $400 and then that’s the end. I just feel like that, I don’t know. You know this too. I model is pretty much dead actually. Most influencer relationships now are a little bit more long-term. Think about us, right? The sponsors for our podcasts.

32:11
Both of our sponsors are long-term prospects that like I would continue to promote Regardless, you know just because I’m a big believer of the product I mean that I think that’s just where things are are going towards No, I think so too like, you know, Clavio the sponsor even a long time sponsor of the ECF podcast and the event and stuff I mean, it’s that was something that Yeah, I mean that took a couple years to really cement that relationship and you know, they’ve been sponsors for you know Three or four years now. So it’s I don’t know when I look back at my business

32:40
career and history online, the real big wins, both both it’s not in the volume, it’s in like two or three or four really deep relationships. So yeah, no, totally. mean, Clavio, Postscript, Emerge Council on my end. mean, I’ve been with those guys for multiple years now, and I feel a tremendous amount of loyalty to these companies as well. Yeah, agreed. So I’m just curious, did the Overlander guys, did they have any contacts? I mean, I imagine they’re they know a lot of people.

33:10
Influencers also. Oh, yeah, they were they were I mean they were great and so I probably again I probably did not tap them as much as I should have on the influencer side Just again because I was trying to do do the marketing. It seems like you had like a huge broad range of responsibilities There’s a lot right? No, I mean to the point where did you have a huge staff under you or we had yeah I mean between and I was so I kind of dropped in and was coordinating with There was a lot of people in the auto anything

33:39
side that we’re doing stuff. mean, all in all, people that were working on this project that I was, yeah, I would say probably wasn’t directly managing, but they were involved. And I was trying to either work with their team leads or manage directly, probably 20 plus people at, you know, when you counted everybody. So, yeah. So you were like the glue that held everything together in a way. Is that accurate? Like the

34:04
kind of non-sticky duct tape that tried to keep everything together. So you’re like Draymond Green on the Warriors. No, no, I don’t want to be related with any kind of relation, any kind of analogies between your Warriors, man. Well, OK, let’s switch gears again a little bit. I want to know what you learned and if anyone wanted to just have some sort of partnership with an influencer and start an e-commerce store this way and kind of ramp it up. What did you have to deal with and what did you learn from this project?

34:33
So I’ll hit a lot of the kind of high level things that I learned and then we can dive into any of these more if you want. I did a whole episode maybe be kind of to link up to do that kind of goes into these. Yeah, we’ll link that up. people really want to, you know, are up for the kind of in-depth story. But I think the things I learned were, I think it’s amazing what you can get done in five months when you have to like Steve, you and I have been doing this a while. You kind of get into a cadence, you get into a rhythm and when…

34:57
you have a limited time frame to execute on something and there’s a level of like, okay, we really have to ruthlessly prioritize. We have to get this launched by this time. A lot of people are depending on it. It doesn’t have to be perfect. It has to be decent. Like it’s amazing what you can get done. So that was cool. I think of you as a perfectionist, is that accurate? Yes. Okay. So this must have been really hard for you. was very, it was that aspect was very challenging for me. Yes. What were some of the things you dropped on the floor? The, know, looking at the site when we launched the quality of the listings.

35:25
was not where I had hoped it would be. And that has to do with a number of things that don’t just have to get into, but like you’re selling existing products. It’s really important to have some kind of informational ad, like really good, rich media, great descriptions, details about that overcome objections to people buying with this fit. How will it fit? What vehicles is it great for? And there was some of them, some of the products, especially the ones that we worked with our influencer partner on exhibition overland were really great. They had custom media photography, stuff like that.

35:55
but a lot of them were not where I’d hoped to be. we just, there’s no way we were going to do that for 2000 products in five months with coming up for the brand from scratch. So, so I was going to ask you then, so you took all of your own photography and everything, right? No. So for some of the products we did for a small section of products that were in that kind of upper echelon of recommended products, we used a lot of photography from the influencer, a lot. would say the majority of products have. Oh, that’s what I meant. It’s not the manufacturer’s photography. It, it, well on a lot of products it is. Okay.

36:24
How do you decide which ones to really focus and hone in on versus just using the manufacturer’s photos? Yeah, it’s, mean, it depends on what the kind of going back to that curated approach, the stuff that the influencer had used in the past, like those expedition endorsed product, XO endorsed products, the ones that we were, know, we knew were popular were industry staples, and that they had a lot of experience with. Those were the ones that we kind of dedicated the time.

36:55
to get photography, shoot photography, shoot videos, things like that for. Does the 80-20 rule apply here? Like, did you mostly sell those influencer products? Yeah, I would say it definitely, it helps out there. Another part, yes, I would say generally, yes. I would say this holiday season was a little bit of an anomaly too though, because we had huge supply chain issues. This is another thing I learned is like, okay, doesn’t matter if people want your product, like if you can’t sell it, like it was challenging about Black Friday, because we were putting together some of the big mailers for like Black Friday, Cyber Monday.

37:25
there’s a lot of stuff we wanted to sell that just we couldn’t because the vendors didn’t have it. So we had to go through and like rejigger the products that were on sale a couple of times. And then also there was map pricing on a lot of items too that we couldn’t undercut. So to be honest, like that Black Friday sales email was tricky for both of those reasons. So let me ask you about like being in stock and that sort of thing. Is it all tied electronically like through EDI? In a perfect world. Okay. There were

37:54
That was another part of the process too, is getting this thing launched up and running quickly. The systems were, Auto Anything has some existing systems for being able to manage what’s in stock, what’s out of stock. But we also had some stuff we had to work through, especially launching a new brand on a new platform and tying it into their systems in terms of showing stuff when it was available, when it wasn’t. So we definitely had some kind of road bumps that we had to figure out there the first week or two of launch and had to manually track things more. my goodness, for thousands of SKUs.

38:24
Yeah, there’s some challenges in there. So I’m just curious, what’s the procedure? Like you get a bunch of orders and they’re out of stock. You had to manually contact each one of those people, right? It was for the, especially for the first couple of weeks when we launched where we didn’t have as good a visibility into it as we thought and the systems weren’t kind of where we’d hoped they’d be. Yes, we did. We had someone who was a running point on customer service who was awesome. he was kind of doing a double check manually, reaching out to everyone if it was out of stock to talk.

38:53
get some better, some better stuff launched within a couple of weeks that gave better information pre purchase about how long it would take to get something, especially if it was backwarded for those first couple of weeks. The one thing too, like we talked about a million dollar run rate. It’s and it was, or almost that we didn’t quite hit it, but almost there. The other thing too is like, you’ll give it the other thing that’s nice is, you know, when you’re selling higher end products, a lot of times it’s, you if you’re selling

39:22
Selling $80,000 of Sporks, titanium Sporks, that’s one thing. You got to move a lot of product. when you’re selling $1,000 bumpers or $500 air compressors, it’s not as, when you have a higher AOV, it’s easier to hit that, which is nice. Sure. Sure, I guess. But the expectations are a lot higher also, I would imagine. That’s true. Yeah, there’s a higher threshold to purchase when you’re dropping $1,000 versus $30 for something less expensive.

39:50
So let me ask you this question. Obviously, I don’t know the entire situation here, but given that the 80-20 rule held firm and you said earlier that the majority of the products were influencer products, why did you feel like it was necessary to launch all those extra products? That’s a good question. You know, if we had gone back, that’s a good question. I think if you’re trying to position yourself as the back country of overlanding,

40:18
which was part of what we wanted to do and part of the high level vision. We actually had the guy who ended up coming up with, I worked with him on the logo concept, which is one of the things I’m most proud of, of the whole project. It’s a cool bear and it really has a cool distinct mark. He actually helped do the backcountry logo. If you’re trying to do that, you have to, and you launched with just, let’s say 50 products that have a lot of depth.

40:45
And that’s a great start, it doesn’t kind of, you don’t come out of the gates projecting what you want to project, which is the brand image of you can get a lot of a large selection of products here. Um, so I think that was a part of it. We wanted to be able to come out with a, it didn’t have to be the world’s hugest offering, but it needed to be a somewhat robust offering across all parts of the catalog. And so I think that was one of the reasons why we wanted to have a larger product line from watch. Is this kind of like right channel where you kind of sell them something and then there’s a lot of upsells and accessories that go along with it?

41:13
I would say there’s yeah, there’s some fairness in that for sure. I think the lifetime value possibilities for Overlander is much higher than with Right Channel Radios. Right Channel Radios, people would come back and buy, but if you buy a CB radio, unless you’re like a mining company in Nevada or something, the chances of you needing another one, maybe you’ll need a new one in 10 years when yours breaks, maybe you buy another Jeep. But the lifetime value on a CB radio is much less than on an Overlander. But yeah, I mean, the number of accessories, Steve.

41:42
We gotta get you a rig man, cause I know that you have been Yeah, I’m sure my wife would love if you. Well, we’ve had this like behind the scenes. for those that don’t know, I came over in my van to Steve’s house. I played a song for his wife to try on my guitar, to try in my van with her there to try to convince her. So Jen, if you were listening, I hope that that song has stuck with you. Steve is a good man. He’s a good husband. He’s a good father. You should let him have.

42:09
let him have his adventure. And the whole time Jen was probably like, uh, Andrew, could you move this van to a different neighborhood? Not, not park in front of the house. I saw your neighbors come over and they were like looking in and, actually I should have just camped out there and like, you know, start, I could have, I should have had a lot more fun embarrassing you in front of your neighbors. I don’t know what the correct term with it for this is. It might be cognitive bias, but after, I didn’t think that anyone had these vans before, but once I rode in yours and we went on that road trip,

42:39
I started seeing them all over the place. I think because I’m paying attention to it now, but they’re really popular. Yeah. I mean, well, you live in California. California is like ground zero for these types of vehicles, especially the VW kind of van. it’s the you are you’re in the epicenter of it. So you probably get more of them than most people. So we talked about email retention sourcing. Did you guys run ads and that sort of thing? Were your margins high enough to run ads? They probably would, I would imagine.

43:09
They were on some items, but long-term the ad spend.

43:16
in and of itself was not enough to be able to kind of keep the brand going. it’s at least without kind of proving out that lifetime value, I think a little bit more. yes, did short and long answer is yes, we did run ads, but we were also trying to focus on a lot of other things as well. Okay. So and then we keep talking about lifetime value. Did you already get an idea in that short time frame what that could be? No, impossible. And like in five weeks, it’s really hard to know. So I think I think that’s something that will probably play out over the course of a year or two. Just

43:45
knowing from personal experience, like, if I think about vendors, I have purchased stuff from for my rig, I have probably placed, I can think of one vendor, well, let’s say across two vendors that sell specialty items for my vehicle. mean, I’ve probably placed 20 orders with them over the course of a five year period that are probably there, you in the, you know, they’re over $10,000 for all you know, so it’s so yeah.

44:13
personal experience, I know it’s there, we just five weeks is a short time to be able to get through it. So, but I had three or four more quick lessons if we have time to go through and I’ll just again, I’ll give you a high level and then you can dive into them or not as you see fit. I think it amazed me how having good creative, how much having good creative helps with building a brand. So being able to steal the…

44:38
steals around, we’re being able to leverage the assets, the digital assets of exhibition overland that they’ve built over a decade of overlanding, landing on the website, creating the crop, the category pages, the video assets, the photography, it just brings so much depth and authority and, and to a brand that I have, I’ve never had that access to do before. So I thought that was super cool. And I think in the future, if I build a brand, I will at a minimum, invest heavily into that, that facet up front.

45:06
It kind of reminded me of that one video where you have like on right channel where you drove over and then you put this antenna on just on steroids You know what I’m talking about? Yeah, I know exactly what you’re talking about. You know, what’s really funny. Guess who shot that video for a symposium? I have no idea. Was it the expedition overland? It was the expedition overland guys like that was like seven years ago and they were doing this and so we hired them to do that then so it’s the exact same people. Ah, okay. Makes sense. It kind of looks similar like that first front splash. Yeah, it does. So

45:36
Anyway, creative, super helpful. Outsourcing good writing is possible. Like I don’t know about you, Steve, but I’ve always struggled and been very skeptical about any time that I’ve tried to outsource writing more almost always it’s ended in tears. And this is, why did I think I could outsource good quality writing? And I actually found I didn’t find one of the team members at auto anything had had some writers that did a really good job. So that gave me hope that like, hey, it’s possible to outsource stuff and have a decent level of quality. You just sometimes have to dig through a lot of

46:05
have to dig a lot. So that was cool. Were these writers, I mean, these writers would, I would imagine be a lot more difficult to find. It’s so niche, right? Oh, yeah, it’s super niche. But okay, no, one of them. One of them traveled like was overlanded in Botswana and knew knew about overlanding was a great writer and had a, you know, tied in like historical quotes and did a great job. So I thought that was cool. And then finally, this is my last one. And then I’ll kind of turn it back to you. But I think

46:32
anytime, Steve, you’ve done this too, like, I’ve probably been responsible for, I would guess at this point, seven or eight major either site redesigns or migrations in my career. And every time you get to this point, we’re like, you, you get close to launch either your launch deadline, or you’re at a point where like, you’re getting past it. And you have to decide, like, should we push this live? Or should we make it a little bit better, a little bit better. And I think like you every it always, you always

47:01
always makes sense to launch just a little bit earlier than you think. Because if you wait until you feel ready, you’re going to push it out, you know, three, four, five, six, seven, eight weeks takes longer. And it’s obviously you don’t want to put something crappy out into the world. But you learn so much from getting it live. That’s just the start, you can start marketing it, you learn a lot of it’s a great way to start testing and tweaking some of the small bugs. And if you wait until it’s ready completely, it’s just, you know, your timeline is just going to get stretched so much further out. And I have found to

47:29
A lot of times I’ll have a punch list of post-launch fixes. I realize once the site gets live, I often don’t go back and actually fix a lot of them because in ultimately they’re not that important. So I don’t know if you found this too, but I think launching as soon as you meaningfully can and start marketing and interacting with customers like err on the side of launching a little early versus a little late. Yeah, it’s funny. We have kind of opposite personalities. You’re more of a perfectionist than I am. I’m all about just launching. Maybe it’s because we’re

47:59
I was in engineering and you just launched something and then you fix it. So that’s always been my mentality. Like for example, this course that I launched with Tony a year ago, we launched, I wanted to launch with nothing. And she’s like, no, no, no, no, wait, let’s at least get a couple of modules in there. And I was like, no, let’s just do it. And so we compromised and we launched with just a couple of modules. Oh, that’s see. Yeah. We are very different personalities. I am much more like everything buttoned up. Let’s make sure like it’s good. Like I, so that was, you alluded to this earlier, but that was

48:28
It was a good thing for me because I think I tend to err on the side of perfectionism, which is good if you’re a watchmaker. It’s probably not great if you’re trying to launch a project with 20 people. I think as an engineer, you expect to launch with bugs always. So as long as it’s working. But you’re like your background is like in chip engineering. Like if you have make a little error in one of those chips, doesn’t it hose everything up? Like you kind of have to be a perfectionist. Is that why you’re not in the chip space anymore?

48:57
Actually, the real question, Andrew, is why you aren’t still working at Overlander and why the contract was such a short one. Drew and I, we were talking about it afterwards. was like, yeah, you know, it was just a safer way of proposing it. And we didn’t give, we wouldn’t want to give Andrew any equity, you know, because weren’t sure it was going to be a long-term thing. Andrew goes up to one for about two seconds and strikes back.

49:20
I just pulled that one out of my butt too. Well, you know, I think you did a great job. The site looks amazing. Actually, it’s like right channel on steroids, I want to say just because all the videos and everything that you had on there. well, thanks. Big shout out to Kurt and Paul over EtherCycle for designing it and putting a lot of work into that. also for just again, it’s mostly the creative assets from Clay and Rachelle and the team over at Exhibition Overland. if I mean, if that’s what I think.

49:49
gives us that, like I was talking about earlier, it just makes such a huge, huge difference versus trying to have to, you know, not have those professional assets. So thank you, I appreciate it. But I mean, it’s those two teams that are responsible for almost all of it. I did want to ask you this one question. And I was kind of curious about the entire time. Like, what made you take this project? Because you have all these successful businesses. And this one wasn’t for any equity. It wasn’t a long term contract. Like, what made this project attractive for you?

50:18
Yeah, I’ve been asked that a lot of times. So it was it was not for the money. And especially, you know, after the fact, I it was just the answer. The big big question or the big answer is like two, threefold. One, I liked the people involved known and you know, been great friends with Drew for a long time. I wanted to I thought growth was the biggest growth and learning were the biggest reasons.

50:44
I wanted to, I’ve never done something like this with this big of a team. I wanted to see how I could do, how I liked it, how I could grow, what I could learn. I liked the space. I also wanted to see what it was like launching a brand in a space that I really am passionate about deeply. know, and so it’s, know, CB radios and Trilling Motors had zero interest. I was very much a mercenary in those niches. I was like, is there opportunity here? Yes, let’s sell them. Great. And this is very different. So I want to see how that, you know, how I liked, how that changed things.

51:12
Can I ask you a question real quick before you go on? How much was the passion part of it really important? Because I’m not passionate about my products. And did it add a completely different dimension to this? You know what’s interesting is for the first couple weeks it was cool and after that it became just like any other project. And I don’t say that in a way to disparage the project at all. it did help, I will say this, it did help with the learning curve quite a bit. when I’m thinking about products and do we, is this a good fit for the site? Is it not?

51:39
that was much more evident to me. Whereas when I was like launching, you know, CB radio, I was like, I don’t even know what this thing does. Is this thing great? I just, the learning curve was much steeper. But that being said, once you kind of get into the weeds of it, the fact that you’re selling, you know, cool overlanding gear when stuff gets hard, doesn’t really make a difference. You know, it’s still, it’s, so it helped in the first early couple of weeks with the learning curve, but, long, I would say it made less of a difference than I thought.

52:09
Yeah, I thought you would have done it for like some free gear. I can picture your West Folly now with like big tires and like a camper on top of it or something. I don’t know. Yeah, I mean, it’s I’m sure I haven’t actually it’s funny. I haven’t really ordered anything meaningful from the site. I’m sure I will in the future and definitely have some discounts there, which is nice. But but mostly it’s about growth, you know, learning, getting in, you know, like you said, like you said earlier, you’re giving me a hard time about not having an e-commerce project for a while. And it’s true. And a big part of that is been focused on, you know,

52:39
running the community and some of ECF capital stuff, which you can’t do everything well. ultimately I have to, sometimes you gotta decide not to do things. It’s hard to do everything well, but I also did wanna get my hands dirty again with e-commerce from a growth perspective. And also I like the people involved. So the other thing too is like ECF live, we didn’t have an ECF live this year. So I had a little more bandwidth to play with. So yeah, it was kind of all of those reasons. The short answer is growth, trying to learn to grow and be able to get better.

53:07
The short answer is you did this so I couldn’t make fun of you anymore. Well, like I said earlier, that’s a big one. Although I don’t lay awake at night too much about all your jabs, Steve. mean, occasionally, but not too often. Hey, so cool. I’m going to link up. I know you have like a series on this, uh, on your podcast too. So if anyone’s interested in learning more about, guess, the psychological and the more in-depth nuts and bolts of this, uh, I will link up, uh, your episodes that you.

53:36
put out on Overlander. Cool. Thank you. Yeah. Thank you. And we should, we’ll have to do another van trip at some point. That was for people who don’t know, did a, Steve came out to Montana and we did a, I don’t know, was it three day, four day kind of like exploratory van trip around Yellowstone and the area there and visited some very, some beautiful high altitude kind of sand golf courses, which was really nice. was, uh, was, it was we’ll have to do that again.

54:04
Definitely, definitely. Well, hey, thanks for coming on and sharing your experiences and congratulations on no longer being e-commerce-less. Thanks, Steve. I appreciate it. All right. Take care.

54:19
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you’re a seven or eight figure e-commerce store owner, you should check out e-commerce fuel, the bedded community for experienced store owners. It’s a great community and you can get fast, knowledgeable answers to your most pressing business questions. So go to ecommercefuel.com to learn more. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 354. And once again, I wanna thank Clabio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

54:48
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

55:19
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

353: Are Successful Entrepreneurs A Product Of Tiger Parenting?

353: Does Tiger Parenting Produce Great Entrepreneurs Or Great Followers?

In this special episode, I take a moment to reflect on my childhood and how being raised by 2 tiger parents affected my future as an entrepreneur.

In addition, I discuss 3 life lessons (learned from my Asian parents) that everyone should follow in order to be successful in business and life.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why running a successful business is inherently unglamorous
  • Why being happy all the time is not the answer
  • The boring, mind numbing drudgery that I go through on a weekly basis
  • The secret to not giving up and being persistent

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about what is required to be successful in business at any level and how that ties into the way that I was brought up by two Asian tiger parents. Now overall, I think the message in this episode is important for everyone to hear because it’s the truth about making money in business or being good at anything for that matter.

00:27
But before we begin, I want to thank Clavio for sponsoring this episode. Now, are you working around the clock to build a business that you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? Have you ever wondered how companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change.

00:56
These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers, and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help your business, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife and sign up for a free account.

01:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:53
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart just at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony.

02:20
And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all the things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:47
Welcome to the My Wife, Quarter, Job podcast. Today’s gonna be a more personal episode where I talk about my childhood and how I was raised. Now, as you know, I was brought up by a pair of tiger parents and it’s only recently that I’ve realized the true value of this crazy parenting style. Now, in this episode, you’ll learn three important life lessons on being successful in business that were instilled upon me through Asian parenting. Now, I always get crazy looks whenever I tell people that I started studying for the SATs in the fourth grade.

03:16
or when I attended nerd camp in the seventh grade and completed geometry, algebra, and trigonometry in the span of three weeks. Man, Steve, you must have had the worst childhood ever. Did you even have any fun as a kid? Now, looking back, I’m proud to say that my parents did an incredible job of raising my brother and I, despite the perceptions from the outside. And here’s what most people don’t understand about the culture of Asian parenting. It teaches you the discipline to follow through. It teaches you the proper habits to get things done.

03:45
and it teaches you that good things come with pain and sacrifice. So as a result of my upbringing, here are three life lessons that I’m instilling in my two kids to foster their growth. And yes, all these lessons actually apply to business as well. So lesson number one, you have to get used to the grind to be successful. Now, whenever parents tell me that all they want is for their kids to be happy, I always shake my head and kind of chuckle inside. So first off, kids don’t know what’s good for them.

04:13
Now, if I would have let my kids do whatever made them happy, they’d be playing games on their iPads 24 seven. They’d be eating candy for dinner and getting sick. And they’d be skipping school and watching YouTube videos all day. Now, just because you are happy doing something doesn’t mean that it’s good for you. If you let kids do whatever makes them happy, they’ll never realize that much of life is about grinding away at unglamorous tasks. So they better get used to it. For every success story, there’s always a behind the scenes tale of crap work.

04:43
and drudgery. So for example, mywifequitterjob.com is by most metrics a successful blog. I have a loyal audience of readers who consume my content, purchase my class and attend my annual e-commerce conference. And they also watch my YouTube videos and my TikTok, which I just launched. But behind the scenes, there’s a lot of grunt work that I have to deal with on a regular basis. So first off, I actually don’t like writing. I’ve never enjoyed doing it. And I have to force myself to publish an article every single week. That’s at least 3000 words.

05:13
Now it’s gotten easier over the years with practice, but I still dread Sunday mornings when it’s time to write. So why do I write if I dislike doing it? Well, you can’t run a successful blog without great content and writing is just a means to an end. And overall, the benefits of running mywifequitterjob.com far outweigh my hatred of writing, so I basically force myself to do it. I also hate marketing and sales, especially when it comes to running monthly webinars. Deep down, I’m an engineer at heart and giving a sales pitch is like

05:42
pulling teeth. It does not come naturally to me, but I force myself to do it for the benefit of my business. So right now I’m making my kids take supplemental math classes called Russian math, even though they don’t particularly like math, but forcing them to get better at a subject that they hate or dislike, I should say, teaches them two things. One, it’s important to be ahead of the pack. By supplementing their education, my kids are more advanced than their peers, and I want them to get used to this feeling because average doesn’t cut it.

06:12
Two, they are learning that getting ahead in life requires work, even if it sucks. Would they have more fun playing computer games all day? Of course, but it’s not gonna benefit their future. Now, one thing that I’ve noticed with my kids is that they often dislike what they are not good at, but as they get better at an activity, they start to enjoy it more once they get over the suck. Now, I like to talk about the suck a lot because the grind totally applies to business.

06:39
Over the years, I’ve spoken to thousands of people who want to change their lives with a small business, but they don’t want to do the dirty work. And every day I get questions from readers along the lines of, hey Steve, I’ve tried absolutely everything with my online store and the sales just aren’t coming in. What should I do? But when I take a look at their site, it’s horrible. They clearly didn’t do any research or put their best foot forward and they obviously didn’t try everything. And when I confront them with this evidence and provide suggestions on how they can improve,

07:08
All I get are excuses. Hey Steve, I’m not good at marketing. It’s just not my cup of tea. Hey Steve, I’m a horrible writer. I just can’t write good copy. I’m terrible with tech and I don’t want to have anything to do with it. The best answer I’ve ever gotten was, I want to run an online business, but I’m not interested in learning anything about the web. By the way, these are real responses that I’ve gotten over the years. Well guess what? Running a successful business requires marketing, so you better get over it. It wasn’t my cup of tea either, but you just got to suck it up and learn through trial and error.

07:38
The same goes with writing. If you run a blog but you can’t write, then you got problems. And if you run an online business without knowing anything about websites, you should probably quit now. You don’t have to be a guru, but at least learn the basics. So bottom line, to be successful, you’re have to learn and perform activities that you don’t particularly like. Do you think I enjoyed studying for the SATs while my friends were playing outside with an earshot? Hell no. To be successful, you must expect to suffer in how you react to the suck.

08:07
will determine how far you go. All right, life lesson number two, to develop perseverance, you must be challenged. Every week, hundreds of readers email me to complain that they can’t get their business off the ground. But when I dig a little deeper, I often discover that they didn’t make an effort. Now it’s sad, but I often have people sign up for my course who don’t watch the videos, ask questions, or attend office hours, and expect to do well.

08:32
It’s as if they are magically bequeathed with e-commerce knowledge by virtue of signing up for my class. Now the truth is that most people give up at the first sign of trouble. And this behavior is the result of bad habits established during childhood. When kids are not challenged at a young age, they develop a false sense of confidence that makes them cocky. And if they never get a chance to fail, they’ll panic at the first sign of adversity. And here’s a real life example from my own childhood. When I was a kid, school always came easy to me.

09:02
As a result, I didn’t have to try very hard to get good grades, and my teachers used to shower me with praise and compliments. Basically, they treated me like some genius. And as a result, I became a cocky little nerd. In fact, my parents’ sense in my head was getting a little bit too big, so they sent me to an accelerated camp for geeks known as CTY or Center for Talented Youth. And it totally kicked my butt. All of a sudden, I was thrust into an environment where everyone was much smarter and I felt completely lost.

09:30
I was presented with foreign concepts that I didn’t understand and I actually felt dumber than the other kids and I desperately wanted to go back to regular school where I was at the top of my class. And in the end, I did what any seventh grader would do. I panicked, gave up, and refused to go back. But my dad didn’t let that happen, obviously. Instead, he patiently walked me through all the problems that I couldn’t solve and then watched as I struggled. And even though I bitched and moaned about the difficulty level, he never told me the answer outright.

09:59
Instead, he encouraged me to talk out loud and document my thought process. He gave me subtle hints when necessary to move me along. And over time, I learned that if I just stuck with a difficult problem long enough, that I’d eventually find a solution. Now, this is just a silly story about Nerd Camp, but struggling through small challenges like this as a kid taught me to be persistent in business. Now, our e-commerce store performed terribly during the first several months until I stumbled upon AdWords and learned how to use it effectively.

10:29
My blog didn’t make a single cent until about the three-year mark, and it didn’t gain any traction at all until I learned how to do email marketing. So bottom line, if you persevere long enough, eventually you’ll find something that works, but you have to stick around long enough to reap the rewards. Now, just as a side, I always make fun of my Asian heritage, and here’s the true reason why Asian parents don’t over-complement their children. Now, if you’ve been on the internet long enough, you’ve probably come across funny memes of Asian parents who never compliment their children.

10:58
And even though you might think that parenting this way is overly harsh, there’s actually a hidden lesson behind it. So first off, I actually hate giving false compliments, and don’t even get me started with participation trophies. If you’re gonna give your child a compliment, it should be for a real accomplishment. Otherwise, it just makes your kid overconfident, which leads to the afraid to fail syndrome described earlier. And it’s true, my parents rarely complimented me as a child. Incidentally, they rarely compliment me as an adult either, but that’s a different story altogether.

11:27
When I brought home a report card full of A’s and a single B, they would ask me why I got a B. But here’s the thing, the lack of compliments set the bar high and forced me to aim for a greater goal. Straight A’s, that’s par for the course. What, you got a number two in the competition? Why did you lose? You got a 90 on the test? Isn’t this test out of 100? Now don’t get me wrong, whenever I did achieve a major goal through blood, sweat and tears, my parents dished out plenty of praise and it would feel amazing.

11:57
So bottom line, if you pat yourself on the back for something that comes easy, you’ll never know what real accomplishment feels like. Failure builds perseverance, which leads to success. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce

12:27
and provide strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees,

12:56
website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. All right, lesson number three, habits build discipline. Now when I was a brand new parent, I actually made the rookie mistake.

13:24
of believing that incentives were the key to convincing my kids to work hard and make progress. So for example, I promised to buy my daughter a large stuffed animal if she learned a certain number of vocab words by the end of the summer. But even though she really wanted this toy, she quickly became overwhelmed by the monumental task of learning hundreds of new words all at once. And these aren’t really easy words either. These are literally SAT words. And she tried to cram all of her studying in just a couple of days, got frustrated and gave up. And as a result,

13:53
I put her on a bite-sized schedule. Every day after camp, she would just try to learn 20 words per day, and it helped her through the process by explaining each word and giving her a short quiz at the end of the day. I also tried to make things a little bit fun by creating ridiculously memorable sentences with vocab words. Anyway, by the end of the summer, she learned almost 500 new words, and she was amazed by her progress. Now, the same goes with business success. If you don’t set aside time to work on your business regularly, then you’ll never make

14:23
consistent progress. Most people actually start out with an unsustainable intensity and eventually burn themselves out. They spend so much time and energy launching a business that they don’t have anything left in the tank. So the key to being successful is actually consistency. And consistency is the result of creating healthy habits and routines. So here’s what I tell my kids. If you want to be good at anything, then you need to make practice a part of your regular schedule. And you have to tell yourself that you’re going to maintain this schedule

14:52
Indefinitely. Even if you feel like giving up, you have to stick with it for at least a couple of years. I also remind them that they may not see results right away, but small incremental improvements over time will eventually lead to big visible gains. Patience, my child. So what are your thoughts here? I’m actually very curious. Whether or not you agree with my style of parenting is up to you, and I’m not saying that Asian parenting is the best way to raise a child, but I actually do believe that kids, and adults, incidentally,

15:22
are just way too coddled today. Everyone wants quick wins. Everyone wants to enjoy life. Everyone wants to be happy all the time. But none of that can happen without pain. You can’t enjoy your wins unless there’s suffering that precedes it. So you have to prepare yourself to do what you don’t want to do. You have to be willing to learn what you don’t necessarily want to learn. Because everything sucks in the beginning. And your ability to endure the suckage is what will allow you to succeed in the long run.

15:52
Now the truth hurts, but a wise Asian father once told me, if you beat something into your brain long enough, it will eventually sink in. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when it comes to success in anything that you do, most of the time it’s going to suck. So just set your expectations appropriately and you’ll have the mental capacity to persevere and stick with it. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 353. And once again, I’m going to thank Postscript.

16:20
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clearview, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

16:47
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

352: A Sneak Peek Into How We Automate Our Businesses With Austin Brawner And Steve Chou

352: A Sneak Peek Into How We Automate Our Businesses With Austin Brawner And Steve Chou

In this special episode, Austin Brawner and I interview each other and talk about the different ways that we both automate our businesses.

Thanks to computers and automation, Austin and I are able to run extremely lean businesses and we reveal our philosophies and our efficient methods openly in this podcast.

Austin runs the E-commerce Influence Podcast which is one of the few podcasts that I actually listen to. He has a wide breadth of business knowledge and he really knows his stuff.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Austin and I automate our businesses.
  • 6 things that you can automate in your own business to make your life easier.
  • Different platforms and tools we use to increase efficiency.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Austin Brauner on the show. And this is a special episode because we interview each other and talk about the different ways that we both automate our businesses. Austin and I are able to run extremely lean businesses thanks to computers and automation. Anyway, if you don’t remember Austin, he runs the e-commerce influence podcast.

00:27
which is one of the few podcasts that I actually listen to. And because Austin works with and helps a variety of e-commerce entrepreneurs with their email marketing and advertising, he has a wide breadth of business knowledge and he really knows his stuff. In fact, he is one of the few people that I asked for advice in growing my own businesses. So if you’ve never listened to his podcast before, take your favorite podcast app, do a search for the e-commerce influence podcast and go check it out because you will not regret it.

00:54
But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash d.

01:25
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash D. I also want to thank Clabio, who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, if you’re working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined, you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business. Now, if you’ve ever wondered how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it, companies like Living Proof and Chubbies, well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:53
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to do the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

02:22
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:57
Steve, man, I’m excited to chat with you. It’s been a little while since we’ve connected. It was pre-COVID, I think. It was, definitely. You were one of the first hit people to have to take down your event. Yes, that was the most miserable event. Thank you for reminding me of that. I was ready to go. I was excited to go to Florida. And then there was an increasing level of emails being like, we’re thinking about going?

03:26
We’re thinking about not doing it. Oh, now we’re definitely not doing it. And yeah, man, we haven’t chatted too much since then. So I’m excited to reconnect. mean, even rescheduling that thing is still a little bit up in the air because who knows when this whole, when people feel comfortable then going to conferences. So for sure, for sure. Well, I’m excited to chat today. We kind of had this idea of doing a joint episode and thinking about some of the things that we both do well.

03:55
and then talking about them and sharing some of the things that have helped us in growing our business. One of the things I’ve always respected about you and from the beginning I was like, wow, Steve is an incredibly sharp guy and somehow he does all of this just by himself with a VA and he’s figured out ways to automate and make things happen and do a lot with a very small staff. So that’s kind of the inspiration for today’s episode.

04:25
which is five or six things that you can automate in your own business to make your life easier. And- It’s funny, we were talking about this earlier and you are the exact same way. You have two people running this vast organization. That vast organization is a compliment for a small organization. But yeah, man. So I think it’s something really cool and fun. And I think as you stick around in entrepreneurship,

04:54
long enough, especially online entrepreneurship, you can come up with ideas of ways to automate things that maybe in the beginning you wouldn’t have thought of. So I can kick off with my number one thing that I’m excited about automating and that we think we’ve done a really good job and that is hiring. And hiring, I think for a lot of people, it’s something that they kind of dread. They’re like, oh.

05:21
I got to hire somebody, oh my gosh, it’s going to take so much time. It’s going to be so frustrating. I’m going to be doing all this work and then maybe get the wrong person. So I kind of take a different approach and this has come from having my first job. hired quite a few people, like over 30 people, and we learned a lot during that. And the way that I look about this automation process is we have really systematized down to

05:51
multiple, like, I guess it’s kind of a mindset. First things first, my mindset is I think about marketing our business to a potential new hire, just like I’m selling a product. So the same amount of work going into like a sales page for a product goes into hiring for a job advertisement. Because I know that hiring somebody who’s incredibly talented,

06:18
and is so valuable to the company, it’s worth my time there. So once I do that, I use Airtable to collect all of the applications that we get. Why don’t you talk about what that is, just in case people don’t know what that tool is. Airtable is one of the things I’m most excited about right now as a tool. It’s kind of like Excel on Google Sheets on steroids, in a sense that you can, it’s,

06:47
all the really good stuff that you get from Google Sheets and Excel, like being able to pull in information, look at it in different viewpoints, and also the ability to then connect it to other apps, applications, and tools, and pull in information and push information. So it’s extremely flexible as well. And so basically the way that we use it is when somebody applies to a job app, they go through a form that we’ve created on our website with Airtable.

07:17
and it’s hosted by our table. And that information is then pulled into our, what looks like a Google Sheet, but a Google Sheet that’s dynamic. And as people come into this, we can move them from round one to round two. We have little tripwires and stuff that we can see if somebody’s gonna pass the round one to round two requirement. That’s something simple like including a word in their cover letter that we’ve specified. Then from round two to round three, we can visualize

07:47
and move people through this whole process almost like a sales funnel. So by the time they get to the round three and four, we, and we’re ready to actually have an interview. We’ve, they’ve gone through these steps and we’re, I’m interviewing basically typically on an average of like four or five people for every 200 applications. it’s really, really helpful. And my time is saved massively. And also we tend to get higher quality people.

08:15
because they go through this step-by-step process. I’m just kind of curious since we’re talking about this. So round one is something stupid like include a word or subject in your application, right? What do rounds two and three look like? Round two and three include listening to a couple of podcast episodes, really episodes that are like very deep in like the ethos of what my business is about. So one with a guest and one with just me talking about our business. if people are really excited after listening to the podcast episode, then they write a blog post.

08:45
a very short one to understand if they can write. So writing, we’re remote team, and I found that the ability to write is incredibly, incredibly important with a remote team. So that’s the next step, is going through a blog post. After that, the next step is recording a YouTube video, introducing themselves for two minutes. So by the time we get to the actual meet them in person,

09:12
We’ve got a YouTube video, we know they can write and we know they can follow it, pay attention to details. So these are obviously for higher paid positions that are very skilled, right? Yes. Yeah. But actually I would do a similar version. I’ve done a similar version of this with less steps for lower level positions. And I actually think that they’re just as important for lower level positions because with a lower level position, the thing that often you really need is someone to follow instructions.

09:42
Yeah, you know, what’s funny about that is we followed a similar scheme for hiring for Bumblebee linens. Yep. But what we found is we got almost no applicants that could make it through that entire funnel. And like literally when one person finally made it through the funnel, we’re like, all right, great. We’re going to, we’re going to interview that person. It’s pretty sad really. So I think there’s like a happy medium, at least in my experience when, when hiring like the lower level types of employees.

10:07
Were you there at eCommerce fuel when I was talking with Bill D’Alessandro about the number one question he asked applicants that determined whether he’s going to hire them or not? No, I’d love to hear it. So he asked them, he says, so he gives them an assignment. Like, let’s say you work for me and I gave you an assignment that was due Friday at 4 30. But then over the course of the week, I gave you a whole bunch of other stuff and you weren’t able to work on that one assignment that’s due at 4 30 on Friday. So

10:36
Let’s say four o’clock rolls around and you find that you don’t have time to finish it before you have to complete your work day. What do you do? Oh, it’s a good question. And so some people might say, hey, you know, I’ll email you and I’ll tell you, hey, I didn’t get a chance to do it, but I’ll get it to you first thing Monday morning. But the right answer to that question is I’ll just stay as long as it takes to finish it up. Cause that was the due date was today. Yeah. Right. And so that’s it. Number one hiring thing.

11:05
That’s great. That’s his number one hiring question that determines whether you make it in or not. It’s really interesting. think I would frame it in a way where if you, the moment that you know that you are not able to complete it, what do you do? And I’d love to hear what people say, how they would communicate that. Right. It’s interesting, right? Cause everybody has too much on their plate at all times and trying to figure that thing out is what’s funny about that is like his best employees. They just say, what do you mean? I can’t finish it.

11:35
Of course I’m gonna finish it. Right. Yeah. Well, Steve, let’s go to something you’re really, really good at. And number two, I’ve got content repurposing. Right, you have a very small team, but you have a big footprint out there of the content you produce and you push out. How do you do Yeah, so every week, you know, for some reason, when we were talking about this earlier, I felt like I didn’t do that much in this area, but you kind of convinced me that I did, so.

12:02
We’ll talk about it now. So every single week I put out one blog post, one podcast episode, one YouTube video. And then I have actually Instagram and Twitter now on autopilot. And I’m going to be starting a TikTok channel in a couple of weeks. Now on the surface, that actually sounds like a lot, but I actually do a lot of content repurposing and it, for me, it always just starts out with the blog. Every single week on Sunday morning while my kids are in Russian math for four hours. Just thought I’d put that in there. I sit down.

12:32
and I write literally for four hours straight and I put out that one three to 5,000 word blog post. And from that blog post, sometimes for my YouTube video, all I do is just take the exact words sometimes, because I write like how I talk. Sometimes I take those exact words and just put out a YouTube video. Other times I’ll just take bullet points from that, just turn on the camera and just riff on it. And for YouTube especially, I think it’s important that you have a setup in your office where all you got to do is click one button and start recording.

13:02
Like the lights have to be set up and everything. If you don’t have that, forget about it. It’s not going to happen. So what I do then after that, so I have this blog post and for the podcast, that’s not really automated because the purpose of the podcast for me is just to get to know people. So I’ll just have someone like my assistant schedule out interviews in advance, which require no prep on my part for the most part. Cause I just riff based on the answers that they give kind of like how we’re doing it right now for Twitter and social media.

13:30
Uh, I actually hired recently a consultant that just consumes all of my content, YouTube, podcasts, everything, and puts together these little, you know, tweets that go out three times a day. And then I take those and I put those on Instagram and those are actually going to be the fundamentals of my Tik TOK channel as well. And so there’ll be the tweets, what do you post the tweets, like pictures of the tweets on Instagram or do you do something different on Instagram?

13:59
So the tweets are actually in this Google sheet, which ones are going out. And I kind of see how they perform on Twitter and I the best ones. And then I, this, this part’s manual. I’ll find like a family picture or some picture to go along with it for Instagram. Cool. Cool. And then TikTok. So how long have you been taking dance lessons to prepare for your TikTok entry? You know, I just finished, I finished a three month series on hip hop dancing, which is going to be the fundamentals of my TikTok channel.

14:29
It’s gonna be good. what’s funny about this is I told Austin this and you actually believed me. I did, I did. Before he went on, he was talking about TikTok and I was like, that’s impressive. Steve’s committed to his craft. Okay, so very interesting. So you’re repurposing everything here and you’ve got now from one blog post, that one blog post turns into Instagram, tweets, a YouTube video, and also an email. Does the email go out as well?

14:58
Email goes out, that, I mean, that part’s not automated, but yes, I email out all these pieces of content to my audience on a weekly basis. Cool. And does that come from the writing or is that a separate email that you’re writing? Usually it depends how much time I have. Like if I’m, if I don’t have that much time, sometimes I’ll just cut and paste like an excerpt from the blog post as an intro for the video. But you got to understand like all these pieces of content aren’t going out at the same time.

15:23
Yes. Right. So I stagger them. So like the YouTube video of that blog post might come out like months later. Okay. That makes sense. feel like it’s all going out at the same time. And how do you manage that? Do have any tools that you use to manage that? Or is that all Google Sheets? It’s all just Google Sheets. I mean, that part is kind of manual and there’s no real method. I just wait and see if it’s been long enough basically that I publish the other post. Cool. That’s awesome. And so you’re doing all of this. you have anyone helping you?

15:53
push, publish, or is it just you? So the Twitter stuff is all automated. Instagram, that’s all kind of curated by me because I feel like my Instagram is a little bit more personal. Yeah. I use a tool called planily to just schedule everything out. So I’m scheduled out for like three months already. Oh, awesome. So I don’t have to touch that podcast. My, my VA handles that. My, my VA actually edits all my videos. Also, she actually edits all my Tik TOKs as well. So that, yeah, she’s been amazing.

16:21
Steve, I can tell already you’re going to be going to have a massive TikTok following. Dude, I’m excited. I just actually interviewed a TikTok consultant this morning on my podcast. Cool. So she gave me all these pointers. think in terms of expanding your reach, it seems like TikTok is probably the best platform right now or the fastest growing one for sure. Cool. So let’s move to the next one here on automations. So outsourcing email.

16:50
And I think we can both talk a little bit about this. I can start and dive in a little bit about how, how I do it. This has been one of the best, the best changes that I made, I would say in the last five years was directing my email to help scout and getting some help filtering through my email before it gets to me. So both Steve and I put out a lot of content. And when you put out a lot of content, you get a lot of responses.

17:19
And some of those responses I really want to see. And some of those are actually 95 % of them are pitches to go on my podcast. I would say you’re probably familiar with that. You probably get the same. And so I’ve got it set up so that my email goes to a help scout. And then I have my assistant who filters through the email and then assigns the ones to me that make the most sense for me to respond to. And sometimes she’ll even include a note. And if I get an email that is important.

17:47
I’ll also just send me a message on Slack saying, hey, here you got a new email about this to go check it out. Saves an incredible amount of time. So Austin, how come my emails have not been making through your filters? That’s what I want to know. That was actually explicit instructions to my assistant. To forward your emails on to a Chinese factory that.

18:13
that is going to be hard selling you widgets for the next. I still get so, guess every once in I still get tons of emails from going to the Canton fair. And they’re usually very hard sell emails about like the newest widget. But yeah, that’s what I do. Steve, what do you do? I know you’ve got your own process here. Yes, I don’t use Help Scout. I use a tool called Gorgias. And the reason why I like Gorgias so much is because you can literally tie in all of your social media channels. So you don’t do as much social, I don’t think as I do, but.

18:42
Facebook, Instagram, every time I post one of those I get comments and I want to make sure that people get responses to those comments. So all emails, social, Facebook Messenger, even SMS, they all come into the same platform. And then my VA goes through and just flat out just closes the one for podcast requests actually, he just closes a whole bunch of those. And then for people who are actually, you know, sending me an email, like there’s canned responses for certain things and

19:09
Just like you, only the most important ones get filtered to me that I finally answer. Yeah, it’s incredible and Gorgias is a great tool. I think I’ll probably make the transition after this conversation to Gorgias because I’m doing more social and we’re ramping that up. Yeah. Does Help Scout not handle social? Doesn’t, it doesn’t. Ah, interesting. It just does email and also like support beacons. So people can click on the support beacon on my membership.

19:38
ask a question, it goes directly in. So yeah, I don’t want this to be a gorgeous ad, but what else? It also does all my e-commerce store stuff comes in and it imports all that information. So one click of a button. It’s amazing. It’s fantastic. There are also sponsors of our podcast, uh, e-commerce. So I, I, I’m a huge fan. I just need to make the transition. Cool. Well, the next one here is something that I think you’re really good at. And as we were going into this episode, I was like,

20:08
You know, Steve, I know you have so much automated and you do so much with such a small team. And one of the things you mentioned was you like to delegate a lot of stuff to the floor. What does that mean? What do you delegate into the floor and how do you think about what’s important in your business? So by delegating to the floor, that’s actually a nice way to say I drop a lot of things on the floor. You know, sadly enough, I don’t really have like a set method, but for me, like I have this

20:37
The way I do this is ridiculously primitive. I actually have a draft in Gmail of all the tasks that I want to get done in a given week, and those are prioritized. So in a given week, if there’s something extraneous that comes up, I always open up my draft in Gmail and say, hey, does it fall under these directives? If it doesn’t, and I don’t think it’s important for the long term, I literally just drop it on the floor. If it’s something that might be longer term, that’s something I need to do.

21:07
I add it to that drafts under the long-term to-do list. Unfortunately, what ends up happening is a lot of my wife’s things fall into that and I get in big trouble. don’t think she’s seen my email drafts yet, but there’s a lot of the stuff that she wants kind of below. Like if she found that draft, I’m sure she’d move them up. Do you do something similar, Austin? Kind of curious. It’s interesting. I don’t use a Gmail draft. That’s a ultra power move. I’ve never heard of that, but that’s for you.

21:36
I definitely, I think the way that we do it is we do a lot of like sprints. So we like to work on projects for like two to three weeks at a time and try to get something like shipped. And within that process, it eliminates a lot. So if we say we have like a hard deadline, we’re like, Hey, we’re to put something out on this day. Then when you look at that and you go look at all the steps, it automatically eliminates a lot of the extraneous stuff.

22:05
because you’re planning on moving something forward. Like when I launched our membership, the coalition, we did it in 30 days from start deciding to do it to launching. And that required us to really limit a lot of the features that we had to get something out. And then on a personal level, I try to limit myself down to like three to five big things a week that I do. And I think there’s also just a mindset side of just realizing that like,

22:35
At a certain point, when you’re an entrepreneur, you recognize that you’ll never have enough time to do all the things that you want to do. So just give up that mindset of trying to check everything off. And I think that that’s been really helpful is just recognizing that I’m always going to have 10 to 20 times more stuff to do than I have time to do. Do you have a running task list though of those things that aren’t as high priority? I don’t, no.

23:02
I don’t. So when you say that, you have like a running task list of things that aren’t high priority. It’s like the things that you consistently. Hey, let me open up my drafts right now. Great. I’m very interested in this. Yeah. Okay. So here’s something that’s been on my back burner for a little bit. Like I actually haven’t converted over to the Facebook conversions API yet. Okay. It’s something that’s on my list, but it’s not something that’s going to directly bring in more sales. Yes. Right. So that’s why I keep pushing it down. I know it’s important, but I keep pushing it down.

23:33
Yeah, so I don’t have a running list, but I definitely run it through like a mental filter around that. at the end of the day, I’ll look at like, we have like our rocks for the quarter and the things that we want to move forward and always be cross-referencing the rocks that we have versus the stuff that I’m doing. And it’s like, is this really related to what I said that I wanted to do 45 days ago? Cause usually the first 45 days of a quarter, it’s like really easy to stick to your

24:03
priorities, the second 45 days, you’re far enough away that you start to like forget, we had this great meeting and we made all these plans. So that’s when I’m more cognizant of looking at my plan for the quarter. I mean, I know one thing that I need is what I call a mind sweeper. I actually had one of these at my last job, you know, when I was working full time, like I’m really excited about the big things like the big rocks that move things. But then like I leave like this trail of destruction behind.

24:33
Right? Where I’m just trying to get things done. Things are moving forward, but it might not be polished. I need someone just kind of behind me polishing everything that I do as I lay my path to destruction. Yeah. That sounds like a great role. That sounds like something you could hire for using my air table set up. Yes, exactly. It’ll be an extensive interview automated process where I asked them, Hey, it’s four 30 and you didn’t get it done yet. What are you going to do? What are you going to do?

25:00
Yeah, and you give them some half-baked blog posts and see what they can turn it into. That’s actually amazing. So people actually write the blog posts. That’s actually more difficult to me than putting out a two-minute YouTube video, actually. Well, yeah, we keep it short, though. It’s like 500 words, like a 500-word answer to some sort of a response and see how well people… And for every role, it’s different. Like, for a customer service role, we didn’t do that. We did a reply to a customer.

25:30
So here’s a scenario, write their email response. That was fascinating actually, because it was like 90 % of people just totally blew it up and then 10 % of people got it perfectly. It’s so interesting. It’s like a very basic email response to a customer who might be frustrated and 90 % of them were just like, okay, even though everything looks good on your resume, there’s no chance we could ever hire you considering your email response for this customer.

25:58
I know your interview question. Let’s say Steve Chu emails you here. How do you deal with this? Do you A, forward to a factory in China? Well, let’s get to number five here. And number five is one we can both talk about, which is running automation for email marketing and SMS and what that means for your business and for also for our clients, the people that

26:27
have gone through our trainings in our communities. This is one, I still think email and SMS, email automation is one of the most powerful things you can do after we’ve both been in this e-commerce space, online space for quite a few years. And there’s always new flashy things that pop up and people talk about. But the end of the day, email is still incredibly, incredibly powerful to automate.

26:55
and provides so many levers for business owners to be able to do more with a smaller team.

27:04
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

27:32
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

28:02
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

28:12
You know, it’s funny you say that over the years I’ve been drawn to new shiny objects. Like for example, I went on this Facebook messenger kick for two years. Yeah. But I just never learned my lesson with Facebook. You know what I mean? Yeah. Like I used to be excited about Facebook pages back in the day, then groups, but they keep just nerfing everything. And then they just did a gigantic nerf, partly because of Apple, think. But yeah. So email is the one stalwart that’s lasted the test of time. And then I think SMS is going to be another one of those platforms that last the test of time.

28:40
What are your, like, at end of the day, what are the most powerful automations, email automations that you have set up? So, I think the most powerful thing that I do is I keep it simple. Really, I had this one sequence where I only have one product, which essentially is to get people to the store and, sorry, not the store, to the course. Yep. And I have different autoresponder sequences depending on what they’re interested in. Sure.

29:09
Like if there’s interest in selling on Amazon, I have them click over, you know, with the drip, think we both use drip. It allows you to send them different sequences depending on what they’re interested in. But I just have forms and all of my blog posts. I have calls to actions on my podcast, my YouTube videos, and that’s how I build my list. The other thing that I do is I like to cross pollinate everything. So for example, one class might only be available on SMS. And so in order to get this, you know, I have them click on this link, which sends a text message and I say upfront,

29:39
you’re going to get one text message per week and that’s how it’s going to be delivered. And so that way I have like, you know, people on both places, which allows me to reach them more because the deliverability for both platforms, at least SMS is really good right now, but I just noticed that there was a junk folder in my messages on my Android phone recently. And I think that it’s going to probably go in that direction at some point as well. For sure. We can already tell that it’s going in that direction, especially as exponentially the number of

30:07
people texting me for random stuff. Politicians usually lead the way on some of this stuff. And if you get on any one SMS list, you’ll just get hammered to eternity about certain issues. And that’s not a good experience. When I look at some of the email and SMS automations that are incredibly powerful. One, like you, have like a onboarding series. So if somebody signs up, they go through a quiz funnel, ask some questions, and then they go into a sequence.

30:37
Uh, that will, it’s designed to send them to the coalition and sign up. Uh, other things that I’ve put in that have been really helpful have been browse abandonment emails related to that. it’s, you know, browse abandonment emails when people are checking around and I always try to personalize those. So it’s like, Hey, I you were on the, all the website, like hit me, hit reply, hit reply and let me know what you’re thinking about. And a lot of times I get interesting questions about whether or not they should join the course. And.

31:07
From a client perspective, those two are easy ones right away, like card abandonment, browse abandonment, onboarding sequences, and then also replenishment sequences. what’s been interesting, I’ve been working with someone for the last couple of months, they came in with zero email. Like they were doing, I think they were sending like one email every two months. And now we’re up over 30 % of their revenue coming from.

31:37
email marketing in a couple of months because it just got, like you said, like kept it simple, but focused on the powerful stuff. It’s an email mark, email every single week that goes out, like a broadcast email featuring some sort of a product. And then we focused heavily, their replenishables business on a repeat purchase sequence that goes on for literally months. So if you buy something and don’t repurchase, you’ll be followed up about

32:07
this for months and it’s crazy. There’s eight or 10 emails and the email like eight or nine is performing almost as good as the first email. They’re just, it just happens to be replenishable that people buy over time. And so it was inspired kind of by a, you, do you wear contacts, contact lenses? do. Yeah. Okay. Did you ever buy from 1-800-contacts? I do not. Okay. Well, if you do, if you want to see an incredible experience, they’re the most relentless business I’ve ever.

32:37
scene with follow-up because they know if you buy contacts, you have to buy more contacts and they know your prescription. So they just continue to follow up with you every two to three weeks for eternity by SMS and email. it usually and it’s like one click experience where I just can click and buy my contacts. It makes it so easy. So I’ve been replicating that. I’m curious since I know you work with a lot of clients, how do people combine the email and SMS experience for an e-commerce store?

33:07
So this is where it starts to get really exciting. And there’s been some like big rollouts of, you can do this now on Postscript and you can do this on Klavia. And if you are trying to combine the two of them, I think from a strategy perspective, something that’s very interesting is I like to think of like upgrading my email flows. So I’ve been talking about like, how do you upgrade your email flows? So if you take what you’re currently doing and you recognize that

33:34
Maybe a good open rate is like 35%. Well, that’s 65 % of the people have not seen this. So if you’ve got an abandoned cart flow and you’ve got people that are going through this email sequence and you’ve also happened to capture their SMS number, well, you can put in something called like a clean up text message. So if somebody goes through the email sequence and they haven’t purchased something, then maybe you send them a text message. So you add a text message on the end of that.

34:04
or on your welcome series, the same sort of thing. Send a couple of emails and then they haven’t made a purchase, send your emails to like a discount or an offer email, then also hit with them with an SMS message. So you’re kind of, you’re stacking these to work together and you’re taking whatever you’re already doing and you’re just upgrading your flows. And it’s the same like the post purchase replenishment flow. If you’ve got emails going out,

34:33
why don’t you pop in an SMS message every three emails so that you’re not overwhelming people, but you’re getting through to people. So just kind of interpreting what you were saying, would you say that if you sent out an email, but it was unopened, you would send a text message to someone who hasn’t opened.

34:53
Yes, I think it’s a little bit harder to do that specifically because the way that the systems are set up, you’re not going to be able to really tell if they opened or not. I was saying more like if they don’t take the desired action that you want them to take and a desired action of an abandoned cart is to make a purchase. Desired action of a new subscriber sequence is to make a purchase. So it’s more like if they’re not taking those actions, then send a message or two, but don’t treat it the same way. It’s a totally different channel, right? Like you can’t

35:22
You can’t SMS text people the way that you email people. It’s just not acceptable. about for like a direct campaign? Like what I like to do is I’ll start out with email. Yeah. And then I’ll wait like several days and then send out a text to the people who haven’t opened or that’s why I kind of brought it up. I was kind of curious if you do something similar for direct campaigns. Yes, I think that that’s a great and I guess I think of that as like a cleanup campaign, like clean up all the people who had not made a purchase.

35:50
That’s what I think about for campaigns. Yes. It’s a great way to look at it. And also, you know, another way to think about SMS from a campaign perspective, this isn’t really automation, but you know, asking questions and I know you are deep into Facebook Messenger. you kind of like, it’s, the same premise that if you’re trying to launch something from a direct, if you’re like a direct to consumer clothing company,

36:15
hey, we’re trying to decide between these two things, this pink or this green shirt, which one do you like? Having people respond back is a great way to drive sales. I mean, that’s actually the most important aspect of SMS in my opinion, the ability for someone to instantly reply. So the way I get people used to SMS is I say, hey, this is an open line for you guys. Anytime you have a question, just hit reply. Yeah. And that way they’re not going to mark my next campaign as spam. You know, it reduces the chances.

36:45
And I’ve actually closed so many sales through SMS. Yeah. Is it getting immediate response? Yeah. But we also did find out today that it isn’t actually a direct response back to Steve. goes through your filter system. And I found out that none of my emails make it to you because they’re for you. Yeah. So, but yeah, those those are great, great, great ways to do it. And there’s a lot of opportunity there. I love just.

37:13
the opportunity around, I think there’s very few things that are more exciting than automating something that you do consistently away so you don’t have to do it again. So fun. I agree with you. Actually, it’s kind of like engineering work. And that’s, it’s kind of like work I used to do at my full-time job. And it just makes things a lot more interesting and fun. Do you have anything else that you’re excited about? Like tool-wise, tools-wise that you’re using or?

37:43
to help you automate stuff or not? Well, you know my personality, right, Austin? I like to code a bunch of stuff up. Yeah, oh yeah. One thing that I, this has been on my to-do list for a long time. What I’m actually really fascinated about is the ability to text to purchase. Yes, it’s cool. So if already someone has an account, I don’t know if there’s tools out there, I’m sure there’s tools out there that already do this. I don’t know if you’re any your There is, there are, yeah.

38:10
But the idea is they have their credit card stored already somewhere and then they just text back a word in the quantity and then it instantly becomes a purchase. I wanted to write that for myself because then I have infinite control over what I can do. what tools are available that do this for you? Oh man, there’s two on Shopify. let me just think, I’m gonna look it up real quick. I think it’s Electric SMS. Have you used it before?

38:38
Yes, I have. your clients, okay. Does it work though? It does. So it’s, they just changed their name now to Recharge SMS, but it’s ElectricSMS.com. this only, so this one works for, I’m gonna tell you the use case of this. This is if people are on subscription already, and helps automate support and prevent churn. So what that means is that you’ll text somebody and say, hey, your order’s gonna come out scheduled for let’s say like,

39:07
May 6th, for example. And you could text back, modify order, and you can change the order by text. And you can, for example, swap a flavor. You could skip it. You could update the quantity, change your shipping address, your billing info, next charge date, whatever. you could also add a one-time item. So you could add another item to your order on a consistent basis, which is pretty cool.

39:37
And that works for anybody using recharge on Shopify. Actually, I think it doesn’t necessarily have to be Shopify, just anybody using recharge. Oh, okay. So it’s another feature of recharge, basically. It’s a feature of recharge, but it’s a totally different company. It’s like an agency built it. Oh. And that’s, yeah, so it works with recharge. And then I’m trying to think of the other one that I’ve heard of. The other one that I heard of was…

40:04
It’s a one, it’s different. It’s a one click purchase from email, which I thought was interesting. So you send an email and it would be able to just go directly to, you just press like, I think it’s called like a one trick pony or something like that. You press the yes in the email and it automatically purchases for you. So the use case that I was thinking of was you get on live and you try to sell something and then

40:33
It’s easier to say, just text this to actually make the purchase. Or if you do some sort of auction like thing. Basically, the whole premise is having their credit card information stored somewhere. So email would work, SMS, I mean, it doesn’t really matter what the use case. should get in the, so Dirty, I think it’s called Dirty Lemon. Have you been to that website? I have not. So Dirty Lemon, are like text first, a text first e-commerce business.

41:03
If you text them, you will have somebody live going back and forth with you and you can start your subscription directly through text. It’s pretty cool. And they do a lot of their sales using this text message thing. So it’s not exactly what you’re saying, but they’re incredibly good at it. You can be able to see what they’re doing and then code it up and then start your next, I mean, start your next multi-billion dollar app here.

41:31
You know what’s funny, Austin? Like I get so many emails now that I actually look forward to getting a text because it actually stands out. If that makes any sense. Totally agree. I texted you to set this up because I was like, probably should text Steve versus email. Well, that’s the only way I’m going to get ahold of you apparently. For, yeah, that’s, mean, that’s, that’s the beauty of automation. But yeah, this is awesome. And.

42:01
I this is a fun episode to do together. think if you’re listening to this episode on my podcast and you have not listened to Steve’s podcast, Steve, why should they listen to my wife, quit her job podcast? It’s because I bring on guys like Austin to talk about, you know, the latest trends in e-commerce or online business. And everyone I get there, they’re in the trenches. They’ve been pre-screened. Usually I’ve met them in person and they know their stuff. So you can actually trust.

42:30
the words that people say. On the same vein, I encourage all of you to check out Austin’s podcast. And Austin, why should they listen to eCommerce influence? Because I am laser focused on helping eCommerce entrepreneurs build more wealth and live a more fulfilled life. And the way I kind of think about that is by bringing in very interesting people that I’ve met that are doing cool things in our industry.

43:00
try to figure out how they’re wired and try to bring some of those nuggets back to you. awesome. Steve has been great and we’ll talk to you guys soon. Yep. Sounds good.

43:14
Hope you enjoyed that episode and once again, if you haven’t checked out Austin’s podcast, it’s called Ecommerce Influence, go over there now and check it out. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 352. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

43:40
So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

44:08
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

351: How To Use Facebook Groups To Make Millions Selling Keto Products With Jen Garza

351: How To Use Facebook Groups To Make Millions Selling Keto Products With Jen Garza

Today I’m thrilled to have Jennifer Marie Garza on the show. Jen is the founder of LowCarbInspirations.com which is a company that specializes in keto and healthy living. She’s also the author of one of the highest-selling keto cookbooks of all time called “Easy Keto For Busy People”.

She runs a gigantic Facebook group with almost 200K members, a Facebook page with almost 700k fans, and another Facebook group with 100k members.

Jen is one of the most successful people I know in this space, and in this episode, she’s teaches us her secrets.

What You’ll Learn

  • What led Jen to writing about keto.
  • How Jen grew her Facebook page and Facebook group to over 700k fans and members.
  • How to use Facebook Groups to make millions of dollars.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my dear friend, Jennifer Marie Garza on the show, and Jen is the founder of lowcarbinspirations.com, where she specializes in keto. She’s the author of one of the highest selling keto cookbooks of all time called Easy Keto for Busy People. And today we’re going to learn how she generates most of her engagement and her sales with Facebook groups. But before we begin, I want to thank Clavia for sponsoring this episode.

00:30
Are you working around the clock to build a business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how companies you admire the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. Now these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid

01:00
purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. So to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you own your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an ecommerce business of any kind,

01:28
You know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data.

01:55
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. But not only that, it is price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast,

02:23
covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. And no topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:46
Welcome to the My Wife Coder Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Jennifer Marie Garza on the show. Now Jen is the founder of Low Carb Inspirations.com, which is a company that specializes in keto and healthy living. She’s also the author of one of the highest selling keto cookbooks of all time called Easy Keto for Busy People. And I believe that when she launched it, was number two on all of Amazon.

03:10
She runs a gigantic Facebook group of almost 200,000 members and a Facebook page of almost 700,000 fans. And I just found out from chatting with her before this, she actually has another group of 100,000 related to keto as well. And she also sells a variety of keto related resources over at lowcarbinspirations.com. Now Jen is actually easily the most successful person I know in this space and she is a rock star, but I have to warn you.

03:36
that she’s also extremely humble and modest, probably one of the most humble people that I know. So what I’m going to try to do today is I’m going to do my best today to force her to brag about herself. And with that, welcome to show, Jen, how are you doing today? How are you? I’m so happy to be here. I meant what I said, by the way, you are easily one of the most humble people I know. And I don’t do well talking about bragging about myself. Let’s start this off in case people who do not know who you are.

04:06
What led you to writing about keto or publishing about keto? See, I’m four years into my journey. So when I started, I didn’t know where to go. There was no information and I was trying to figure it out. And that is a not a good place to be in. So I just really wanted to make it simple for other people wanting to get healthy and do low carb. So why keto in the first place actually? Was there a goal? The only thing that worked for me, the only one and I’ve tried

04:36
Every diet plan, every crazy thing, every pill, potion, powder, I’ve tried it all to lose weight and nothing worked. So this is literally the only thing that worked. Actually same here. I didn’t go keto, but I went extremely low carb and I lost 35 pounds I think in four months. Wow. And not only that, but my head is a lot clearer. I don’t get any food coma or anything like that and I just feel fantastic.

05:05
Yes. Yeah. And that’s so that kind of leads to why I named my website low carb inspirations.com is because keto is so strict. It’s like you have to live life. And I couldn’t sell I couldn’t see myself being that strict forever. But I knew being that strict would get me to my goals. And then I knew going forward, I still know that I will forever in my lifetime be low carb.

05:33
Same here, actually, I was very strict for an entire month and it was actually miserable. But then I found by just going low carb, you can maintain it pretty easily. you use keto to get where you want. You use keto to help with your inflammation, to reduce body fat, help with the brain fog, do all the stuff that you need it to do and then maintain with low carb. Exactly. So your book, I noticed, is named keto. Is it because that’s the word that people search for?

06:02
Or if you had your druthers, would you have named it like low carb cookbook or something like that? No, I believe in keto and I help people to do keto. So I will still help people to do keto. I feel like there’s stages. I feel like there’s stages. It’s like you start off and you want to do keto, but you’re really doing low carb because you don’t understand keto. And then you lose a few pounds and you’re like, man, I feel good and the food is good. And then you get stricter and then you really do become keto.

06:31
And then it really, really works. And then you’re like, holy cow, this is awesome. And then you get to like a carnivore stage to where you’re like, wow, I can get really strict and get to my goals even faster. And then you incorporate like intermittent fasting because it really helps you make you feel good. And then you get to your goals and you’re like, okay, I’ve done it. I’ve gone there. Now I want to live life a little bit and maintain. And that’s where you hit like low carbs. So I feel like

06:59
there’s just a bunch of stages, you know, so I think my publisher found me through keto friendly recipes, Facebook page, and, you know, they wanted to monetize off the keto name, and it was in the very beginning stages. So that was the name of the page. But as me thinking of a whole new website, I was like, I could see the stages. And I could see that I didn’t want to be that forever. And

07:26
I just thought keto is low carb. It’s just a stricter form. So it fits and my vision long-term is low carb. It’s just keto is a piece of it. It’s funny. I went through the exact stages that you were talking about, like word for word, literally. Yeah. Yeah, I’ve been doing this long enough to know like, hey, what stage are you in and why are there keto police? It’s because you’re in this stage and they’re in that stage and it’s okay.

07:51
So what’s funny about this is the keto police was my mom. She saw me when I lost, I actually lost more than 35 pounds overall. And she looked at me and in Asian cultures, it’s actually better to be a little bit plump because it like symbolizes prosperity. And all of a sudden my face was the most noticeable. It was like kind of like gone. She was like, oh my God, can I give you some money and feed you? Are you doing okay? Do you need money? Oh, That’s funny.

08:20
So in terms of your income, I know you make a lot of money in full-time income doing this. Where’s your, what are your earners? Is it the stuff that you sell on your website or is it your book? So in the past two years, my main focus has been on the two books that I put out and one here and I have an agent and we negotiated some amazing contracts.

08:47
In fact, in talking with my agent, I’m not allowed to say what it is that I got. But I’m I know it was like, I’m trying to, you know, build into what you want me to talk about. Oh, no, it’s okay. You don’t need to use numbers at all. We’re just trying to get an idea of you know, where where all the money. Yes. So the book, the first book, I know that my my agent negotiated a rate that out of every other publisher that I know of, it was double that. So

09:16
Most of my income for the last two years has been the books and the, you know, you get royalties from that. So that’s continuing. But this last year, I would say it’s I’ve self published a book. I have to give first rights to my agent. If ever I do another book, and they didn’t want my latest book, which is fine by me. Right. The latest book that continues to sell every day is probably telling people what that book is.

09:46
It’s called keto chocolate recipes. We were just chatting about this just before. See, I have to pull the information out of Jen just case you guys are listening. She doesn’t like to self promote at all. Not at all. I am not good at self promotion. I know. I know. I have to do it for you. So can you talk about self publishing versus going with a publisher and an agent? Yeah. So I don’t know how you pitch an agent because

10:10
Publishers find you if you have a little bit of popularity online and you have a big audience They know you can sell and if you’re not selling anything, it’s a total win for them. So this publisher Houghton Mifflin hardcore HMH came to me and wanted me to publish the book and Then you negotiate a contract you can work with an agent without an agent you negotiate all the terms and I don’t know if you know this but an agent because I was even

10:38
wondering if I should have an agent or not. She was able to negotiate a lot more that paid for her salary plus more, but her job, main job, one of the things I learned is that her main job is she will get you all the money that she thinks that book will make upfront, meaning you will be paid in full upfront for the life of that book. And her job is to get you that upfront and not make royalties on the end.

11:08
So that’s the benefit of having an agent is that they get you paid upfront for the work that you’ve done. So if you do end up getting royalties, then she miscalculated and the negotiations can go better for the next book. I see. Yeah. I never knew that process. So I knew the negotiation was great in the beginning. So when the book started doing very well, I was like, Oh my goodness. I didn’t even think about royalties because I, I,

11:37
would have done it just for what you gave me. This is how we had that discussion and that royalties are paid out I think twice a year and I had hit royalty payout in the first term after the book was published, which was super rare. So does that mean that you probably could have made more money by taking less upfront and getting more on the royalties back in then?

12:03
No, I personally don’t think so. Because at that time, I wasn’t for sure if keto was a trend. And I knew how I felt about keto, I knew how I would be in it and then out. So I kind of took that into consideration as to how long a book titled keto would actually go for in a couple of years. Does that make sense? Yeah, actually, it does. Yeah. But but why not self publish this book? I think

12:32
leads to little bit of self confidence issues. Which you should never have. yeah, well, you know, as an overweight person who’s been overweight, like there’s confidence issues that comes with that just perfectly honest. No, but I had I had a big audience and I’ve never sold to them. And the contract was written in a way to where, you know, I had a huge team that supported me and team with skills that I couldn’t do. I’m not a photographer.

13:00
I’m not a food stylist. So for them to take my recipes that I know are successful and have a team make them, style them, photograph them and put them into a book. I mean, that’s a huge deal for it to give off a good first impression. So I am happy I did that and I don’t regret that either. So I didn’t realize. So they sent a team of photographers into your house. No, I went to New York. Oh, okay.

13:30
went for almost two weeks. Every photograph in every one of my book is food that was actually cooked in a studio. And there was a team of six people, a photographer and assistant, a food stylist and assistant, and the head cook and an assistant. And it was like a streamlined process to where we chose, way ahead of time, we chose what recipes we wanted in the book.

13:58
and then they would plan out and have all the groceries in this little bitty studio in New York City. And then they would cook in batches and the food styling and the photographers would prep up the site while the food is being cooked. And it was like this assembly line of just food making. That is so cool, actually. Yeah, it’s very cool. In fact, I should write

14:26
I’ve been tempted to write a blog post on it because I took a lot of photos and just to kind of see the process. I mean, my kitchen is fairly big and in this studio in New York, it was super small. So I was amazed that there was literally eight of us in this little place with one normal fridge and two mini fridge, and then one oven and a couple of convection ovens. I was like, oh my God, like you guys are serious. Well, everything’s bigger in Texas. You realize that.

14:57
So, okay, so that book, I can understand now. I mean, you wouldn’t have had the resources or the photographers and all that to pull that off. But then this Chaffles book that you just put out, did you take all your own photos? Yes. Okay. Well, I got confidence then. Okay, I see. So that first book deal gave you the confidence to publish the other. And then I did a second book deal just because

15:23
Literally, they came at me a week after the first one published because it went that well and offered me the second deal. Wow. I was like, holy crap, do I get a break? I just finished. And then the time frame of hurry up and get it out there is crazy. So I agreed to do all of that work again. And I think that ruined me because now I don’t ever want to do it again. I remember you posted on the Facebook, I think it was your personal page.

15:53
You had to come up with some insane number of recipes in an insane short amount of time. Yeah. 125 recipes in four months. Yeah. Crazy. Yeah. That probably burned you out too. It did. Yeah. By the way, how do you move so many books? How do I, what do you mean? That first book that launched and you met all your goals. I imagine whenever you publish a book, you are responsible for driving a lot of the sales, right? They do.

16:23
I have learned that they do very little. This is why they pitched me. I have a huge audience. I’m well connected to that audience and I’ve never sold to that audience. So when you get people that know, like and trust you and you come up with something, people will buy that just because you helped them, even if they don’t need it, which I really feel is the key. So given that you never sold to your group before, how did you frame the offer when you did post it?

16:51
just that I’m finally doing a cookbook, I guess I’m finally offering you another tool to help you on your keto journey. And there’s some people that like that some people that don’t. But for those people that don’t like it, I still offer those recipes, most of the recipes free on my website that they can print. So there’s just some people that like that tool in their kitchen that they can hold on to. was most of your advertising for your book just based on your Facebook group?

17:21
Yes, the group is where I had the most in-depth conversation. So if people wanted to talk to me, they knew that I was most active in my group. So I would show processes in the group. I think the biggest thing that probably brought all those sales is that I did a live weekly on Facebook with many different keto experts. And we just talked about the struggles.

17:49
and solutions that came along with the journey and then threw in a little blurp at the end. Hey, I’m coming out with a book. It’s going to launch here. And you just stir up that conversation. I see. Did you do stuff on your page as well as the group when you went live? So I always go live on my page first, because that’s where anybody can see it. And then I would share it to the closed group. Okay. And then what about was email a factor or was it just mainly social channels?

18:17
You know, I just, focused on social and I didn’t even do ads either. It was just a matter of connecting with your audience. Amazing. Are you allowed to give an idea of how many books were sold in that short period of time for that first book? Oh, I wish I would have known we were talking about this. I don’t even remember. I know that it’s a big deal for you to sell a hundred thousand books. And I do know I hit that mark because

18:46
the publisher only prints so many and then, you know, reorders come in quickly. And then when you hit a certain mark, they’re like screaming. Here’s the here’s the other thing to know is that I’ve been told that selling 35,000 books from a published book makes it a successful book. And I know I’ve done over 100,000. Which is crazy, because if you look your group was

19:14
Maybe it’s probably grown since then, but at the time it was probably less than 200,000. And that implies that almost everyone bought a book. know, but the books were in like the Amazon stores and, you know, Target and Sam. So there’s a lot of people that didn’t even know me that see it on the shelves though, too. And then they find me and read the book and then come in and find me. So I think it’s a push for both. think

19:44
My audience is what really lifted it. And then to really sell over that amount is how it got into big stores. That makes sense. Yeah, that makes sense. Well, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about Facebook groups. mean, you seem to have a knack for creating them. I have a very small group of, I want to say 13,000, and it’s actually a nightmare to manage. I’m sure you have some experiences there, but let’s say you’re starting from scratch with a Facebook group.

20:14
How do you grow it initially? So I start the groups as public so anybody can find them. And let me just say real quick ahead of time, I haven’t started a group in a little while. So I don’t know if the rules have changed for starting groups, but I remember starting a group. that Chaffles group? That’s relatively new, isn’t it? I think it’s about a year old now. Yeah, yeah, yeah, that’s relatively new. Okay, okay.

20:41
So when I started the group, I would make it public and I would just share, you know, to my Facebook page and my other group. Everything would be shared to the Facebook page, because that’s kind of like what I think of as my business card as to, hey, come see who I am. And then the group is what I consider like my living room. And I’m like, hey, you see the Facebook page, you’re at my front door of my house, you like what it is. And I welcome you into my living room. And that’s what I consider my group.

21:09
So I’m like, hey, this is what we have. Come on into my group. And I might do that via my Facebook page or my email list. And I might also offer them like, here’s a printable of the top 10 best recipes for this particular group, like the Chaffles group with here’s the top 10 recipes for the Chaffle group. And then just to be in and around people who like the same subject is just how you

21:38
get people into that group.

22:05
So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry,

22:34
You name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergecouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

22:51
So I took a look at your Facebook page and the groups and it seems like most of your focus is on the group, the page you post, but it’s not conversational. No, The page, so my page, my Facebook page, the way I look at that is that I’m walking around in the world and somebody might see it and they may or may not like keto. And if they like keto, then there’s my business card. It’s kind of like that first introduction to a relationship.

23:20
It’s like, hey, if you like it, come follow along. And then if they really get to like it, and if they actually like read a blog post or actually, you know, do a recipe in the blog post, I will say, if you want to be part of this, or if you want to talk to other like minded people, let me invite you to this group, because here’s where we really test and talk and have fun. And then that’s how they get invited into the group. So how often do you post about the group on your Facebook page?

23:52
Not hardly at all. want to make sure before I invite them to my living room, I want to make sure that they won’t miss the subject. Okay. And so I will get those people in a blog post. If they took the time to read, we all know how hard it is to get somebody to read a blog post, but if they took time to read the blog post, I will tell them the benefits of being in the group and give them the invitation in the group. as a business person, I would make sure that all of your top

24:21
blog posts that get traffic, I would make sure that you have that invitation in there that relates to the subject of the group. Interesting. So do you try to go for a Facebook group sign up over an email sign up?

24:36
I could. Well, I’m just asking like how you have it set up because you know, in general, if you have if you’re trying to get somebody to do too many things, it gets more difficult. Yeah, but if they so if you find a chaffle recipe of mine that has been super popular and lots of people are seeing it. They really like that. And all of a they’re like, Oh my god, this is awesome. You can make bread in a mini waffle maker.

25:00
Just like that reaction I just gave you in our earlier conversation. Yeah, so they’re going to read further and they’re going to go, oh my god, she has a group. I got to join that group. Like it just gets them excited. And I get most people in my group by engaging in recipes first. Okay. And then in the group, the second step is that people are so excited to be in the group, they invite all of their friends.

25:25
Oh my God, you’re doing low carb. You got to be in this group. It’s so cool. We share all this stuff and there’s all kinds of recipes and you know, that’s how it works. So I’m going to ask you this question because it’s like a chicken and egg. Does your website bring people to the group or does the Facebook channels bring traffic to your website? In the beginning, I would have to get traffic to my website first because that’s how I got people into the group.

25:54
In fact, I wouldn’t even invite my friends. know how all these people say, invite your friends, invite this. I would never want any of my friends who don’t care about this to be in my group. Why is that? Does that hurt the group? I feel it does. I don’t know if it really does. But if you’re not, if you don’t care about chaffles or if you don’t care about low carb recipes or if you don’t care about keto.

26:19
You will never interact in the group. You will never take part. So I would never want you in there. I just wouldn’t. You might not like what we’re doing. I want happy people who are in the journey to be part of it. Does that imply then that you prune members who are inactive from the group? I have. have. So let’s talk about the intricacies of group management here because I can’t imagine my small group has tons of spam.

26:49
Yeah. And it’s almost like a full time job for someone to just kind of moderate it. Yes. I have a love hate relationship with Facebook right now. I don’t ever believe in just doing one platform. And my love right now is TikTok. Oh, I didn’t know you had a TikTok channel. Okay, I’ll have to subscribe. started my TikTok channel and I just hit 10k. So wow, I know. know. So I’m super happy because TikTok is like fun and happy and

27:16
But anyway, back to Facebook. Well, we can talk about TikTok at the end, actually. I’m sorry, what did you? So we were talking about the group and managing it. Oh, managing it. OK, so when I first started my group and it was super small, I really wanted people to feel welcome. And I wanted them to know that I would share anything and everything in my journey, pretty, happy, ugly anything. So I really.

27:42
just shared and really just was super open, super authentic. And I really feel like that’s how it grew. And then- How many times were you posting in it a day? Honestly, I would check the group every two hours that I was awake. So technically from 8 a.m., I would wake up, first check the group because I moderated all of the posts too. So I didn’t let anybody post without me seeing because it was so important for me.

28:12
I think when you’re overweight and trying to lose weight, you are so used to people body shaming you and being ugly and talking negative to you that I really, really wanted this to be a very positive experience. So I would moderate a ton and it would be every two hours of every waking minute from 8 a.m. to 11 p.m. I would be in the group. I would check it before I went to bed. I’d check it right before I got up. I would approve posts.

28:41
And this was before even you could set up words to have flag words to find, you know, things. sometimes you get something that goes negative or whatever, and you find them within those two hours. And I did that for probably two years. Luckily though, when you are very open and authentic and people really like to connect with you, you will get volunteers. And…

29:06
Even me just saying, I am so sorry for that negative post, guys. would, I never want you to experience that. It’s super hard for me to keep up with this growing group. And then people are like, I’ll help you. I’ll help you. And you’re like, Hey, that’s awesome. So then you bring on some moderators that are volunteer. And then I even had, you know, one that was paid and it was not even paid that much. was just like 25 a week. And that was just for her to really.

29:35
help out because she loved it and she loved a little bit of extra money. do you recommend turning on full moderation in the beginning just to make sure that you can curate the type of posts that you want to see in that group? So I think groups can easily be overrun with spam and in the world of keto there is everybody and their mom seems to be selling some ketone and I just I don’t believe in it. I believe in good food and

30:03
and stuff like that. So I really cared what the feel of my group was. I wanted it to be positive. I don’t ever want somebody to feel like it’s a hateful place to be because I wouldn’t want to be there. And then I really have, I mean, I’m growing this group for the group. I want to be in this group. I want to be in this group. So I build tools to help people along their journey that are not spammy. So

30:31
Don’t bring your stuff into my group. Don’t bring your negativity. Don’t bring yourself promotion. If you want that, you grow your own group. Right, right. So yes, yes. I felt very strongly in the beginning. You set, you set a first impression. You really do. I a hundred percent agree. And just, I’m clearly not doing it right, but I was getting spam comments. Actually, I was only getting spam comments. So finally I just turned on full moderation and I just banned people.

31:00
Like right away. I banned for no reason. I banned immediately for with no warning because their warning was given when they sign up.

31:10
Okay, that’s interesting. So how do you structure the signup process for the group just to make sure that the ideals for the group are communicated properly? So in the beginning, it probably seems a bit harsh, but I’m sure that they will not sell. If there is self promotion of any kind, you need to ask an admin before you do it. Any sort of links and stuff is considered self promotion, right? Anything that you sell that is related to you is considered a self promotion. Okay.

31:40
So self-promotion in any kind is not approved. So these people who think they can sign up for ClickBank and do all of these affiliates, that’s self-promotion. That’s a promotion. You cannot do that. So I just don’t allow people to self-promote or make money off of that. And you you get some people who, who, well, you put your affiliate link. Yeah, I grew the group. I trust what I put and I don’t have to explain that. And

32:09
The first thing is you have to be positive. You have to be positive and no self-promotion. Like those are my two rules. And I feel like positivity and no self-promotion, those are my rules for weeding out people. So if I get somebody that wants to affiliate mark and they just built a Clickmuna webpage selling this 28 day keto kickstart, whatever, and you’re blasting it in my group or you’re

32:36
promoting to go to your own group, I just don’t allow it. So when your group is public in the beginning, just to get that initial set of members, when do you turn that off? I made it private pretty quick. I want to say within the first month, if you know, I was able to have a customized name, which I think you can do now right off the bat. yeah, I turned it off pretty quick when I got, I think like under 100 people or something. I just was like, you know,

33:06
The way I thought about it is the content. I didn’t want people to read my struggles with weight loss. I really didn’t want, I have a lot of friends on Facebook and some of them are, you know, on Capitol Hill. Some of them are with the police. I don’t want them seeing my talk on my struggle. I just don’t. So I think that’s how you think of it. Do you want people, do you want to control that audience or do you want only the people who want to be there?

33:37
to see the conversation. And I know this is really far back now, but for my group, which is pretty much dead at this point, I feel like you constantly have to be posting in order to initiate some conversations because people are shy in the very beginning. So can you talk about the process in the beginning about your posting schedule? And then is it still full moderation today? No, it’s not. I have so many moderators now that volunteer, all volunteer now.

34:06
that I am not in there every two hours anymore. This is my hate side. I just, just, uh, I feel like there’s been a switch with Facebook and I feel like a lot of people I can see in the analytics how, you know, even with all this political stuff, I can see where people have even left Facebook. So I go, I look as my business, as I really focus on sharing over all platforms.

34:35
And I look at what brings me joy. And that’s probably why I’m TikTok mainly right now. But I still share, know, there’s ways to schedule in the group. I’m not just going to leave those people hanging. I will post something in the group that sparks conversation. It’s never all about promoting. Like yesterday or the day before, my daughter made this amazing poke bowl all on her own. It was a beautiful presentation. So I snapped a photo and said,

35:04
Okay, if my 16 year old can make a keto friendly or low carb recipe, y’all can do it too. Here, look. And it just, didn’t lead anywhere. just was conversation. It was just fun. It was just, you know, it’s just keeping that conversation going, but it’s more in and out. And I don’t know. You actually grew a group to a hundred thousand relatively recently when you started that group.

35:29
Can you just kind of comment on posting frequency and the types of things that you posted about just to kind of generate some conversation so that you weren’t the only one doing it? So I feel like that my Chaffles group is what you’re referring to. And I feel like that one is almost a cheater way to start a group and grow it really fast because I was literally getting 500 to 1500 people to join a day. And it was really hard for me to keep up even.

35:57
going through these profiles to see who were spam accounts and who weren’t. So I feel like I hit on that group, I helped to start a trend. I helped to create a trend by creating a product that wasn’t out there on the market. And then I drew people in with showing them how you can take

36:20
this thing and do this and guess what? You can make a cake out of it or you could do this or you could, and it’s not been done before. So I think that group was like my easiest group to grow because you find something on an upward trend and you create a group around it that if you have that focus and it’s just really easy to be, it’s just really easy to take a viral blog post and invite people. Okay. Well then let’s talk about your main page then. How often were you posting?

36:50
And what were the types of things that you were posting to generate the conversations? On the Facebook page? On the group. Oh, on the group. So the low carb inspirations group. That’s correct. Here’s what I would do. I would really focus on the conversations. And if there is a huge conversation about whether you can cheat on Cheeto, if you can cheat on Cheeto,

37:16
If you can cheat, like if there’s a big conversation about that, I may go in and do a live on it or I may go in and I might write an article to give people those answers and then talk about that. It just depends. I would really focus on what the conversation was and what the needs are of the group members. And I would try and provide them with either a blog post, a live video or something, something. A blog post. Would you post that on the group?

37:46
Like the contents or just the link? No, I would, I always focus my traffic to go back to something that pays me. So I really do. Now there are some times where I may just, I don’t promote all the time. I feel like if I promote all the time, then it comes across as inauthentic. I mean, I will post like in my own journey, there’s things called non-scale victories, NSVs, and I will

38:15
totally post a selfie of me in a fitting room, because I’m about to cry in happiness that I can button these pants that I never thought I could get into. And people feel that like they understand that. you, you, you keep it authentic. You keep it as you’re in the same journey there are and you’re sharing your things. Like I remember posting me being able to buckle on an airplane, which I haven’t been on in so long. I remember being able to buckle my seatbelt and have like

38:45
a massive amount of belt like leftover and flapping and I that’s that’s different. And those are tear moments that are tearjerkers of happiness. And just to take a selfie showing that. And you know what people feel that people are like, Oh my god, that’s where I am I can barely fit in a seat and I want to get where she’s at she knows she understands the struggle. Or people who have like, Oh my god, that was my same tearful moment.

39:14
So you’re just really connecting and then, you know, you write blog posts that help people like stuff that you can’t type out in one or two sentences, like intermittent fasting, explaining what breaks the fast and what doesn’t, you know what? Here’s a blog post. It’s maybe a five minute read, read it. It will be very beneficial to you. will completely understand it. Here’s the link. a lot of this stuff comes easy to you. And what I’m trying to get out of you is, and I know there’s no formula here.

39:43
And I know everything that you do just comes really naturally. But in the beginning, like, let’s say you have a group that’s kind of dead, right? What are some things that you post to even get those conversations so that you can even help people? Because you don’t know what they want in the beginning. Well, this is hard to talk about because I don’t know the subject of the group, but I would look at the subject of the group and I would literally think of you. would put yourself in your customer shoes and I would write out their journey. I would write out their

40:13
beginning, start and end journey. And I would write out struggles of that, or I would even ask my group, I would almost survey them, hey, where are you struggling? What can I help you with? And this is how I would build my content or I would do it the easy way and I could go to answerthepublic.com and I would type in the keyword that you’re trying to hit and see where people have questions. And then I would just say, hey, let’s talk about X today. And let me give you my three tips.

40:42
Okay. Is that how it does actually, and I’m just trying to get an idea. This these are the processes that you used when you started that main group, the low carb inspirations group. Yeah, and I still I still do that. Like I still I always think of the person who’s reading the blog post or the person who’s in the journey. And I try and act like I’m talking directly to them. And I try and figure out all that like, I’m too deep in this process.

41:11
I’m too deep in it. So I have to step outside and I have to go to websites like answer the public.com because I cook all the time in my house, but I don’t understand that somebody may need this. And to me, I thought that was common knowledge. So I have to really research to see what are people asking? What are people asking that I know that I can help them with? Do you have any guidelines on, especially in the beginning, how many times you need to post?

41:41
to kind of jumpstart a group.

41:44
Hmm. Or just remember how many times you were posting in the beginning. Yeah. You know, it’s funny when you only have 10 people in there. I’m just very attentive to answer their questions or to feel like I’m over delivering. And then when you have 50 people in there, 100 people, then you find like when you do that, then other people follow your lead and then you don’t have to do it as much. So there’s no real schedule, but

42:14
I mean, if I looked at it and if somebody posted four hours ago and didn’t get an answer, I would feel bad. Wow. Okay. Yeah. But I mean, that’s, that’s the growing of the group in the very beginning. And maybe you started up with a group of friends who all have the same philosophy and maybe you guys take turns or there’s lots of ways that you can do it, but really think about like for my group, I didn’t want people to not have answers. I wanted them to have answers. want them to feel good. So I will post.

42:44
feel good things, and then I will answer their questions. So. Let me ask you this. If you were to start all over again, do you still think Facebook groups is the best way to build community today? You know, I, I, I, this is the love part for Facebook groups because you could have posted something a year ago. And if somebody searches, like I tell people to search my name all the time and whatever they’re looking for.

43:11
because something that I posted three years ago could pop up back into conversation. Like I have my before and after photo, I have my husband’s before and after photo, and my daughter’s 16 now, but when she went through keto, she was 12, and I still have that before and after photo. So sometimes you bump those conversations back up and it shows social proof of all these people who liked it and talked about it, and then you get the conversation started again. So it’s just a bank of information.

43:41
keep it clean. It’s a really good bank of information. So just for the people listening out there, starting a Facebook group in the in beginning is no joke. It sounds like you were monitoring it every two hours. And that’s what it takes, right? To jumpstart the group. And then once you get a group of engaged followers, then you can kind of loosen the reins a little bit, maybe get some moderators and make your life easier. Does that sound about accurate? Yeah, that’s it. That sounds accurate. I mean, you could start it maybe a little less intense and maybe

44:11
connect with people who are really close to you and you all take turns or take timeframes or take days even and you really grow it. And this is only my way. I’m sure there’s other ways to grow. But this way works Jen. does and it pays off big. Like anything worth doing is worth doing well. Right. I think that’s the key is that if you if you look at your person, the person you’re trying to help.

44:39
You create a good impression. You provide information. feel they feel like you’re there with them on the journey. I tell people all the time when they post, I love watching your journey. I loved watching your journey. Or I love how all the positive stuff you share in the group because I really am watching and they feel like Jen commented, which is

45:04
It’s so weird, but it’s true. They feel you, you build this connection and isn’t that the, isn’t that the next level of marketing is that if they feel like you’re there for them, if they feel like you’ve held their hand and if they feel like you’re dedicated to their success, aren’t they dedicated to you? I mean, that’s what marketing is all about. And a lot of people just start running ads and stuff, but that’s very impersonal. mean, this is the grassroots way of doing it. way you’ve done it. is. it’s not easy. I mean, it’s not easy. That is not easy, but

45:34
I don’t moderate the group as much anymore. I’m not in there every two hours. Thank God. It feels like a weight lifted when you have so many people who can help you. And I’m constantly bringing on new moderators because there was somebody yesterday that messaged me and said, Hey, there’s somebody promoting a 28 day thing and putting their own group. Do you guys allow that? And I’m like, no, but thank you. Hey, you want to be a moderator? You’d be great.

46:02
The benefits are great. You don’t get paid, but let’s not worry about that. Well, here’s the thing too. People who are in this, it’s a journey. So sometimes they’re really into it. And if they can be so active in the group, it helps them on their journey. And then some people decide, you know what? I’m so grateful to this group. It helped me get here. I’ve learned this and I’m done. And that’s okay.

46:26
And then in terms of getting people back to your site for emails, it sounds like you just occasionally post like a recipe or something that would genuinely help someone to guide them to your blog. And that’s where you grab emails and that sort of thing. Yeah, I don’t occasionally post a recipe every time I create a new recipe. I posted in the group and every time it leads back to my website, because I want people to have an option to print it for their own cookbooks. But then again, I want it I want it monetized. I want to be paid for my work. So everything I do leads back to my own site.

46:56
It’s just I don’t do that 100 % of the time. I know this is going to be really hard for you to this question, but if you were to kind of quantify your recipes versus regular posts, what would that percentage be? Well, recipes. Or, you know, links back to your website, period. Oh, link. OK, so. So like one in five. no. So I would if I’m answering questions.

47:24
I may answer 10 questions in the group and then I may post one or two recipes that day, one in the morning and one in the evening. Okay. And then if it’s, if it’s a new recipe or something new that was good information, not only would I share it in my group, but I would look at the rules of other Facebook groups. And if they allowed me to share my website and my recipe, I would share it there too, which is the actual key to

47:54
really growing your group is to share in as many like-minded groups as you can that allow that activity. Okay. Some don’t allow it. Like some want you to post a recipe, but they don’t want a link and they don’t want that. They want you to post the full recipe in there. And that’s not how I make money. So I won’t be part of those groups. Right. Let’s switch gears a little bit.

48:20
We’re coming close to the time, but I did want to talk about TikTok. What attracts you so much about to TikTok? And am I going to see dancing videos of you when I follow you? did one dancing video, but it’s just fun. I feel like I get like a dopamine hit every time I watch it. It’s quick content. I feel like I have ADD, so I grasp content very quickly. for the fact that it’s

48:46
10 seconds to 60 seconds and I can see it and digest it and boom, onto the next. That’s very appealing to me. It’s not, I think it goes down to a feel. When I log onto Facebook, it feels like, especially here lately, there’s been nothing but either political or hate or disgust or anger. There’s hardly anything positive and that gets to me versus when I’m on TikTok, it’s like,

49:12
I choose to follow certain people and it’s mainly food or fun or crafts or I feel like there’s just a total atmosphere change to where, you know, it knows what I like and it knows that I like positive and it’s quick. It’s quick content. as a content creator, do you see this as a really good platform for yourself? You know, I’m really, I don’t know. I’m up in the air in that.

49:42
Now that I hit 10,000, you know, you’re not going to get rich posting on TikTok. It’s very little, but I am seeing more people say, Hey, I bought your book. Hey, I really like your content. Hey, you’re the only one who explained it in such a way that I can understand. Where can I buy your books? And I’m like, these people, like you’re sharing stories, which you’ll be lucky if they lead you back to your website, but

50:11
I wanted a way to talk to people quickly. And I wanted that like, hey, let me blast this information out there. if somebody, and I’m visual, I’m a very visual learner, but I don’t like YouTube because that’s too time consuming and it goes too slow for me. So if somebody in the group is like, hey, like here recently, somebody said,

50:32
I’m doing keto, but nobody else in my family is doing it. How do you stay on track? Well, guess what? I did a TikTok on that. go and I grabbed the link and I put it in there. Hey, watch this. And they’re like, oh, thank you. I mean, you have that face to face. It feels like a face to face conversation. It feels like you’re giving them the answer in a short amount of time that doesn’t feel intrusive for them to go and read a blog post. And it’s quick. And then they remember you. They remember your face. Then they follow. And then they’re like,

51:00
Wow, you give great, where can I get your cookbook? It leads to like that. Do you find that Instagram is the same way? Or are you on Instagram heavily or no? I am on Instagram and I’ve never really gotten into Instagram. I think it’s because I just feel like it’s this fake life of beautiful photos and picture perfect stuff that I just.

51:24
that platform never appealed to me. So even though I do have a following on it, it’s simply because other people who I’ve hired have run it for me. Okay. So I don’t, I don’t. That makes sense. Yeah. Instagram does have that impression. Yeah. It has always for me and I’ve just never, I’ve never gotten into it. And there’s a lot of people that get into it to get sponsored posts and I can’t stand working for other people. So it never appealed to me to do that.

51:51
You know what, come to think of it, in a way, Instagram is like the complete opposite of what you stand for. Almost, right? Exactly. I want to be real and I want to, I want to, you know, it’s not always pretty and I want to tell you where I struggle and that makes it real and that makes it relatable. you know, I think you find your people, the people who you can relate to, which is what I really like, because I won’t relate to everybody. won’t, not everybody will like you and you’re not everybody’s person.

52:20
So it’s just a really good way to find your people. Yeah. Hey Jen, where can people find your cookbook? Where can they find your group if they’re interested in keto? Cause she will not let anyone in who’s not going to contribute to the group, but in case they are, where can they find you? You like keto and you like low carb recipes, then you can definitely find the page is keto friendly recipes.

52:47
And then the group is low carb inspirations plus keto friendly recipes. And if you happen to be a chaffle addict like I am, you can find keto chaffle recipes, but there’s so many groups that you can just go to facebook.com forward slash group forward slash slash chaffles. And that’s my group. the way, can you explain what a chaffle is and how you spell that? Chaffles, C-H-A-F-F-L-E.

53:14
And the reason why it’s called a chaffle is because it’s a waffle that you can make into many different things from breads to cakes to, you know, lots of stuff. And it’s cheese plus egg. So, um, cheese plus waffle is chaffle. yeah. And this is something I just learned right before this interview that I’m going to have because I’ve been hurting lately for variety. So I’ll show you how to do it. And then your website is.

53:44
lowcarbinspirations.com. Yeah. And then there’s a whole bunch of recipes. And I believe there’s an ecommerce store on there as well, right? There is. There’s a shop. Yes. And what do you sell in the shop since I have to extract all the information out of you, Jen? Yes, yes, I sell I do. I do have my cookbooks on the shop or links to them. I find that the best prices I think are on Amazon for the cookbooks. And then I do sell some digital products. I have some downloads. I have a keto starter.

54:12
video course. So if anybody really wants help and wants to take it at their own pace, there’s short videos, there’s a course to get them started. So yeah, there’s quite a bit of helpful tools in there. We do meal plans. They can get some digital download for meal plans if they really like to prep ahead of time and want to be successful. I know that low carb has really changed my life. And there’s no one that I trust more to teach it than you. Oh, you’re so sweet. Thank you.

54:41
And I really appreciate you coming on the show. Thanks a lot. I appreciate you inviting me. Thank you. All right. Take care.

54:51
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now when I went on the keto diet long ago, I actually lost 35 pounds in four months. The diet works and Jen knows her stuff. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 351. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. And SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv.

55:20
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clayview, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now we talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

55:50
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

Bonus: $3500 Per Day Selling Custom Prints On Etsy With Luke Emery

Luke Emery has a background in design and portrait painting. So he decided to utilize these skills and his e-commerce experience to start a business selling custom pet portraits.

Van Woof specializes in putting your dog or cat into a Renaissance-style oil painting, as if they really posed for the portrait.  

This business makes $3500 per day on Etsy today.

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the show where I on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into how they started their online businesses. And today is a very special bonus episode because I want to introduce you to my buddy Nick Loper. Nick runs the Side Hustle Show where he interviews entrepreneurs on how they started and grew their successful online businesses. And in fact, his show is a lot like mine. It’s one of my favorites and you should definitely check it out over at the Side Hustle Show.

00:27
He also runs a popular blog over at sidehustlenation.com as well. Anyway, what you’re about to hear today is a full episode of Nick’s podcast where he interviews Luke Emery, an entrepreneur who makes $3,500 per day selling custom prints on Etsy. It’s a great episode and it just goes to show that with the right product, you can make a pretty good living selling on Etsy. So enjoy this episode with Nick of The Side Hustle Show.

01:00
Right now, processing, pretty much the average is like $3,500 a day, which is insane.

01:13
What’s up, what’s up, Nick Loper here. Welcome to the side hustle show because your nine to five may make you a living, but your five to nine makes you alive. That was Luke Emery that you just heard describing the sales volume for his new print on demand e-commerce business called VanWoof.com. Through that site and through the VanWoof Etsy shop, Luke sells these custom pet portraits that are done in the style to look like a real oil painting of your fur babies.

01:40
Luke also co-hosts the Lockdown Livelihood podcast, and what’s crazy is this whole business started as an on-air challenge just six months ago. So yes, from zero to thousands of dollars in sales a day in a very short period of time. Stick around in this one to learn how Luke has marketed these paintings, how the fulfillment and logistics work, and how you might be able to use some of the same tools and platforms to follow a similar path.

02:07
Notes and links for this one along with the full text summary with all of Luke’s top tips from the call are at sidehouseownation.com slash Luke. Now, to be fair, Van Wolf isn’t Luke’s first attempt at e-commerce, which is a business model he called very difficult and very competitive to break into, but it has seen faster, more profitable traction than any of his previous projects. I asked him why he thought that was. Ready? Let’s do it.

02:37
think it’s been an accumulation of multiple of my skills. So I think I’ve been doing e-commerce for two and a half years. Before this, I’d sold thousands of products online through Amazon mainly, but also through Shopify. I studied architecture at university, which is heavily a design-based course, lots of Photoshop, lots of photo manipulation, learning about

03:05
the way to design things, also learning about the history of art. And then I also have done a lot of portrait art, like oil painting, pencil. So I think it was the combination of the three things made it that I was able to put a really good product out there, but also be able to sell that product and market the product properly. Was anybody else doing this or was this just something like, I know I’m going to put

03:33
picture of your dog on a classic painting and we’ll mash them together. Other people are doing them, but other people are doing them badly. So kind of the biggest competitor, they pretty much just cut out a dog’s head and put it on a old kind of Renaissance style portrait. What I’ve done is made sure that every piece looks like a piece of art. So every piece is

04:01
digitally painted, it’s merged with the costume so that it really looks like the dog could have been there and posed and someone painted it. Was there a lightning strike of inspiration to say, yes, this is going to be my next side hustle? we actually, on our podcast, we did an Etsy challenge where it was two weeks, who can make the most money on Etsy? And it was me versus the co-host Alex.

04:31
He has these customized bar ends for bikes, because he’s a product designer. And because my background was art, I thought I’ll start doing these things. So I started doing these things, stayed as my side hustle for a long time while I was working on my other things. And then I think when it started to hit maybe seven or $8,000 a month in sales, I thought, maybe I’m going to have to switch this over to my main thing now and start trying to scale, hire people, those kinds of things.

05:01
It started off very much as a little project side hustle, which then turned into very much a main hustle. I like this. You guys are throwing down the challenges to each other on air and say, okay, who could make the most money on Etsy? Let’s do it. And you say, okay, well, how can I combine these skills and areas of interest that I already have and create something that’s better than what’s already out there? And it sounds like you really had a home run with that when

05:29
you were first setting up your shop, do you recall those first orders or what do you think gained that initial traction? remember spending a lot of money on Etsy ads and it not being a particularly good return. So initially like turning off, like I was making a loss at the start on the ads and then I was getting a bit of organic sales through Etsy and that kind of dropped off. And then I think I’d switch the ads on again. I was like, you know what, I’ll invest a little bit in ads and then

05:58
think Etsy is quite rewarding in the way that if you spend money on ads, they will also help you out in terms of SEO and showing it to people. And no matter how much I scale ads, it seems to look like Etsy will give you equal back. So if you bring 5,000 people to the store, they’ll bring 5,000 people to the store. That’s the way that it’s worked with me. I don’t know if that is the hard rule of Etsy, but it seems like that.

06:27
I’ve heard it’s become very much pay to play. Like if you’re relying on Etsy organic discovery, organic search, you’re fighting an uphill battle. But if you can afford to run some trials with their in-house ad system, then it sounds like good things start to spin. Yeah. And their ad system is the best. It has no settings. You just type in how much you want to spend and that’s it.

06:50
That sounds like just such a leap of faith in ad dollars. It’s like, uh, okay. You mean I don’t get to target my people or my keywords or anything? Yeah, they pick it all for you. And for a lot of people, that’s great. And for a lot of people, that’s not great for me. That’s great. Especially because I’m getting such a high return on ad spend at the moment that it doesn’t bother me. And I quite like it. I’m not an ads expert. I’ve never really run a

07:17
wildly successful Facebook ad or Google ad in my life. So having Etsy ads where I just either up the ad spend or down the ad spend is amazing. For a custom product like this, did you have a sense of what to charge or how much the market would bear here? I looked around to see what other people were charging and I definitely wasn’t the cheapest. just, at that time, it felt like that was what was right for the amount of work.

07:47
that I was putting in. And it seems like the market thinks that’s the right price. And I’ve just not changed it since. I’m looking at the shop now. seems like the average rates, depending on the size and what you want done, it’s like 30 to $100 ish. Yeah. So I mean, the easiest way to break down the cost is it’s pretty much $30 for the piece of art, just as the digital. And then if you’re having it on an 8 by 10 canvas, the 8 by 10 canvas is $20.

08:17
If you’re having on 12 by 16, then it’s like $40. So it would be $70 for the 12 by 16. And it’s free shipping as well. So the shipping’s included in that prize. the beginning, you’re doing this art yourself. So someone would send you a picture of their dog. You had a handful of not blank, but like you said, Renaissance style paintings or other pieces of art where, okay, I could realistically Photoshop a dog’s head on here and make it look like it was painted into the original.

08:45
And you were doing that yourself at first using your Photoshop skills. Yeah. So I started off doing it myself. Now I have a team of two full-time artists and then 21 freelance artists that are working pretty much full-time at the moment. So they vary in how much they can produce each day, but most of them produce like five to seven pieces. And during that process, I mean, what my…

09:14
role is now at the company is making sure that all of these pieces of art are actually better than mine and that they all meet a certain standard. So I spend a lot of time creating basically like educational material for the artists so that they can always be improving their designs. I have made the best artists that I’ve hired who’s

09:40
one of my full-time artists, head of art, and he basically will go in with each of the artists and make sure that they’re doing their work up to standard and then also educate them, help them do it better. And we’re constantly like improving and making sure that it looks more and more like artwork because that’s essentially what I’m trying to create is like everyone who buys from us, it looks like they’re getting a van worth. It doesn’t matter which artist does it. They all look.

10:09
pretty much the same. Yeah, that’s interesting how it’s not completely automated, completely digitized, but there’s this element of manual labor that goes into creating these things such that they look super individualized and customized for each pet. really cool. Yeah, it’s kind of a strange business. I was saying this to someone the other day. Well, they said to me, it’s not actually a product-based business. It’s actually a service-based business because

10:37
Every time someone comes to me, although they’re getting a product in the post, they’re buying a service because we have to start from scratch every time to create this new piece. Although I can see yourself like, well, we had a, in my case, we had a Shih Tzu last week, you know, it’s got to be close enough. Like, no, no, no. We’ve got to use the actual picture that somebody submitted. Yeah, we basically have to do that. You see so many dogs that it’s so hard to even like remember what happened and what order number it would possibly be.

11:07
Yeah, they all blur together. This has got my gears spinning a little bit on what else this could be applied to because this is a really interesting one. If you have the skills or you can hire somebody with the skills to get this stuff done. Do you have a sense of what percentage of people go for just like the digital print or most people like, no, I want the physical canvas mailed to me? I would say probably about 20 to 30 percent pick the digital only and the rest want their canvases or posters.

11:34
think the reason is because actually the pricing is pretty reasonable for the canvases and the posters and they would struggle to get that themselves if they went out and tried to order one online. So I think just like keeping the price reasonable, obviously I make like a little bit of markup on it, but I don’t want to rip people off at the same time. And I prefer people getting a canvas or a poster that was from us. So then I know that they’ve got a decent print so that they take.

12:02
pictures and create user generated content and they’re definitely having it printed out and showing to other people because I think word of mouth has been a massive advertising platform for us. Yeah, I believe it. I imagine once those first few customers who found you either organically or through those Etsy ads, know, once they get their orders back, they say, this is incredible. This is fantastic. You so they’re sharing it.

12:29
on Instagram and everybody else can go and take a look at it and that leads to more sales or more exposure in that way. I was going to ask if you had all of that physical product infrastructure, if that’s a drop shipping setup, like how that shipping and fulfillment is happening for the canvas and poster prints. Yeah, so it’s basically a drop shipping model. So I’ve got a printing partner and they do all of it and send the tracking numbers to

12:57
Etsy or Shopify. And it just works better that way. The prices are so competitive. Like if I were to go and buy a printer and hire someone to make the canvases, wouldn’t even be able to get close to their prices. Yeah. Is that done through a Printful or a Printify or something like that? Guten. Oh, okay. Yeah. Their prices are a lot better for canvas and posters and

13:22
From other products that I’ve looked at, I also do these Christmas sweaters as well that is just like a dog head cut out in a Santa outfit. The prices were a couple dollars cheaper for those as well. So I think Guten is definitely up there as one of the cheaper ones to use. It’s not as sexy as Printful, but it’s definitely much more reasonably priced. Now that is an important piece of the puzzle here, like having somebody else.

13:47
with the backend to the physical product fulfillment and the global distribution. hey, you’re saying free shipping, global shipping, that’s a lot to try and manage, especially at the volume that you find yourself doing all of a sudden if you were running this out of a spare bedroom. It’s difficult enough having to scale up artists every time that I’m scaling up sales. Having to scale up production as well would be

14:15
nightmare and there would definitely be things that get lost. I think if you’re in a position where you have this kind of business or any kind of product business, get rid of the logistics as quickly as possible. It’s horrible. It eats up so much time. you run into any production issues or fulfillment logistics issues? I imagine with the volume that you’re doing, somebody’s bound to get the wrong dog or something. Yeah, there’s been wrong dogs.

14:43
Not loads, maybe like three or four over the time. It was actually when we were getting much lower orders and it was just teething problems of starting. Now the system set up so much better. Like I pretty much had to build a software out of lots of different softwares to manage the ordering system. Because when you’re getting this many orders, there’s not really a piece of software out there that allows you to manage, you know, like a group of artists and then assigning them all.

15:13
a mini project to do and then having it going through if the customer wants iterations to it, if it’s ready for me to check, all these kinds of things. It was originally on a Google Sheet and now using the software called ClickUp, but it’s got a huge automation element to it where there’s Dropbox folders being created automatically and things getting sent off to Google Sheets and things coming in from Etsy and…

15:40
Shopify into the Google Sheet and then being added to ClickUp as tasks. So I basically had to make this weird software out of these three softwares because there wasn’t something out there that actually fulfilled my needs. there you go. There’s the next side hustle. Everybody migrates to software eventually, right? Okay, so let’s talk about that workflow for a minute. So somebody discovers the storefront. They say, yes, I would like this. I was looking at the Yoda one.

16:08
It’s like, OK, I would love to have my dogs head on this Yoda costume. And so they place the order. And then what happens after that? tell me about that workflow. You place an order on, Shopify or Etsy. It doesn’t really matter. That automatically gets added to the database. It then gets added to ClickUp as a task.

16:31
If it’s Shopify, then it automatically adds the customer reference photos and all the information about it. So the costume that they want and the size. If it’s Etsy, it doesn’t do that. one of the virtual assistants has to go in, find that information, upload it to the Dropbox that is automatically created. It’s then assigned to an artist. They do the piece of artwork.

17:00
they mark it off that they’ve done it, I then go in and check it. If I think it’s good enough, get sent off to the customer by one of the VAs. The customer has 48 hours to check it and say if they want any changes or if they approve it. And then if they want changes, changes are made, if they approve it, then it gets sent off. Well, one of the other VAs.

17:23
goes into Guten, orders it, gets shipped off to the customer and arrives at their house. So there’s a lot of moving parts and there’s a lot of parts where it has kind of broken in the past. And the operational side of the business has definitely been the biggest headache for me and the hardest thing to scale. And I think the place where I’ve learned the most, again, it’s one of those unsexy things that

17:50
No one’s talking about on podcasts or in books very often. It’s something that when you get to this point that you realize you have to learn bits of project management and operational management and all those kinds of things. All of the behind the scenes stuff that really make it tick. And this is a really important differentiation here between just a straight up print on demand service like, I’m selling t-shirts with some clever slogan on it. Those orders get automatically sent to Guten or Printful or whoever you’re using for fulfillment.

18:19
It’s like this element of customization is what is causing all this back and forth. But it’s also what differentiates you from everybody else that’s out there. It’s like, this is what makes it worth 30, 40, $50 to order. And it’s really kind of a cool thing that you have built there. When you’re going out and trying to find a software and it doesn’t exist is the strangest experience because you’re Googling all these things, but you don’t really know what you’re Googling. I’m Googling like artist management.

18:49
software, like designer management, small scale operation management software. And it all it would throw me back with was like monday.com or Asana. did you look at Jar at all the guys that design pickle built Jar to handle their design flow? I didn’t see that. No. It might be worth a look. I don’t know. It seems like they’re probably getting in more reps. Okay, so each customer is getting a digital proof of their portrait before the order is complete. So I imagine that gives you a chance to make any

19:19
corrections that almost guarantees that you’re getting a five-star review because they said, yes, this is what I want. Anything else on that customer approval process? You said they had just a 48-hour turnaround to say, yay or nay. The customer approval process is very important because customer experience is the most important thing, I think, even before product, maybe. Because everyone

19:45
cares about reviews now, it’s really any kind of online purchase is about the reviews because the social proof, people just looking at it, I don’t know how many more times likely to buy, but I’m sure it’s a lot. So giving the customer the opportunity to check and say if they want changes and then doing the changes regardless of if I think the changes are good is really, really important. And the reason

20:15
is because I want the customers to go out and tell people it was so easy to communicate with the seller. They asked me if I wanted changes. They made the changes and the final product I got was great. And generally that’s what the reviews say from people. The reason that I introduced this 48 hour timer was because sometimes like they just don’t read their emails. They don’t read their Etsy messages. There has to be a point where I say, sorry,

20:44
This is the cutoff. I do make it very clear. If you don’t respond within 48 hours before they buy it says it as they send the photos, it says it. And then as I send them the mockup, it says it. actually changed the wording and it used to say unlimited changes. And people really did take that quite literally. So I changed the wording to, we will send it to you for approval.

21:14
so that then people generally just approve it. Because my other thought was, we’re an art company. And if someone produces a piece of art for you, you don’t ask for changes. That’s not what artists do. They produce a piece of art, you receive it. It might not be exactly what you wanted, but that’s what art is. And I’m trying to turn it as much into an art company as possible. And if you get a Van Werf,

21:43
then you get a van worth. Obviously, still want, especially with Etsy, I still want the customers to be able to ask for the changes. Etsy is a very personal platform between the buyer and seller, especially when you’re in the custom space. And I want to make sure that the relationships there are, that they stay in good standing. I like that. That’s a very subtle shift from unlimited modifications or unlimited requests to, know,

22:12
we’ll send it your way for approval. I think that’s genius actually, because it’s like, hey, this is what our artists came up with. And if something major needs to be fixed, yeah, we’ll fix it. But here it is. That’s pretty much it. It’s the major fixes. You got the wrong body. You got the wrong dog head on the wrong side, because sometimes it might have two dogs in it. It’s stuff like that. Was there anything that you did to optimize your Etsy store for either conversions or discoverability? Yeah, I’ve done lots of

22:42
conversion optimization, I added video at some point. So I got some professional videos shot by a videographer. I added those to some of the listings. I changed a lot of the wording round. I swapped some images round to see if that did anything. And all these things have made like slight improvements. I’m not going to do anything at the moment because conversion rates are a bit warped because of the Christmas.

23:05
period. So it wouldn’t be obvious what has happened. also we’re just so busy now. I don’t really need to focus on anything apart from making sure the artwork is good and that everything is working smoothly. So I have done some conversion rate optimization. It did work a little bit. I’m doing a lot of it on the store at the moment. You know, want to kind of double, triple the conversion rates. Had a UX audit recently and they came back with

23:35
A lot of things that need changing. And I think to anyone there who’s got an online store, got an Etsy store, subtle changes can make huge differences. And especially with like an online store where you’ve got absolutely free run of how it’s set up. It could be the, these minor things that you didn’t even realize that you had wrong, like the buy button being the wrong color or slightly in the wrong place or buyers don’t really know where it’s shipping from.

24:05
Like someone messaged me the other day and said, could you sell me a digital version because I’m in the U S so this customer had no idea that I don’t ship from the U S and it’s just things like that where it could knock the conversion rate down 0.5%. But what that actually is, is like, is a 50 % reduction in conversion rate when you’re looking at something like Shopify. Sure. Sure. Yeah. They’re like, no, no, no, we can ship it to you. It’s no problem.

24:34
Well, tell me about that building out of your own Shopify store versus relying solely on the Etsy platform. What’s the reasoning there and what’s going on at VanWoof.com? My first kind of flurry in e-commerce was I had an Amazon FBA business selling hemp oil on Amazon and it was going really well. I mean, at the time I had quit my job in the February and by November I was making, you know, about

25:04
$10,000 profit per month. I was living in Vietnam and like just completely living the high life. was like, oh my God, this is amazing. This is pretty much running on autopilot. It got cut off from me overnight and just Amazon banned my product. All my funds got cut off. Your product specifically, or like this category of product? The products were always getting banned.

25:28
They now are, you’re allowed to sell CBD oil on Amazon at the time. You weren’t really, so people were selling it as hemp oil. It got re-initiated again and then it got taken away from me again. So I twice had a platform cut me off. And I think you’ve had a similar Google slap at some point. Yeah. Everybody has their Google slap stories. Yeah. So I’m well aware of when you don’t control the customers, what can happen.

25:56
So one of my initial plans was always, okay, get this onto a store, grow the store as quickly as possible. I’ve got two marketing agencies. One are Facebook ads experts. The others are Google ads experts to really try and grow the store as much as possible because I don’t like being reliant on a platform. I mean, you’re still reliant on like Facebook ads, Google ads, all these things, but having actual

26:24
control over everything that happens is very important for the longevity of a business. Yeah. Is there a dramatic difference in the fees with Shopify versus an order process through Etsy? Etsy fees are pretty good. think that they work out at about, I think, 10 to 11 % total. Shopify, it’s only kind of 2.3 or 2.4 % or something. So there’s a big difference.

26:50
In terms of conversion rates, the conversion rates on Etsy are so much better because the thing with these big platforms is everyone trusts Etsy, Amazon, eBay. When they go onto a new store, there’s all these, you know, they don’t know anything about it if they’ve not been told about it before. And it’s a whole new experience for them. They don’t know the buying process. They’ve got to type in their credit card details again. All these things that customers are wary of. What I’ve never done before with

27:18
Facebook is the remarketing campaigns that like they’re the most important, you know of the campaigns getting people educated about the store getting people back to the store So they are almost thinking. Oh, yeah, know this or I’ve seen it everywhere Right what you can’t do based on people who visit your Etsy store, but you can if they come to Van Wolf comm yeah, exactly Yeah, yeah, there’s no I mean, there’s no way of like retargeting people that going on your Etsy store But it’s so important to try and build

27:46
off of a platform and just not be reliant on one platform. But Etsy is great. I’ve pretty much been on, I mean, I’ve used Amazon, I’ve done a lot of selling on eBay. Etsy is the best by a long way. I really, really like Etsy. Is there something on Amazon that would allow you to do custom portraits like this? Is there anything in their arsenal? Yeah, there is. Yeah. So I am a registered

28:14
custom product Amazon sell it in the US. They just don’t have the customer base for it and they don’t have a good setup for it. So I wouldn’t even bother creating the product on there because Amazon is so strict with things like shipping on time and all these things that when you’ve got custom products, it’s very hard to do. It’s interesting. So they do have it, but that’s just not the brand perception. People say if I want something custom, I know where to go and that’s Etsy. Yeah, exactly. Is there a target?

28:42
profit margin you’re shooting for on any one of these. I know you’ve got a huge team in place to deliver these orders now. Yeah. So, I mean, like the gross profit on each product is roughly 50%, but I mean, the operational costs are high. So that does get eaten into, but I’m interested to see what my profits will be at the end of November. I only do my accounting at the end of the month. So I don’t know what it’s going to be like for November, but it’s going to be a lot healthier than it’s ever been. Definitely.

29:12
Sure, it’s very much once you have team members in place, volume cures a lot of ills because you’re paying them whether or not they’re doing work. Or actually, I should rephrase that, like, are some of the folks paid on a per job basis? Yeah, so the freelancers are paid per job, but then I have some full time staff as well that are just paid by the hour, by the day. There are some costs. And then obviously there’s the marketing agencies that…

29:40
All these people need paying. I have so many Shopify apps that need paying for as well. They’re all the softwares. They cost money. I’ve got an automation software that costs about a hundred dollars a month. So all the things very quickly add up as you scale. But there’s no other way. There’s literally no other way. And I think it is important to know when you should spend money and you know, initial spending money on

30:08
marketing agency like the first month, it might not pay dividends because there’s a lot of testing and things like that, but three, four months down the line, then it will start paying off. The same with the automation software. If you’re bootstrapping a business and you’ve got $100 automation software, then I wouldn’t have wanted to pay something like that. But now it’s actually saving me hundreds of dollars each month in labor.

30:38
Yeah, I could do all these, you know, Zapier tasks myself, or I could just pay this fee. Okay. Is this something that people are actively searching for? Like, would it be a dream of yours to rank number one in Google for custom dog portraits? Is that a search term that is getting used? It doesn’t get a huge amount of traffic. I think I would like to rank top for something like dog portrait. And I don’t know, maybe three months ago, I reached out to the local newspaper where I grew up.

31:04
and was like, oh, I just started this business. It might be quite interesting for you guys to write about. So they wrote about it and I was like, I’ll get a backlink from this. I then wrote to the next biggest newspaper from the area where I grew up. And this is not a big area. It’s a place called Devon in the UK and the town might have had 30,000 people and then the city next to it might have had 250,000 people. like tiny places. So then

31:34
After this, small newspaper, I write to the bigger newspaper in the city and say, Oh, this newspaper wrote about it and quite an interesting story. I’m a local guy and I made this business. It’s doing okay. Then like a month later, this producer from a nationwide BBC TV show has read this article and gets in contact and it’s like, Hey, we want to do, you know, like this feature about.

32:01
people and their pets and these dog portraits that really cool. It’d be amazing if we can make a section for the one show. So this all happened because I tried to get a couple of backlinks and what I ended up getting was just this amazing piece of media attention because being on the BBC is also gives you the step up to be on other things. And it’s not aired yet. It is in probably

32:30
early December, I have no idea what something like that does. But it’s just like adding to the kind of storm of backlinks and people talking about your business and all those things that make, you know, get you up the rankings, get the free kind of organic traffic, get the media attention that gets you more media attention because it all kind of feeds into itself.

32:57
If you go out there and just focus on, know, I want to just do SEO and just try and get backlinks. It doesn’t really work. You kind of have to do it all at the same time and it all just feeds back into itself. And again, it’s just one of those things that just got really lucky where I’d reached out to like a couple of papers. They’d both written something and then I get reached out to by like one of the biggest media organizations in the world.

33:22
Yeah, that’s leveling up these small press wins into some major earned media. And it’s better than spending money on ads because it’s like an implicit endorsement there. And on top of that, to improve the conversion rate on the standalone Shopify store as seen on BBC, you know, so now all of a sudden it’s like this huge measure of social proof. had one other question I wanted to ask you about, which was sourcing the background art or sourcing kind of the foundational prints. Like, is that all just public domain art?

33:52
Yeah. So any, basically any artwork that was created before somewhere like 1920 is public domain. So it’s just a case of going out there and getting it. I’ve started doing newer stuff. Like you’ve seen the Jedi do some game of Thrones stuff. That’s all created by the artists. So I kind of get some reference pictures, mock it up. Then it’s all painted. We’ve got a load of Marvel ones coming out as well. So the more modern ones.

34:21
What I do is I get reference pictures. kind of almost create a collage of like a background and maybe the costume and maybe some other props and things. And then they’ll get digitally painted over to create it. So it’s like an individual piece that you won’t see anywhere else. Okay. And it’s considered fair use because you’ve adapted it. You’ve made your own interpretation of it. Yeah, exactly.

34:43
Luke, what’s next for you? You’ve got the Lockdown Livelihood podcast. You’ve got a busy e-commerce season going on. I appreciate you taking the time today to share with Side S Nation what’s going on in Van Wolf world. What’s next for you? Where do you want to take this in 2021? It’s going to be a big media push, think. So, like really focusing on getting the brand out there as much as possible and trying to turn it into as much of a household brand.

35:07
As I can, improving the operational side is always important, but I think I’m going to try and take a step back from that as much as possible. Currently hiring, I think they call them a fractional COO, which is somebody who comes in and just kind of acts as the operations officer just to make sure everything’s running smoothly. And I will try and focus as much as possible on media appearances and just getting VanWoof out there as much as possible.

35:36
over the spring, over the summer, when this thing was in its very early stages, or when you and Alex are laying out the ground rules for this challenge. Did you have any idea this is what it would look like six months from now? No, I think you always have visions. I remember actually very distinctly saying to my girlfriend at some point, oh, if I start getting 10 orders a day, maybe you can start printing them off and sending them to people.

36:02
she lives in America thinking at the time, no, that’s ridiculous. That’s never going to happen. So you always have kind of ambitions in your head about the brands you create and things, but at the same time, you’re also kind of realistic. Like I’ve had so many failed business ideas in the last two and a half years, and I’m very realistic about things. I’m very grateful with where things are now and just like having a steady income when you are a full-time entrepreneur is

36:31
It’s just the nicest feeling ever. I always think that being an entrepreneur is very similar to being an artist where you’re basically not making any money most of the time. When you’re starting off as an artist, when you’re starting off as an entrepreneur, I quit my job to do it. And you have to kind of live a lower quality of life to how like all your friends are kind of.

36:57
They’re getting promoted in their jobs, especially when they’re getting to 30 and they’re starting to get senior positions and getting paid good wages. And then you have to cut everything down and not live in as a nicer place and not be able to go out for the meals. then, so when stuff starts to pay off, it feels really good. And I’m just trying to appreciate the situation and be grateful every day for the amount of orders that I’m getting and the money that’s coming in.

37:24
Yeah, it’s really exciting to see what you build. I’ve been smiling through this whole conversation just because I think it’s such a creative business and the way that it’s set up essentially for non-demand drop shipping. think it’s a really cool operation. VanWoof.com. You check them out over there. Order yourself a custom pet portrait. And of course, check out the Lockdown Livelihood podcast on Spotify or wherever you get your podcasts. Luke, let’s wrap this thing up with your number one tip for Side Hustle Nation.

37:52
Take action on your ideas. think it works a lot better than going out there and doing courses and reading books. You learn as you are taking the action. And I think something that I’ve got really good at, and this was a two week challenge, right? So the idea of that is go out there, take action as quickly as possible. You’ve got two weeks to do it, see what you can do, because you don’t know where the things are going to take you. You know exactly what’s going to happen at the end of reading a book. You’re going to know a couple more things.

38:21
but actually like going out there and doing something, you learn so much along the way. And then as things happen, you realize that the next thing that you need to learn and then you go out and learn it. So I think action is the most important thing. is a very strong educator. I like the idea of giving yourself a deadline to, hey, here’s a two week challenge. I’m gonna test something out. If it works, great. If it doesn’t, okay, back to the drawing board for the next two weeks. Anyways, Luke, very much appreciate you joining me, taking some time out of this busy season.

38:51
and we’ll catch up with you soon. Thanks, Nick.

38:57
So I push the button to stop the recording on this call and Luke goes, hey man, eight new orders came in while we were talking. So it just goes to show you if you can hit the product in the marketplace right, things can really escalate quickly. Now, unfortunately, we are past the cutoff for a Christmas delivery from VanWoof this year, but still encourage you to check out the kind of art they’re cranking out over there. Hopefully you enjoyed this chat and it gets your creative juices flowing. Once again, you’ll find the full text summary of this episode.

39:26
with links to all the resources mentioned at sidehustlenation.com slash Luke. Hey, one last thing. Can I send you some free stuff? If you head on over to sidehustlenation.com slash join, I’ll send you my free report, the five fastest ways to make more money, plus my weekly newsletter packed with money making ideas. On top of that, you’ll also get access to hundreds of members only goodies and bonus files, including tons of tactical tips from top podcast guests.

39:53
plus an invite to the world’s largest, most active, and most supportive Side Hustle community. That’s all free for you at sidehustlenation.com slash join, or text the code HUSTLEON to 33444. Big thanks to Luke for sharing his story, and big thanks to Ahrefs for sponsoring this episode. Your seven-day trial awaits at ahrefs.com.

40:16
That is it for me. Thank you so much for tuning in until next time. Let’s go out there and make something happen and I’ll catch you in the next edition of the side hustle show. Hustle on. So I hope you enjoyed that episode. And once again, that interview was for my buddy Nick Loper over at side hustle nation dot com. His podcast is called The Side Hustle Show. And I encourage you to go check it out over at side hustle nation dot com. In the meantime, if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife quarter job dot com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

40:46
Just put your email in there and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!